Skip to main content

Full text of "A voice of warning and instruction to all people; or, An introduction to the faith and doctrine of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints"

See other formats


LIBKAMY 

Brigham  Young  University 


lOM. 


11   rt^sc   NA;c-  21Q49 


■ 

Date  Due 

1 

1 

i 

1 

! 

jg 

I 

W_ 

1 

. 

I 

\ 

I 

\ 

I 

1 

1 

\ 

I 

1 

1 

% 

1 

1 

1        f 

A  VOICE  OF  WARNING 


INS  TRUCTION  TO  ALL  PEOPLE 

OK,  AN  INTRODUCTION  TO 

THE   FAITH   AND    DOCTRINE 

OF  THE 

IHUECH     OF    JESUS     CHRIST     OF 
LATTER-DAY     SAINTS. 

By  PARLEY  P.  PRATT. 


"  Behold,  the  former  things  are  come  to  pass,  and  new  things 
•do  I  declare;  before  they  spring  forth  I  tell  you  of  them.'*  — 
Isaiah  xli  .  9. 

••  Produce  your  cause,  saith  the  Lord ;  bring  forth  your  strong 
reasons,  *aith  the  King  of  Jacob.*"  —  Isaiah  Xli.  21. 


FIFTEENTH    EDITION. 


Published  and  for  Sale  by 

THE  DESEKET  NEWS, 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

19  09. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGB 

Preface  to  the  Second  European  Edition  ..       v 

Ditto  First  American        ditto     . .      ix 

CHAPTER  I. 
On  Prophecy  already  Fulfilled 1 


CHAPTER  II. 
On  the  Fulfilment  of  Prophecy  yet  future  . .      37 

CHAPTER  III. 
The  Kingdom  of  God 73 

CHAPTER  IV. 
The  Book  of   Mormon  —  Origin  of  the 

American  Indians,  etc 102 

CHAPTER  V. 
The  Resurrection  of  the  Saints,  and  the 
Restoration  of  all  things  spoken  by 
the  Prophets  147 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


The  Dealings  of  God  with  all  Nations,  in 

regard  to  Revelation         ..         ..         ..195 

CHAPTER  VII. 
A   Contrast  between    the   Doctrine  of 
Christ,  and  the  False  Doctrines  of 
the  nineteenth  century 206 


PREFACE 

TO  THE  SECOND  EUROPEAN  EDITION. 


When  the  following  Work  was  first  published 
in  America,  in  1837,  it  was  but  little  known, 
and  seemed  to  meet  with  little  or  no  encourage- 
ment. Months  passed  away,  and  very  few 
copies  were  sold  or  read.  But,  to  the  astonish- 
ment of  the  author,  it  worked  itself  into  notice 
more  and  more,  by  the  blessing  of  God,  and 
by  virtue  of  its  own  real  merits;  till,  in  two 
years,  the  first  edition  consisting  of  three 
thousand  copies,  was  all  sold,  and  many  more 
were  called  for.  A  new  edition  was  published 
in  1839,  consisting  of  two  thousand  five 
hundred  copies:  these  were  also  disposed  of. 
Other  three  editions  have  since  been  published, 
making  in  all  thirteen  thousand  copies  now 
disposed  of,  and  the  demand  is  still  increasing 
both  in  America  and  Europe. 

It  has  already  found  its  way  into  most  of 
the  American  States,  and  into  the  provinces  of 


VI  EUROPEAN     PREFACE. 

the  Canadas,  as  well  as  many  parts  of  England, 
Scotland,  Ireland,  and  Wales.  It  has  visited 
the  cottages  of  the  humble,  and  the  parlours  of 
the  great ;  and,  from  the  best  information  we 
have  on  the  subject,  very  few  have  risen  from 
its  perusal  without  a  deep  and  settled  convic- 
tion of  the  truth  of  its  principles. 

The  author  has  now  in  possession  the  testi- 
mony of  hundreds  of  people,  from  different 
states  and  nations,  all  bearing  witness  that  this 
Work  has  been  a  means,  in  the  hands  of  God, 
of  saving  them  from  infidelity,  from  sectarian 
error  and  delusion,  and  of  guiding  them  into 
the  light  of  Truth. 

All  th  ese  considerations,  and  an  intense  de- 
sire to  impart  the  truth  to  mankind  as  widely 
as  possible,  have  induced  the  author  to  send 
forth  this  new  edition;  which  he  greatly  de- 
sires may  prove  a  blessing  to  thousands  who 
are  as  yet  grovelling  in  darkness  and  supersti- 
tion and  lead  them  to  the  true  fold  of  God. 

If  there  be  anything  to  admire,  or  anything 
praiseworthy,  in  this  Work,  the  author  has  no 
claim  to  the  honour  or  the  praise ;  it  is  justly  due 
to  him  who  is  the  Source  and  Fountain  of  all 


EUROPEAN    PREFACE.  Vll 

Truth.  The  author  was  a  husbandman,  inured 
to  the  Plough  —  unpolished  by  education,  un- 
taught in  the  schools  of  modern  Sectarianism  — 
(falsely  called  u  Divinity")  —  reared  in  the 
wilds  of  America,  with  a  mind  independent,  un- 
trammelled and  free.  He  drank  of  the  pure 
fountain  of  Truth,  unsullied  and  unmixed,  as  it 
unfolded  in  majesty  of  light  and  splendour  from 
the  opening  heavens  in  all  the  simplicity  of  its 
nature.  As  such  it  has  flowed  from  Jiis  pen  in 
the  following  volume;  not  veiled  in  mystery; 
not  dressed  in  the  pomp  of  high  sounding 
names,  and  titles,  and  learned  terms;  not 
adorned  in  the  gay  attire  of  eloquence  flowing 
from  the  imagination  and  the  passions;  but 
standing  forth  in  the  undress  of  its  own  native 
modesty,  as  if  conscious  of  the  purity  and  in- 
nocence of  its  nature. 

He  is  indebted  not  only  to  the  Spirit  of  Truth 
for  the  principles  contained  in  this  Work,  but 
also  to  several  men,  who  have  been  made  the 
instruments  in  the  hands  of  God  to  reveal  the 
knowledge  of  God  to  this  generation,  and  to  be 
the  founders  and  leaders  of  the  church  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 


Vlll  EUROPEAN  PREFACE. 

Among  the  foremost  of  these,  he  would  make 
honourable  mention  of  President  Joseph  Smith 
by  whose  instrumentality  most  of  these  glorious 
truths  (so  well  known  to  the  ancients)  have 
been  restored  to  the  knowledge  of  the  world  — 
and  whose  zeal,  labors,  sufferings,  and  subse- 
quent murder  will  stand  forth  as  a  bright  mem- 
orial to  all  succeeding  ages,  and  be  celebrated 
by  happy  mil  ions  yet  unborn. 

With  an  assurance  that  the  principles  of  this 
Work  will  yet  prevail  over  the  whole  earth,  this 
new  edition  of  the  Voice  of  Warning  is  now 
sent  forth;  and  should  the  author  be  called  to 
sacrifice  his  life  for  the  cause  of  truth,  he  will 
have  the  consolation  that  it  will  be  said  of  him, 
as  it  was  said  of  Abel,  viz.,  "  He  being  dead, 

YET  SPEAKETH." 

PARLEY  P.  PRATT. 

Manchester,  England, 
Dec.  4,  1846. 


PREFACE 

TO  THE  FIRST  AMERICAN   EDITION. 

During  the  last  nine  years,  the  public  mind 
has  been  constantly  agitated,  more  or  less, 
through  all  parts  of  our  country,  with  the  cry 
of  "  Mormonism,  Mormonism,  Delusion,  Im- 
posture, Fanaticism,"  &c,  chiefly  through  the 
instrumentality  of  the  press.  Many  of  the 
newspapers  of  the  day  have  been  constantly 
teeming  with  misrepresentations  and  slanders 
of  the  foulest  kind,  in  order  to  destroy  the 
influence  and  character  of  an  innocent  society 
in  its  very  infancy;  a  society  of  whose  real 
principles  many  of  them  know  nothing  at  all. 
Every  species  of  wickedness  has  been  resorted 
to,  and  all  manner  of  evil  has  been  spoken 
against  them  falsely;  insomuch  that  in  many 
places  houses  and  ears  are  closed  against  them, 
without  the  possibility  of  being  heard  for  a 
moment.      Were  this  the  only  evil,  we  might 


X  AMERICAN  PREFACE. 

have  less  cause  of  complaint;  but  in  conse- 
quence of  this,  we  have  been  assaulted  by 
mobs,  some  of  our  houses  have  been  torn 
down  or  burned,  our  goods  destroyed,  and 
fields  of  grain  laid  waste.  Yea,  more  —  some 
of  us  hav  been  stoned,  whipped,  and  shot; 
our  blood  has  been  caused  to  flow,  and  still 
smokes  to  heaven,  because  of  our  religious 
principles,  iu  this  our  native  land,  the  boasted 
land  of  liberty  and  equal  laws!  while  we  have 
sought  in  vain  for  redress.  Officers  of  state 
have  been  deaf  to  the  voice  of  Innocence, 
imploring  at  their  feet  for  justice  and  protection 
in  the  enjoyment  of  their  rights  as  American 
citizens. 

Under  these  circumstances,  what  could  be 
done?  How  were  we  to  correct  the  public 
mind?  We  were  few  in  number,  and  our 
means  of  giving  information  very  limited;  the 
columns  of  most  of  the  papers  were  closed 
against  us,  their  popularity  being  at  stake  the 
moment  our  principles  were  admitted.  It  is 
true  we  published  a  monthly  paper,  in  which 
our  principles  were  clearly  set  forth :  but  its 
circulation    was    limited  to  a  few  thousands. 


AMERICAN  PREFACE.  Xi 

Under  these  circumstances,  hud  we  the  tongue 
of  angels,  and  the  zeal  of  apostles,  with  our 
hearts  expanded  wide  as  eternity,  with  the 
intelligence  of  heaven  and  the  love  of  God 
burning  in  our  bosoms,  and  commissioned  to 
bear  as  joyful  tidings  as  ever  were  borne  by 
Michael,  the  Archangel,  from  the  regions  of 
glory;  yet  it  would  have  been  as  impossible 
for  us  to  have  communicated  the  same  to  the 
public,  as  it  was  for  Paul,  when  he  stood  in 
the  midst  of  Ephesus,  to  declare  the  glad  tidings 
of  a  crucified  and  risen  Redeemer,  when  his  voice 
was  lost  amid  the  Universal  cry  of  "  Great  is 
Diana  of  the  Ephesians."  Go,  lift  your  voice  to 
the  tumultuous  waves  of  the  ocean,  or  try  to 
reason  amid  the  roar  of  cannon  while  the  tumult 
of  war  is  gathering  thick  around,  or  speak  to 
the  howling  tempest  while  it  pours  a  deluge 
over  the  plains :  let  your  voice  be  heard  amid 
the  roai  of  chariots  rushing  suddenly  over  the 
pavements ;  or,  what  is  still  less  useful,  converse 
with  a  man  who  is  lost  in  slumbers,  or  reason 
with  a  drunkard  while  he  reels  to  and  fro  under 
the  influence  of  the  intoxicating  poison,  and 
these  will  convince  you  of  the  impossibility  of 


Xii  AMERICAN     PREFACE. 

communicating  truth  to  that  soul  who  is  will- 
ing to  make  up  his  judgment  upon  popular 
rumour,  or  to  be  wafted  gently  down  the  cur- 
rent of  public  opinion,  without  stopp  ng  for  a 
moment  to  listen,  to  weigh,  to  hear  both  sides 
of  the  question,  and  to  judge  for  himself. 

One  of  the  greatest  obstacles  in  the  way  of 
the  spread  of  the  truth,  in  every  age,  is  the  tide 
of  public  opinion.  Let  one  ray  of  light  burst 
upon  the  world  in  any  age,  and  it  is  sure  to 
come  in  contact  with  the  traditions  and  long- 
established  usage  of  men,  and  their  opinions; 
or  with  some  religious  craft,  so  that,  like  the 
Ephesians,  they  counsel  together  what  shall  be 
done ;  their  great  goddess  will  be  spoken  against, 
her  magnificence  despised,  her  temple  deserted, 
or,  what  is  still  worse,  their  craft  is  in  danger, 
for  by  this  they  have  their  wealth.  Call  to 
mind  the  Apostles,  in  contact  with  the  Jewish 
Rabbis,  or  with  Gentile  superstitions;  in  short 
at  war  with  every  religious  establishment  on 
the  earth.  Witness  the  popular  clamour: 
"  If  we  let  them  thus  alone,  all  men  will  be- 
lieve on  them,  and  the  Romans  will  come  and 
take  away  our  place  and  n.ition V     "  These  men 


AMERICAN     PUKFACB.  xiii 

that  turn  the  world  upside  down  have  come 
hither  also."  •«  What  new  doctrine  is  this? 
for  thou  bringest  certain  strange  things  to  our 
ears."  "  These  men  do  exceeding  y  trouble 
our  city,  and  teach  customs  which  are  not  law- 
ful for  us  to  receive,  being  Romans."  "  What 
will  this  babbler  say?  he  seems  to  be  a  setter 
forth  of  strange  Gods."  And  many  other  such 
like  sayings. 

Or,  let  us  for  a  moment  contemplate  the 
events  of  later  date;  for  instance,  the  Mother 
Church  against  the  reformers  of  various  ages ; 
see  them  belied,  slandered,  degraded,  whipped, 
stoned,  imprisoned,  burned,  and  destroyed  tn 
various  ways,  while  the  ignorant  multitude 
were  made  to  believe  they  were  the  very  worst 
of  men.  Again,  think  for  a  moment  of  the 
struggles  of  Columbus,  an  obscure  individual 
of  limited  education,  but  blessed  with  a  large- 
ness of  heart,  a  noble  genius,  a  mind  which  dis- 
dained to  confine  itself  to  the  old  beaten  track; 
accustomed  to  think  for  itself,  it  burst  the 
chains  which,  in  ages  past,  had  held  in  bondage 
the  nations  of  the  earth;  it  soared  aloft,  as  it 
were  on  eagle's  wings;  it  outstripped  and  left 


XiV  AMERICAN    PREFACE. 

far  behind  the  boasted  genius  of  Greece  and 
Rome ;  it  penetrated  the  dark  mysteries  which 
lay  concealed  amid  the  western  waters.  Behold 
him  struggling  for  eight  years  against  the 
learned  ignorance  of  the  courts  and  councils  of 
Europe,  while  the  sneer  of  contempt,  the  finger 
of  scorn,  and  the  hiss  of  derision  were  the 
so  lid  arguments  opposed  to  his  theory.  But 
what  was  the  result,  when,  after  many  a  fruit- 
less struggle,  an  expedition  was  fitted  out  con- 
sis  ting  of  three  small  vessels?  A  new  world 
presented  itself  to  the  wondering  nations  of  the 
East,  de  stined  at  no  distant  period  to  become 
the. theatre  of  the  most  glorious  and  astonish- 
ing events  of  the  last  days.  This  fact  was  no 
sooner  demonstrated  than  their  philosophical, 
geographical,  and  religious  objections  vanished 
in  a  moment;  haughty  ignorance  and  bigotry 
Were  for  once  constrained  to  cast  their  honours 
in  the  d  ust,  and  bow  their  reverend  heads  at 
the  feet  of  real  worth,  and  learn,  in  humble 
silence,  the  one  fact,  clearly  demonstrated,  was 
worth  ten  thousand  theories  and  opinions  of 
men. 
Having    said   so  much  to  impress  upon  the 


AMERICAN    PREFACE.  XV 

human  mind  the  necessity  of  hearing,  and  then 
judging,  I  would  only  add,  that  the  object  of 
this  publication  is  to  give  the  public  correct 
information  concerning  a  religious  system 
which  has  penetrated  every  state  from  Maine  to 
Missouri,  as  well  as  the  Canadas,  in  the  short 
space  of  nine  years;  organizing  Churches  and 
conferences  in  every  region,  and  gathering  in 
its  progress  from  fifty  to  a  hundred  thousand 
disciples ;  having,  at  the  same  time,  to  sustain 
the  shock  of  an  overwhelming  religious  influ- 
ence, opposed  to  it  by  the  combined  powers 
of  every  sect  in  America.  What  but  the  arm 
of  Omnipotence  could  have  moved  it  forward 
amid  the  rage  of  mobs?  having  to  contend  with 
the  prejudice  of  the  ignorant  and  the  pen  of  the 
learned ;  at  war  with  every  creed  and  craft  in 
Christendom;  while  the  combined  powers  of 
earth  and  hell  were  hurling  a  storm  of  persecu- 
tion, unparalleled  in  the  history  of  our  country. 
This  "Work  is  also  intended  as  a  warning 
voice,  or  proclamation  of  truth,  to  all  people 
into  whose  hands  it  may  fall,  that  they  may 
understand,  and  be  prepared  for  the  great  day 
of  the  Lord.     Opinion  and  guess-work   in  the 


XVI  A.MKK1CAN     PREFACK. 

things  of  God  are  worse  than  useless;  facts, 
well  demonstrated,  can  alone  be  of  service  to 
mankind.  And  as  the  Holy  Ghost  can  alone 
guide  us  iDto  all  truth,  we  pray  God  the  Eter- 
nal Father,  in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  His 
Son,  that  the  Spirit  of  Truth  may  inspire  our 
heart  in  inditing  this  matter;  that  we  maybe 
able  to  write  the  truth  in  demonstration  of  the 
Spirit  and  of  power,  that  it  may  be  the  word  of 
God,  the  everlasting  Gospel,  the  power  of  God 
unto  salvation,  to  the  Gentile  first,  and  also  to 
the  Jew. 


A  VOICE  OF  WARNING 

AND 

INSTRUCTION  TO  ALL  PEOPLE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

ON  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

"  We  have  also  a  more  sure  word  of  prophecy,  where  - 
unto  ye  do  well  that  ye  take  heed  as  unto  a  light  that 
shineth  in  a  dark  place,  until  the  day  dawn,  and  the 
day-star  arise  in  your  hearts;  knowing  this  first,  that 
no  prophecy  of  the  Scripture  is  of  any  private  interpre 
tation;  for  the  prophecy  came  not  in  old  time  by  the 
will  of  man,  but  holy  men  of  God  spake  as  they  were 
moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost."  —  Peter. 

In  order  to  prove  anything  from  Scripture,  it 
is  highly  necessary  in  the  first  place  to  lay  down 
some  certain,  definite,  infallible  rule  of  inter- 
pretation, without  which  the  mind  is  lost  in 
uncertainty  and  doubt,  ever  learning,  and  never 
able  to  come  to  the  knowledge  of  the  truth. 

The  neglect  of  such  a  rule  has  thrown  man- 
kind into  the  utmost  confusion  and  uncertainty 
in  all  their  biblical  researches.  Indeed,  while 
mankind  are  left  at  liberty  to  transform,  spirit- 
ualize, or  give  any  uncertain  or  private  inter- 
pretation to  the  word  of  God,  all  is  uncertainty. 

"Whatsoever  was  written  aforetime  was 
written  for  our  profit  and  learning,  that  we, 

B 


2  PROPHECY   ALREADY    FULFILLED. 

through  patience  and  comfort  of  the  Scriptures, 
might  have  hope. ' '  Now,  sur  pose  a  friend  from 
a  distance  should  write  us  a  letter,  making  cer- 
tain promises  to  us  on  certain  conditions, 
which,  if  obtained,  would  be  greatly  to  our 
profit  and  advantage ;  of  course  it  might  be  said 
the  letter  was  wr  itten  for  our  profit  and  learn- 
ing, that  through  patience  and  comfort  of  the 
letter  we  might  have  hope  to  obtain  the  things 
promised.  Now,  if  we  clearly  understood  the 
letter,  and  knew  what  to  expect,  then  it  would 
afford  us  comfort  and  hope ;  whereas,  if  there 
was  any  doubt  or  uncertainty  on  our  minds  in 
the  understanding  of  the  same,  then  could  we 
derive  no  certain  comfort  or  hope  from  the 
things  written,  not  knowing  what  to  hope  for; 
consequently  the  letter  would  not  profit  us  at 
all.  And  so  it  is  with  the  Scriptures.  No 
prophecy  or  promise  will  profit  the  reader,  or 
produce  patience,  comfort  or  hope  in  his  mind, 
until  clearly  understood,  that  he  may  know 
precisely  what  to  hope  for.  Now,  the  predic- 
tions of  the  Prophets  can  be  clearly  understood, 
as  much  so  as  the  almanac,  when  it  foretells  an 
eclipse,  or  else  the  Bible  of  all  books  is  of  most 
doubtful  usefulness.  Far  better  would  it  have, 
been  for  mankind  if  the  great  Author  of  our  ex- 
istence had  revealed  nothing  to  his  fallen 
creatures,  than  to  have  revealed  a  book  which 
would  leave  them  in  doubt  and  uncertainty,  to 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.       3 

contend  with  one  another,  from  age  to  age,  re- 
specting the  meaning  of  its  contents.  That 
such  uncertainty  and  contention  have  existed 
for  ages,  none  will  deny.  The  wise  and  learned 
have  differed,  and  do  still  widely  differ,  from 
each  other,  in  the  understanding  of  prophecy. 
Whence  then  this  difference?  Either  Revelation 
itself  is  deficient,  or  else  the  fault  is  in  man- 
kind. But  to  say  Revelation  is  deficient  would 
be  to  charge  God  foolishly;  God  forbid;  the 
fault  must  be  in  man.  There  are  two  great 
causes  for  this  blindness,  which  I  will  now 
show: 

First,  mankind  have  supposed  that  direct  in- 
spiration by  the  Holy  Ghost  was  not  intended 
for  ail  ages  of  the  Church,  but  confined  to  prim- 
itive times;  the  "Canon  of  Scripture  being 
full,"  and  all  things  necessary  being  revealed, 
the  Spirit  which  guides  into  all  truth  was  no 
longer  for  the  people ;  therefore  they  sought  to 
understand,  by  their  own  wisdom,  and  by  their 
own  learning,  what  could  never  be  clearly  un- 
derstood, except  by  the  Spirit  of  truth,  for  the 
things  of  God  knoweth  no  man,  except  by  the 
Spirit  of  God. 

Secondly,  having  lost  the  Spirit  of  Inspira- 
tion, they  began  to  institute  their  own  opinions, 
traditions,and  commandments ;  giving  construc- 
tions and  private  interpretations  to  the  written 
word,  instead  of  believing  the  things  written. 


4  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

And  the  moment  they  departed  from  its  literal 
meaning,  one  man's  opinion,  or  interpretation, 
was  just  as  good  as  another's;  all  were  clothed 
with  equal  authority,  and  from  thence  arose  all 
the  darkness  and  misunderstanding  on  these 
points  which  have  agitated  the  world  for  the 
last  seventeen  hundred  years. 

Among  the  variety  of  commodities  which  at- 
tract the  attention  of  mankind,  there  is  one 
thing  of  more  value  than  all  others.  A  principle 
which,  if  once  possessed,  would  greatly  assist  in 
obtaining  all  other  things  worth  possessing, 
whether  it  were  power,  wealth,  riches,  honours, 
thrones,  or  dominions.  Comparatively  few  have 
ever  possessed  it  although  it  was  within  the 
reach  of  many  others,  but  they  were  either  not 
aware  of  it,  or  did  not  know  its  value.  It  has 
worked  wonders  for  the  few  who  have  possessed 
it.  Some  it  enabled  to  escape  from  drowning, 
while  every  soul  who  did  not  possess  it  was  lost 
in  the  mighty  deep.  Others  it  saved  from 
famine,  while  thousands  perished  all  around 
them ;  by  it  men  have  often  been  raided  to 
dignity  in  the  state;  yea,  more,  some  have  been 
raised  to  the  throne  of  empires.  The  possession 
of  it  has  sometimes  raised  men  from  the  dungeon 
to  a  palace;  and  there  are  instances  in  which 
those  that  possessed  it  were  delivered  from 
the  flames,  while  cities  were  consumed,  and 
every    soul,    themselves    excepted,    perished. 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.        5 

Frequently,  when  a  famine  or  the  sword  has 
destroyed  a  city  or  nation,  they  alone  who  pos- 
sessed it  escaped  unhurt.  By  this  time  the  read  - 
er  inquires, jWhat  can  that  thing  be?  Inform  me, 
and  I  will  purchase  it,  even  at  the  sacrifice  of  all 
I  possess  on  earth.  Well,  kind  reader,  this  treas- 
ure is  foreknowledge  ;__a  knowledge  of  things 
future!  Let  a  book  be  published,  entitled  "  A 
Knowledge  of  the  Future,"  and  let  mankind  be 
real'y  convinced  that  it  did  give  a  certain,  definite 
knowledge  of  future  events,  so  that  its  pages  un- 
folded the  future  history  of  the  nations,  and  of 
many  great  events,  as  the  history  of  Greece  or 
Rome  unfolds  the  past,  and  a  large  edition  would 
immediately  sell  at  a  great  sum  per  copy;  in- 
deed, they  would  be  above  all  price.  Now,  kind 
reader,  the  books  of  the  Prophets  and  the  spirit 
of  prophecy  were  intended  for  this  very  pur- 
pose. Well  did  the  Apostle  say,  "  Covet  earn- 
estly the  best  gifts;  but  rather  that  ye  proph- 
ecy." 

Having  said  so  much,  we  will  now  enter  into 
the  wide  expanded  field  which  lies  before  us, 
and  search  out  the  treasures  of  wisdom  and 
knowledge  which  have  been  shining  for  ages 
like  a  light  in  a  dark  place.  We  will  explore 
regions  unknown  to  many  —  we  will  gaze  upon 
the  opening  glories  which  present  themselves 
on  every  side,  and  feast  ourselves  with  kno  wl- 
edge  which  is  calculated  in  its  nature  to  enlarge 


6       PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

the  heart,  to  exalt  the  mind,  and  to  raise  the 
affections  above  the  little,  mean,  grovelling 
things  of  the  world,  and  to  make  one  wise  unto 
salvation. 

But,  first,  for  the  definite  rule  of  interpreta- 
tion. For  this  we  will  not  depend  on  any  man 
or  commentary,  for  the  Holy  Ghost  has  given 
it  by  the  mouth  of  Peter.  "  Knowing  this  first? 
that  no  prophecy  of  the  Scripture  is  of  any 
private  interpretation."     2  Peter  i.  20. 

There  is  one  grand  division  to  be  kept  con- 
stantly in  view  in  the  study  of  prophecy,  namely, 
the  distinction  between  the  past  and  the  future. 
The  reader  should  be  careful  to  ascertain  what 
portion  has  been  fulfilled,  and  what  remains  to 
be  fulfilled;  always  remembering  Peter's  rule 
of  interpretation  will  apply  to  both.  Now,  if 
we  should  find  in  our  researches  that  every 
prophecy  which  has  been  fulfilled  to  the  present 
year  has  been  literally  fulfilled,  then  it  follows 
of  necessity  that  every  prophecy  which  is  yet 
future  will  not  fail  of  a  literal  fulfilment.  Let 
us  commence  with  the  days  of  Noah.  Gen.  vi. 
17.  u  And  behold  I,  even  I,  do  bring  a  flood  of 
waters  upon  the  earth,  to  destroy  all  flesh, 
wherein  is  the  breath  of  life,  from  under  heaven ; 
and  every  thing  that  is  in  the  earth  shall  die." 

In  the  verses  which  follow  the  above,  the 
Lord  commands  Noah  to  enter  the  Ark,  and  take 
"with   him  animals  of   every  kind,  &c.     And  in 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.        7 

the  22nd  verse  it  is  written,  "  Thus  did  Noah; 
according  to  all  that  God  commanded  him,  so 
did  he."  It  was  well  for  Noah  that  he  was  not 
well  versed  in  the  spiritualizing  systems  of 
modern  divinity;  for,  under  their  benighted  in- 
fluence, he  would  never  have  believed  that  so 
marvellous  a  prophecy  would  have  had  a  literal 
meaning  and  accomplishment.  No;  he  would 
have  been  told  that  the  flood  meant  a  spiritual 
flood,  and  the  Ark,  a  spiritual  Ark,  and  the  mo- 
ment he  thought  otherwise,  he  would  have  been 
set  down  for  a  fanatic,  knave,  or  fool ;  but  it 
was  so,  that  he  was  just  simple  enough  to  be- 
lieve the  prophecy  literally.  Here,  then,  is  a 
I  fair  sample  of  foreknoioledge;  for  all  the  world 
who  did  not  possess  it,  perished  by  the  flood. 
*  The  next  prediction  we  will  notice  is  Gen.  xv. 
13-16.  "And  he  said  unto  Abraham,  know  of 
a  surety  that  thy  seed  shall  be  a  stranger  in  a 
land  that  is  not  theirs,  and  shall  serve  them, 
and  they  shall  afflict  them  four  hundred  years. 
And  also  that  nation,  whom  they  shall  serve, 
will  I  judge;  and  afterwards  shall  they  come 
out  with  great  substance.  And  thou  shalt  go  to 
thy  fathers  in  peace ;  thou  shalt  be  buried  in  a 
good  old  age ;  but  in  the  fourth  generation  they 
shall  come  hither  again,  for  the  iniquity  of  the 
Amorites  is  not  yet  full." 

^"he   evil-treating  of  the   children   of  Israel 
four  hundred  years,  together  with  their  coming 


8        PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

out  with  great  substance,  and  the  judgments  of 
God  upon  Egypt,  as  well  as  the  death  of  Abra- 
ham in  a  good  old  age,  are  all  facts  too  well 
known  to  need  comment  here;  suffice  if  to  say 
that  it  is  a  striking  example  of  the  exact  ful- 
filment of  prophecy,  uttered  more  than  four 
hundred  years  before  it  had  its  accomplishment. 
From  this  we  gather  that  none  of  those  ancient 
men  knew  anything  of  the  modern  system  of 
spiritualizing.  Our  next  is  Gen.  xix.  12,  13. 
"And  the  men  said  unto  Lot,  Hast  thou  here 
any  besides?  son-in-law,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy 
daughters,  and  whatsoever  thou  hast  in  the 
city,  bring  them  out  of  this  place ;  for  we  will 
destroy  this  place,  because  the  cry  of  them  is 
waxen  great  before  the  face  of  the  Lord ;  and 
the  Lord  hath  sent  us  to  destroy  it."  Now, 
Lot,  being  simple  enough  to  believe  the  thing  in 
its  literal  sense,  took  as  many  of  his  family  as 
would  follow,  and  escaped  for  his  life ;  to  the 
great  amusement,  no  doubt,  of  the  Sodomites, 
who  probably  stood  gazing,  after  crying  "  De- 
lusion, delusion!  "  they  thinking  all  the  while 
that  the  prophecy  was  only  a  figure.  Here  is  an 
example  of  a  man  escaping  from  the  flames  by 
foreknowledge  imparted  to  him,  while  the  whole 
city  perished.  O!  what  a  blessing  that  Lot  had 
no  knowledge  of  the  modern  manner  of  inter- 
preting prophecy.  If  it  had  once  entered  his 
heart  that  he  must  come  out  of  Sodom  spiritu- 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.       9 

ally,  instead  of  literally,  it  would  have  cost  him 
his  life. 

Let  us  examine  a  prophecy  of  Joseph  in  the 
land  of  Egypt.  Gen.  xli.  28-31.  "Behold, 
there  come  seven  years  of  great  plenty  through- 
out all  the  land  of  Egypt;  and  there  shall  arise 
after  them  seven  years  of  famine;  and  all  the 
plenty  shall  be  forgotten  in  the  land  of  Egypt; 
and  the  famine  shall  consume  the  land;  and  the 
plenty  shall  not  be  known  in  the  land  by  reason 
of  that  famine  following ;  for  it  shall  be  very 
grievous."  Joseph  then  proceeds  to  give  direc- 
tions for  corn  to  be  laid  up  in  great  abundance 
during  the  seven  plenteous  years,  in  order  to 
provide  against  the  famine.  And  Pharaoh,  be- 
ing no  better  versed  in  the  school  of  modern 
divinity  than  his  predecessors  never  once 
thought  of  any  other  interpretation  but  the  most 
literal.  And  thus  he  was  the  means,  together 
with  Joseph,  in  the  hand  of  God,  of  saving,  not 
only  their  nation,  but  the  house  of  Israel,  from 
famine.  This  is  another  striking  example  of 
the  power  of  foreknowledge.  It  not  only  saved 
from  famine ;  but  it  exalted  Joseph  from  a  dun- 
geon to  a  palace ;  from  the  lowest  degradation  to 
the  highest  honour ;  so  that  they  cried  before 
him,  "  Bow  the  knee."  But,  oh!  what  death 
and  mourning  would  have  followed  had  they 
dreamed  only  of  spiritual  famine  and  spiritual 
corn. 


10  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

Having  given  a  few  plain  examples  of  early- 
ages,  we  will  lightly  touch  upon  some  of  the 
most  remarkable  events  of  prophecy  and  its 
fulfilment,  until  we  come  down  to  the  Jewish 
Prophets,  where  the  field  opens  wide,  touching 
in  its  progress  the  most  remarkable  events  of 
all  ages,  and  terminating  in  a  full  development 
of  the  opening  glories  of  the  last  days. 

One  remarkable  instance,  concerning  Elijah 
the  Prophet,  was,  that  he  prophesied  to  Ahab 
that  it  should  not  rain  for  three  years  and  up- 
wards; which  came  to  pass  according  to  his 
word.  There  is  also  a  remarkable  instance  of 
Hazael,  the  Syrian,  who  came  to  Elisha  to  in- 
quire of  the  Lord  concerning  the  king  of  Syria, 
his  master,  who  w  as  sick.  The  Prophet 
earnestly  beholding  him  burst  into  tears:  and 
Hazael  asked  him,  saying,  "Why  weepest 
thou? "  and  he  answering,  said,  "  The  Lord 
hath  showed  me  that  thou  shalt  be  k  ing  over 
Syria."  And  he  then  proceeded  to  unfold  unto 
him  the  cruelties  which  he  would  afterwards 
exercise  towards  Israel,  which  are  too  horrible 
to  mention  here,  lest  in  so  doing  I  might  offend 
the  delicate  ear.  But  Hazael,  astonished  to 
hear  these  things  predicted  concerning  himself, 
which  at  that  time  filled  him  with  horror,  ex- 
claimed with  surprise,  "  But  what!  is  thy 
servant   a  dog  that  he  should   do  this    great 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.        11 

thing?  "  Yet,  astonishing  to  tell,  all  was  after- 
wards fulfilled  to  the  very  letter. 

In  the  21st  chap.  2  Chron.,  it  is  written,  that 
^here  came  a  writing  to  Jehorara  from  Elijah, 
which  after  stating  the  great  wickedness  of 
which  he  had  been  guilty,  in  turning  to  idolatry, 
and  also  murdering  his  brethren  of  his  father's 
house,  who  were  better  than  himself,  proceeds 
thus:  u Behold,  with  a  great  plague  will  the 
Lord  smite  thy  people,  and  thy  children,  and 
thy  wives,  and  all  thy  goods;  a*nd  thou  shalt 
have  great  sickness  by  disease  of  thy  bowels, 
until  thy  bowels  fall  out,  by  reason  of  the  sick- 
ness day  by  day."  In  the  same  chapter  it  is 
written,  that  the  Philistines  and  Arabians  came 
aaainst  him,  and  took  his  wives,  and  children, 
and  goods  captive;  and,  after  all  this,  the  Lord 
smote  him  in  his  bowels  with  an  incurable  dis- 
ease, and  his  bowels  fell  out  by  reason  of  his 
sickness,  so  that  he  died  of  sore  disease. 

In  the  6th  chapter  of  Joshua,  26th  verse,  there 
is  a  wonderful  prediction  concerning  Jericho : 
"Cursed  be  the  man  before  the  Lord,  that 
riseth  up  and  buildeth  this  city  Jericho.  He 
shall  lay  the  foundation  thereof  in  his  first- 
born, and  in  his  youngest  son  shall  he  set  up 
the  gates  of  it." 

After  this  curse  the  city  of  Jericho  lay  waste 
for  ages,  none  daring  to  rebuild  it  at  the  expense 
of  their  first-born  and  of  their  youngest  son; 


12      PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

until  after  a  long  succession  of  judges  and  kings, 
when  hundreds  of  years  had  passed,  Hiel,  the 
Bethelite,  who  lived  in  the  days  of  Ahab,  prob- 
ably supposing  that  the  Lord  had  forgotten 
the  curse  pronounced  upon  it  by  Joshua,  ven- 
tured to  rebuild  the  city;  but  no  sooner  had  he 
laid  the  foundation  thereof  than  Abirara,  his 
first-born,  died,  and  still  persevering  in  the 
hardness  of  his  heart,  he  set  up  the  gates  there- 
of, with  the  loss  of  his  youngest  son,  Segub, 
according  to  the  word  of  the  Lord  by  Joshua; 
see  1  Kings  xvi.  34.  We  might  fill  a  volume 
with  instances  of  a  similar  kind,  dispersed 
through  the  historical  part  of  the  Scriptures; 
but  we  forbear,  in  order  to  hasten  to  a  more 
full  examination  of  the  books  of  the  Jewish 
Prophets.  We  shall  trace  them  in  their  fulfil- 
ment upon  Jerusalem,  Babylon,  Tyre,  Egypt, 
and  various  other  nations. 

Babylon,  the  most  ancient  and  renowned  city 
of  the  world,  was  pleasantly  situated  on  the 
banks  of  a  majestic  river,  that  flowed  through 
the  plains  of  Shinar,  near  to  which  the  tower  of 
Babel  once  stood.  It  was  laid  out  four-square, 
and  surrounded  with  a  wall  upwards  of  three 
hundred  feet  high,  and  sixty  miles  in  circum- 
ference ;  having  a  hundred  gates  of  brass,  with 
bars  of  iron;  twenty-five  gates  on  each  side, 
which  opened  to  streets  runuing  through  the 
city  a  distance  of  fifteen  miles;  thus  forming 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.        13 

the  whole  city  into  exact  squares  of  equal  size. 
In  the  midst  of  these  squares  were  beautiful 
gardens,  adorned  with  trees  and  walks,  diver- 
sified with  flowers  of  varied  hue;  while  the 
houses  were  built  upon  the  borders  of  the 
squares,  directly  fronting  on  the  streets.  In 
the  midst  of  this  city  sat  Nebuchadnezzar,  en- 
throned in  royal  splendour  and  magnificence, 
and  swaying  his  sceptre  over  all  the  kingdoms 
of  the  world,  when  it  pleased  God,  in  a  vision 
of  the  night,  to  unveil  the  dark  curtain  of  the 
future,  and  to  present  before  him,  at  one  view, 
the  history  of  the  world,  even  down  to  the  con- 
summation of  all  things.  Behold!  a  great 
image  stood  before  him,  whose  head  was  of  fine 
gold,  his  breast  and  arms  of  silver,  his  belly 
and  thighs  of  brass,  his  legs  of  iron,,  his  feet 
and  toes  part  of  iron  and  part  of  miry  clay.  He 
beheld,  till  a  stone  was  cut  out  of  the  mountain 
without  hands,  which  smote  the  image  upon  the 
feet,  which  were  part  of  iron  and  part  of  clayr 
and  brake  them  in  pieces;  then  was  the  iron, 
the  brass,  the  silver,  and  the  gold  broken  to 
pieces  together,  and  became  as  the  chaff  of  the 
summer  threshing  floor,  and  the  wind  carried 
them  away,  and  there  was  no  place  found  for 
them ;  but  the  stone  which  smote  the  image  be- 
came a  great  mountain,  and  filed  the  whole  earth. 
When  Daniel  was  brought  in  before  the  king  to 
tell  the  dream  and  the  interpretation,  he  ex- 


14  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

claimed,  "There  is  a  God  in  heaven  that  re  veal  - 
eth  secrets,  and  maketh  known  to  the  king,  Neb- 
uchadnezzar, what  shall  be  in  the  latter  days." 
Then  after  telling  the  dream,  he  continues  thus : 
"  Thou,  O  king,  art  a  king  of  kings;  for  the 
God  of  heaven  hath  given  thee  a  kingdom, 
power,  and  strength,  and  glory.  And  where- 
soever the  children  of  men  dwell,  the  beasts  of 
the  field,  and  the  fowls  of  the  heaven,  hath  he 
given  into  thine  hand,  and  hath  made  thee  ruler 
over  them  all.  Thou  art  this  head  of  gold.  And 
after  thee  shall  arise  another  kingdom,  inferior 
to  thee,  and  another  third  kingdom  of  brass, 
which  shall  bear  rule  over  all  the  earth.  And 
the  fourth  kingdom  shall  be  strong  as  iron; 
forasmuch  as  iron  breaketh  in  pieces  and  sub- 
dueth  all  things:  and  as  iron  that  breaketh  all 
these  shall  it  break  in  pieces  and  bruise.  And 
whereas  thou  sawest  the  feet  and  toes  part  of 
potter's  clay,  and  part  of  iron,  the  kingdom 
shall  be  divided;  but  there  shall  be  in  it  of  the 
strength  of  the  iron,  forasmuch  as  thou  sawest 
the  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay.  And  as  the  toes 
of  the  feet  were  part  of  iron,  and  part  of  clay, 
so  the  kingdom  shall  be  partly  strong  and 
partly  broken.  And  whereas  thou  sawest  iron 
mixed  with  miry  clay,  they  shall  mingle  them- 
selves with  the  seed  of  men ;  but  they  shall  not 
cleave  one  to  another,  even  as  iron  is  not  mixed 
with  clay.    And  in  the  days  of  these  kings  shall 


PROPHECY   ALREADY   FULFILLED.  15 

the  God  of  heaven  set  up  a  kingdom,  which  shall 
never  be  destroyed :  and  the  kingdom  shall  not 
be  left  to  other  people,  but  it  shall  break  in 
pieces  and  consume  all  these  kingdoms,  and  it 
shall  stand  for  ever.  Forasmuch  as  thou  saw- 
est  that  the  stone  was  cut  out  of  the  mountain 
without  hands,  and  that  it  brake  in  pieces  the 
iron,  the  brass,  the  clay,  the  silver,  and  the 
gold,  the  great  God  hath  made  known  to  the 
king  what  shall  come  to  pass  hereafter;  and  the 
dream  is  certain,  and  the  interpretation  thereof 
sure." 

In  this  great  view  of  the  subject  we  have 
presented  before  us,  in  succession,  first,  the 
kingdom  of  Nebuchadnezzar;  second,  the 
Medes  and  Persians,  who  took  Babylon  from 
Belshazzar,  and  reigned  over  all  the  earth; 
third,  the  Greeks,  under  Alexander,  who  con- 
quered the  world,  and  reigned  in  the  midst  of 
Babylon;  and  fourth,  the  Eoman  empire,  which 
subdued  all  things;  fifth,  its  division  into 
eastern  and  western  empires,  and  its  final 
breaking  up  or  subdivision  into  the  various 
kingdoms  of  modern  Europe,  represented  by 
the  feet  and  toes,  part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay. 
And  lastly,  we  have  presented  before  us  an 
entirely  new  kingdom,  organized  by  the  God  of 
heaven  in  the  last  days,  or  during  the  reign  of 
these  kings,  represented  by  the  feet  and  toes. 
This  last  kingdom  was  never  to  change  masters, 


16  PROPHECY   ALREADY   FULFILLED. 

like  all  the  kingdoms  which  had  gone  before 
it.  It  was  never  to  be  left  to  other  people. 
It  was  to  break  in  pieces  all  these  kingdoms, 
and  stand  for  ever.  Many  suppose  that  this 
last  kingdom  alluded  to  was  the  kingdom  of 
God  which  was  organized  in  the  days  of 
Christ  or  his  apostles.  But  a  great  blunder 
could  not  exist;  the  kingdom  of  God  set 
up  in  the  days  of  Christ,  or  of  his  apostles, 
did  not  break  in  pieces  any  of  the  kingdoms 
of  the  world;  it  was  itself  warred  against  and 
overcome,  in  fulfilment  of  the  words  of  Daniel, 
7th  chapter,  21st  verse,  "  I  beheld,  and  the  same 
horn  made  war  with  the  saints,  and  prevailed 
against  them;"  also  22nd  verse,  "Until  the 
Ancient  of  Days  came,  and  judgment  was  given 
to  the  saints  of  the  Most  High:  and  the  time 
came  that  the  saints  possessed  the  kingdom;" 
also  verse  27th,  "And  the  kingdom  and  domin- 
ion, and  the  greatness  of  the  kingdom,  under  the 
whole  heaven,  shall  be  given  to  the  people  of  the 
saints  of  the  Most  High,  whose  kingdom  is  an 
everlasting  kingdom;  and  all  dominions  shall 
serve  and  obey  him." 

John  records,  Rev.  xiii.  7,  "  And  it  was  given 
unto  him  to  make  war  with  the  saints,  and  to 
overcome  them ;  and  power  was  given  him  over 
all  kindreds,  and  tongues,  and  nations."  In  ful- 
filment of  these  sayings,  power  has  been  given  to 
the  authorities  of  the  earth  to  kill  the  Apostles 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.  17 

and  inspired  men,  until,  if  any  remained,  they 
were  banished  from  amongmen,  or  forced  to  re- 
tire to  the  desolate  islands,  or  the  dens  and 
caves  of  the  mountains  of  the  earth,  being  men 
of  whom  the  world  was  not  worthy ;  while,  at 
the  same  tme,  many  false  prophets  and  teachers 
were  introduced  in  their  place,  whom  men 
heaped  to  themselves,  because  they  would  not 
endure  sound  doctrine.  In  this  way  the  king 
dom  of  God  became  disorganized,  and  lost  from 
among  men,  and  the  doctrines  and  churches  of 
men  instituted  in  its  place.  But  we  design  to 
speak  more  fully  on  this  subject  when  we  come 
to  treat  on  the  subject  of  the  kingdom  of  God. 
Suffice  it  to  say,  that  the  kingdom  spoken  of  by 
Daniel  is  something  to  be  organized  in  the  last 
days  by  the  God  of  heaven  himself,  without  the 
aid  of  human  institutions  or  the  precepts  of 
men.  And,  when  once  organized,  it  will  never 
cease  to  roll;  all  the  powers  of  earth  and  hell 
will  not  impede  its  progress,  until  at  length  the 
Ancient  of  Days  shall  sit,  and  the  Lord  Jesus 
will  come  in  the  clouds  of  heaven,  with  power 
and  great  glory,  as  the  King  of  kings,  and  Lord 
of  lords,  and  destroy  all  these  kingdoms,  and 
give  the  kingdom  and  the  greatness  of  the  king- 
dom, under  the  whole  heaven,  to  the  Saints, 
Then  there  will  be  but  one  Lord,  and  His  name 
one,  and  He  shall  be  king  over  all  the  earth. 
C 


18  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

We  will  now  return  to  Nebuchadnezzar,  whom 
the  Lord,  by  the  mouth  of  Jeremiah,  calls  his 
servant,  to  execute  his  judgments  upon  the 
nations.  It  seems  that  the  Lord  exalted  this 
great  man,  aod  made  him  a  king  of  kings,  and 
lord  of  lords,  armiug  him  with  his  own  sword, 
and  clothing  him  with  power  and  authority,  for 
theexpress  purpose  of  executing  His  judgments, 
and  scourging  and  humbling  all  the  nations  of 
the  earth.  Jeremiah,  chap,  xxv.,  says  that  the 
Lord  proposed  to  bring  Nebuchadnezzar  and 
his  army  against  Jerusalem,  and  against  all  the 
nations  round  about,  that  he  might  bring 
them  to  desolation  and  captivity  for  seventy 
years;  and  after  seventy  years,  He  would 
turn  and  punish  the  king  of  Babylon  and 
that  nation  for  their  iniquity.  Now,  who 
can  trace  the  history  of  the  fulfilment 
of  these  great  events,  so  exactly  pointed  out 
by  Jeremiah,  Isaiah,  and  Ezekiel,  and  not  to  be 
struck  with  astonishment  and  wonder  at  the 
marvellous  gift  of  prophecy  enabling  men  in 
/those  days  to  read  the  history  of  the  future  as 
they  read  the  history  of  the  past?  Indeed,  the 
reader  of  history  in  the  nineteenth  century, 
holding  in  his  hand  the  history  of  the  Babylo- 
nians, Medes  and  Persians,  Greeks,  Romans,  and 
Egyptians,  together  with  that  of  the  Jews,  will 
hardly  render  himself  more  familiar  with  the 
events  which  transpired  among  those  nations, 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.  19 

than  the  Prophets  were  seventy  years  previous 
to  their  accomplishment.  The  Jews  were  re- 
duced to  subjection  by  Nebuchadnezzar;  their 
city,  Jc  rusalem,  was  burned,  tog'  ther  with  their 
temple;  their  princes,  nobles,  and  people  were 
carried  to  Babylon,  together  with  all  their  holy 
things.  All  the  particulars  of  this  destruction 
and  captivity  were  distinctly  foretold  by  Jere- 
miah, and  the  time  of  its  continuance,  viz., 
seventy  years.  After  subduing  the  Jews,  the 
king  of  Babylon  marched  his  army  against 
Tyre,  the  city  of  merchants,  situated  at  the 
haven  of  the  sea,  surrounded  not  only  by  the 
sea,  but  by  a  strong  wall.  A  hold  so  strong 
required  the  utmost  skill  and  perseverance  of 
Nebuchadnezzar,  and  his  whole  army,  who 
laboured  incessantly  for  a  long  time,  and  at 
length  succeeded  in  taking  Tyre,  and  bringing 
it  into  captivity  for  seventy  years.  After  which 
they  returned  and  established  their  city,  for 
Jeremiah  had  previously  foretold  the  reduction 
of  Tyre,  its  captivity  of  seventy  years,  audits 
restoration  at  the  expiration  of  that  time. 
After  the  restoration  of  Tyre,  the  city  flour- 
ished for  a  time,  but  was  afterwards  reduced  to 
an  entire  desolation.  Its  ruined  fragments  are 
seen  to  this  day  in  the  bottom  of  the  sea;  its 
site  has  become  a  barren  rock,  only  occupied 
by  poor  fishermen.  All  this  desolation,  and 
even  its  present  appearance  of    desolate  and 


20       PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

perpetual  waste,  were  clearly  pointed  out  by 
the  Prophets. 

But  when  the  king  of  Babylon  had  succeeded 
in  taking  Tyre,  after  many  a  bald  head  and 
peeled  shoulder,  caused  by  the  hard  service  of 
his  army  in  the  siege,  the  Lord  by  the  mouth  of 
Ezekiel,  promised  to  give  the  spoils  of  Egypt 
.unto  him,  for  wages  for  his  army,  in  order  to 
pay  him  for  the  great  service  wherewith  he  had 
served  God,  against  Tyre.  Next,  witness  his 
war  in  the  taking  of  Egypt,  and  bringing  it  into 
captivity,  until  the  seventy  years  were  accom- 
plished. 

And  finally,  trace  him  executing  the  Lord's 
vengeance  and  anger  against  Uz,  upon  the  kings 
of  the  Philistines,  and  Askelon,  Azaah;  Ekron, 
Edom,  Moab,  Ammon;  Dedan,  Tema,  and  Buz; 
and  upon  the  kings  of  Arabia,. Zimri  andElam; 
and  upon  all  the  kings  of  the  Medes;  and  upon 
all  the  kings  of  the  north,  far  and  near;  and 
finally  upon  all  the  kingdoms  of  the  world,  who 
were  to  be  drunken,  and  spew,  and  fall  to  rise  no 
more,  because  of  the  sword  which  he  would  send 
among  them.  But  when  the  Lord  had  accom- 
plished all  His  mind  on  these  nations  He  pur- 
posed, in  turn,  to  punish  this  great  monarch,  and 
those  who  succeeded  him;  and  also  the  city  and 
nation  over  which  he  reigned ;  and  finally  to  make 
it  perpetual  desolations.  And  all  this  for  their 
pride   and  haughtiness.    The  Lord  exclaims, 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.      21 

"  Shall  the  axe  boast  itself  against  him  that 
heweth  therewith,  or  shall  the  saw  boast  itself 
again>t  him  that  shaketh  it?"  &c.  But,  in  order 
to  trace  the  events  of  the  return  of  the  Jews, 
and  the  other  nations,  from  their  seventy  years' 
captivity  and  bondage,  and  the  punishment  of 
Babylon,  another_and  very  different  character 
from  that  ofc  "PTebuchadnezzar ^yjjntrodiip.eri  by 
the  Prophets  -^one  whoTsin  Scripture  termecT^. 
the  Lord's  anointed.  *  He  may  be  considered  \ 
one  of  the  most  extraordinary  characters  that 
ever  the  heath  n  world  produced;  his  mildness, 
courage,  perseverance,  success,  and,  above 
all,  his  strict  obedience  to  the  command  of  that 
God  which  neither  he  nor  his  fathers  had  known, 
all  go  to  prove  that  Isaiah  was  not  mistaken 
when  he  called  him  by  name,  as  the  Lord's  an- 
ointed, to  deliver  the  nations  from  bondage, 
to  scourge  and  subdue  the  greatest  city  and 
monarchy  that  have  at  any  time  existed  on  the 
earth,  and  to  restore  the  Jews,  and  rebuild  the 
city  and  temple.  Indeed,  he  was  one  of  those 
few  whom  the  world  never  produces,  except  for 
extraordinary  purposes.  But  let  us  hear  the 
Prophet's  own  description  of  him.  Isaiah, 
chapter  *lv.  >>Thus  saith  the  Lord  to  his  an- 
ointed, to  Cyrus,  whose  right  hand  I  have 
holden  to  «ubdue  nations  before  him;  and  I  will 
loose  the  loins  of  kings  to  open  before  him  the 
two-leaved  gates,  and  the  gates  shall  not  be  shut. 


22      PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

I  will  go  before  thee,  and  make  the  crooked 
places  straight:  I  will  break  in  pieces  the  gates 
of  brass,  and  cut  in  sunder  the  bars  of  iron.  And 
I  will  giv  e  thee  the  treasures  of  darkness,  and 
hidden  riches  of  secret  places,  that  thou  ma\  st 
know  that  I  the  Lord,  which  call  thee  by  thy 
name,  am  the  God  of  Israel.  For  Jacob  my 
servant's  sake^  and  Israel  mine  elect,  I  have 
even  called  thee  by  thv  name.  I  have  surnamed 
thee,  though  thou  hast  not  known  me.  I  am 
the  Lord,  and  there  is  none  else,  there  is  no 
God  beside  me :  I  girded  thee  though  thou  hast 
not  known  me :  that  they  may  know,  from  the 
rising  of  the  sun  and  from  the  west,  that,  t'lere 
is  none  beside  me."  In  the  13th  verse  he  says, 
"  I  have  raised  him  up  in  righteousness,  and  I 
will  direct  all  his  ways :  he  shall  build  my  city, 
and  he  shall  let  go  my  captives,  not  for  price 
nor  reward,  saith  the  Lordof  hostsJi-.  The 
reader  will  bear  m* Hlllld  ITTatlsaiah  lived  about 
one  hundred  years  before  the  Jewish  captivity, 
and  one  hundred  and  seventy  years  before 
Cyrus  caused  their  return. 

Here  I  would  pause  and  enquire,  What  power 
but  the  power  of  the  great  God,  could  enable 
one  man  to  call  another  by  name,  a  century  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  also  to  foretell  correctly  the 
history  of  his  life?  What  must  have  been  his 
wonder  and  astonishment,  when,  after  many 
years  of  wars   and  commotions,  during  which 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.      23 

he  marched  forth  conquering  and  to  conquer, 
gathering  as  a  nest  the  riches  of  the  nations, 
he  at  last  pitched  bis  camp  near  the  walls 
of  the  strongest  hold  in  all  the  earth? 
He  gazed  upon  its  walls  of  upwards  of 
three  hundred  feet  in  height,  with  its  gates 
of  brass  and  its  bars  of  iron;  the  people 
Within  feeling  perfectly  safe,  with  provisions 
enough  to  last  the  inhabitants  of  the  city  for 
several  years.  How  could  he  think  of  taking 
that  city?  Who  would  not  have  shrunk  from 
such  an  undertaking,  unless  inspired  by  the 
great  Jehovah?  But,  turning  the  river  Eu- 
phrates from  its  course,  and  marching  under  the 
walls  of  the  city,  in  the  dry  bed  of  the  river,  he 
found  himself  in  possession  of  the  city,  without 
any  difficulty;  for  Belshazzar,  the  king,  was 
drinking  himself  drunk,  with  his  nobles  and 
concubines,  and  that  too  from  the  vessels' of  the 
house  of  the  Lord,  which  his  father  had  taken 
from  Jerusalem;  and  his  knees  had  already 
smote  together,  with  horror,  from  the  hand- 
writing on  the  wall  which  Daniel  had  just  been 
called  in  to  interpret,  giving  his  kingdom  to  the 
Medes  and  Persians.  Having  subdued  this 
great  monarchy,  he  seated  himself  upon  the 
throne  of  kingdoms ;  and  becoming  familiar  with 
Daniel,  he  was,  no  doubt,  introduced  to  an  ac- 
quaintance with  the  Jewish  records,  and  then 
the  mystery  was  unfolded ;  he  could  then  see  that 


24  PROPHECY   ALREADY    FULFILLED. 

God  had  called  him  by  name,  that  the  Almighty 
had  girded  him  for  the  battle,  and  directed  all 
his  work;  he  could  then  understand  why  the 
treasures  of  the  earth  poured  themselves  into 
his  bosom,  and  why  the  loins  of  kings  had 
been  unloosed  before  him,  and  why  the  gates  of 
brass  had  been  opened,  and  the  bars  of  iron 
burst  asunder.  It  was  that  he  might  know  that 
there  was  a  God  in  Israel,  and  none  else,  and 
that  all  idols  were  as  nothing;  that  he  might 
also  restore  the  Jews,  and  rebuild  their  city  and 
temple,  and  fulfil  God's  purposes  upon  Babylon. 
He  accord'ngly  issued  his  proclamation  to  the 
Jews  to  return,  and  for  the  nations  to  assist 
them  in  rebulding,  for,  said  he,  "  God  hath 
commanded  me  to  build  him  a  house  at  Jeru- 
salem." Ezra,  chap.  i.  2,  3,  says,  t(  Thus  saith 
Cyrus;  king  of  Persia,  the  Lord  God  of  Heaven 
hath  given  me  all  the  kingdoms  of  the  earth; 
and  he  hath  charged  me  to  build  him  a  house  at 
Jerusalem,  which  is  in  Judah.  Who  is  there 
among  you  of  all  his  people?  his  God  be  with 
him,  and  let  him  go  up  to  Jerusalem,  which  is 
in  Judah,  and  built  the  house  of  the  Lord  God 
of  Israel,  (he  is  the  God,)  which  is  in  Jeru- 
salem." 

What  powerful  argument,  what  mighty  influ- 
ence was  it  which  caused  Cyrus  to  be  convinced 
that  it  was  the  God  of  heaven  who  dwelt  at 
Jerusalem,  who  alone  was  God,  and  who  had 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.      25 

done  all  these  things?  He  had  not  been  tra- 
ditioned  in  the  belief  of  the  true  God,  nor  of  the 
holy  Scriptures.  Nay,  he  had  ever  been  very 
zealous  in  the  worship  of  idols ;  it  was  to  idols 
he  looked  for  assistance  in  the  former  part  of  his 
life.  I  reply,  it  was  the  power  of  God,  made 
m  anifest  by  prophecy  and  its  fulfilment;  not  in 
a  spiritualized  sense, not  in  some  obscure,  uncer- 
tain, or  dark  mysterious  way,  which  was  difficult 
to  be  understood;  but  in  positive,  literal,  plain 
demonstration,  which  none  could  gainsay  or 
resist.  Isaiah  says  that  this  was  the  object  the 
Lord  had  in  view  when  he  revealed  such  plain- 
ness. And  Cyrus  manifested  that  it  had  the 
desired  effect. 

I  would  here  remark  that  when  we  come  to 
treat  of  that  part  of  prop  hecy  which  yet  remains 
to  be  fulfilled,  we  shall  bring  proof  positive  that 
the  heathen  nations  of  the  latter  days  are  to  be 
convinced  in  the  same  way  that  Cyrus  was ;  that 
is,  there  are  certain  eveuts  plainly  predicted  in 
the  Prophets,  yet  future,  which,  whea  fulfilled, 
w'll  convince  all  the  heathen  nations  of  the  true 
God,  and  they  shall  know  that  He  hath  spoken 
and  performed  it.  And  all  the  great  and  learned 
men  of  Christendom,  and  all  societies,  who  put 
any  other  than  a  literal  construction  on  the 
word  of  prophecy,  shall  stand  confounded,  and 
be  const  raintd  to  acknowledge  tha.  all  has 
come  to  pass  even  as  it  is  written. 


J<0  PROPHECY    ALREADY    FULFILLED. 

But  to  return  to  our  research  of  prophecy  aud 
its  f  ulfllraeut.  The  prophets  had  not  only  pre- 
dicted the  reduction  of  Babylon  by  Cyrus,  but 
they  had  denounced  its  fate  through  all  ages, 
until  reduced  to  entire  de  solation,  never  to  be 
inhabited,  not  even  as  a  temporary  residence  for 
the  wandering  Arab;  c'and  the  Arabian  shall 
not  pitch  tent  there."     See  Isaiah  xiii.  19-22. 

Mr.  Joseph  Wolfe,  the  celebrated  Jewish  Mis- 
sionary, while  travelling  in  Chaldea,  inquired  of 
the  Arabs  whether  they  pitched  their  tents 
among  the  ruins  of  Babylon,  to  which  they 
replied  in  the  negative,  declaring  their  fears 
that,  should  they  do  so,  Nimrod's  ghost  would 
haunt  them.  Thu  s  all  the  predictions  of  the 
Prophets  concerning  that  mighty  city  have 
been  fulfilled. 

Edom  also  presents  a  striking  fulfilment  of 
plan  and  pointed  predictions  in  the  Prophets. 
These  predictions  were  pronounced  upon  Edom 
at  a  time  when  its  soil  was  very  productive  and 
well  cultivated,  and  everywhere  abounding  in 
flourishing  towns  and  cities.  But  now  its  cities 
have  become  heaps  of  desolate  ruins,  only  in- 
habited by  the  cormorant,  bittern,  and  by  wild 
beasts,  serpents,  etc.,  and  its  soil  has  become 
barren ;  the  Lord  has  cast  upon  it  the  line  of  con- 
fusion, and  the  stones  of  emptiness,  and  it  has 
been  waste  from  generation  to  generation,  in 
express  fulfilment  of  the  word  of  prophecy. 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.      27 

We  will  now  give  a  passing  notice  of  the  vision 
of  Daniel,  recorded  in  the  8th  chapter  of  his 
prophecies,  concerning  tue  ram  and  the  goat. 
The  reader  would  do  well  to  turn  and  read  the 
whole  chapter;  but  we  will  more  particularly 
notice  the  interpretation,  as  it  was  given  him  by 
Gabriel,  recorded  from  the  19th  to  the  25th 
verses.  And  he  said,  "  I  will  make  thee  know 
what  shall  be  in  the  last  end  of  the  indignation, 
for  at  the  time  appointed  the  end  shall  be.  The 
ram  which  thousawest  having  two  hens,  are  the 
kings  of  Media  and  Persia;  and  the  rough  goat, 
is  the  king  of  Grecia ;  and  the  gr  at  horn  that 
is  between  his  eyes,  is  the  first  king.  Now 
that  being  broken,  whereas  four  stood  up  for  it, 
four  kingdoms  shall  stand  up  out  of  the  nation, 
but  not  in  his  power.  And  in  the  latter  time  of 
their  kingdom,  when  the  transgressors  are  come 
to  the  full,  a  king  of  fierce  countenance,  and 
understanding  dark  sentences,  shall  stand  up; 
and  his  power  shall  be  mighty,  but  not  by  his 
own  power,  and  he  shall  destroy  wonderfully, 
and  shall  pro-per,  and  practice,  and  shall  de- 
stroy the  mighty  and  the  holy  people;  and 
through  his  policy  also  he  shall  cause  craft  to 
prosper  in  his  hand,  and  he  shall  magnify  him- 
self in  his  heart,  and  by  peace  shall  destroy 
many;  he  shall  also  stand  up  against  the  Prince 
of  princes;  but  he  shall  be  broken  without 
hand."     In  this  vision  we  have  first  presented 


X 
28  PROPHECY   ALREADY   FULFILLED. 

the  Medes  and  Persians,  as  they  were  to  exist 
until  they  were  conquered  by  Alexander  the 
Great.  Now,  it  is  a  fact  well  known  that  this 
empire  waxed  exceedingly  great  for  some  time 
after  the  death  of  Daniel,  pushing  its  conquests 
westward,  northward,  and  southward,  so  that 
none  could  stand  before  it;  until  Alexander, 
the  kin^  of  Grecia,  came  from  the  west,  with  a 
small  army  of  chosen  men,  and  attacked  the 
Persians  upon  the  banks  of  the  river,  and  plung- 
ing his  horse  in,  and  his  army  following,  they 
crossed,  and  attacked  the  Persians,  who  stood 
to  oppose  them  on  the  bank,  with  many  times 
their  number;  but,  notwithstanding  their  num- 
ber, and  their  advantage  of  the  ground,  they 
were  totally  routed,  and  the  Grecians  proceeded 
to  over-run  and  subdue  the  country,  beating  the 
Persians  in  a  number  of  pitched  battles,  until 
they  were  entirely  subdued.  It  is  also  well 
known  that  Alexander,  the  king  of  Greece,  went 
forth  from  nation  to  nation,  subduing  the  world 
before  him,  until,  having  conquered  the  world, 
l>e  died  at  Babylon,  at  the  age  of  thirty-two 
years.  And  thus,  when  he  had  waxed  strong, 
the  great  horn  was  broken,  and  for  it  came  up 
four  notable  ones  toward  the  four  winds  of 
heaven.  His  kingdom  was  divided  among  four 
of  his  generals,  who  never  attained  unto  his 
power.  Now,  in  the  latter  time  of  their  king- 
dom,  when    the    transgression  of  the  Jewish 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.  29 

nation  was  come  to  the  full,  the  Roman  power 
destroyed  the  Jewish  nation,  took  Jerusalem, 
caused  the  daily  sacrifice  to  cease,  and  not  only 
that,  but  afterwards  destroyed  the  mighty  and 
holy  people,  that  is,  the  Apostles  and  primitive 
Christians,  who  were  slain  by  the  authorities 
of  Rome. 

Now,  let  me  enquire,  Does  the  history  of 
these  United  States  give  a  plainer  account  of 
past  events  than  Daniel's  wisdom  did  of  events 
which  were  then  future,  and  some  of  them 
reaching  down  the  stream  of  time  for  several 
hundred  years,  unfolding  events  which  no  hu- 
man sagacity  could  possibly  have  foreseen? 
Man,  by  his  own  sagacity,  may  accomplish 
many  things;  he  may  plough  the  trackless  ocean 
without  wind  or  tide  in  his  favor;  he  may  soar 
aloft  amid  the  clouds  without  the  aid  of  wings; 
he  may  traverse  the  land  with  astonishing  ve- 
locity without  the  aid  of  beasts;  or  he  may 
convey  his  thoughts  to  his  fellow  by  the  aid  of 
letters.  But  there  is  a  principle  which  he  can 
never  attain  to,  no,  not  even  by  the  wisdom  of 
ages  combined ;  money  will  not  purchase  it :  it 
comes  from  God  only,  and  is  bestowed  upon 
man  as  a  free  gift.  Says  the  Prophet  to  the 
idols,  "  Tell  us  what  shall  be,  that  we  may  know 
that  ye  are  gods." 

We  will  now  proceed  to  bnow  how  exactly  the 
prophecies  were  fulfilled  literally  in  the  person 


30       PKOPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

of  Jesus  Christ.  "  Behold,"  said  the  Prophet 
"  a  virgin  shall  conceive  and  bear  a  son." 
Ajrain,  Bethlehem  should  be  the  place  of  his 
birth,  and  Egypt,  where  he  sojourned  with  his 
parents,  the  place  out  of  which  he  was  to  be 
called.  He  turned  aside  to  Nazareth,  for  it  was 
written,  "  He  shall  be  called  a  Nazarene."  He 
rode  into  Jerusalem  upon  a  colt,  the  foal  of  an 
ass,  because  the  Prophet  had  said,  "  Behold  thy 
king  cometh,  meek  and  lowly,  riding  upon  a 
colt,"  &c.  And  again  saith  the  Prophet,  "  He 
shall  be  afflicted  and  despised;  he  shall  be  a 
man  of  sorrows,  and  acquainted  with  grief;  he 
shall  be  led  as  a  lamb  to  the  slaughter,  and,  like 
a  sheep  dumb  before  his  shearers,  so  he  opened 
not  his  mouth;  in  his  humiliation  his  judg- 
ment was  taken  away;  and  who  shall  declare 
his  generation?  for  his  life  is  taken  from  the 
earth.  He  was  wounded  for  our  transgres- 
sions, and  by  his  stripes  we  are  healed;  he  was 
numbered  with  the  transgressors;  he  made  his 
grave  with  the  rich."  Not  a  bone  of  him  is 
broken;  they  divide  his  raiment:  cast  lots  for 
his  vesture;  gave  him  gall  and  vinegar  to 
drink;  betray  him  for  thi'ty  pieces  of  silver; 
and  finally,  when  it  was  finished,  he  rested  in 
the  tomb  until  the  third  day,  and  then  rose 
triumphant,  without  seeing  corruption.  Now, 
kind  reader,  had  you  walked  up  and  down  with 
our  dear  Redeemer  during  his  whole  sojourn  in 


PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED.  31 

the  flesh,  and  had  you  taken  pains  to  record  the 
particular  circumstan  ct  s  of  his  life  and  death, 
as  they  occurred  from  time  to  time,  your  history 
would  not  be  a  plainer  one  than  the  Prophets 
gave  of  him  hundreds  of  years  before  he  was 
born.  There  is  one  thing  we  would  do  well  to 
notice  concerning  the  manner  in  which  the 
Apostles  interpreted  prophecy,  and  that  is  this : 
they  simply  quoted  it,  and  recorded  its  literal 
fulfilment.  By  pursuing  this  course,  they  were 
enabled  to  bring  it  home  to  the  hearts  of  the 
people  in  the  Jewish  synagogues,  with  such 
convincing  proof  that  they  were  constrained  to 
believe  the  supposed  impostor  whom  they  had 
crucified  was  the  Messiah.  But  had  they  once 
dreamed  of  rendering  a  spiritualizing  or  uncer- 
tain application,  like  the  teachers  of  the  present 
day,  all  would  have  been  uncertainty  and  doubt, 
and  demoralization  would  have  vanished  from 
the  earth. 

Having  taken  a  view  of  the  Old  Testament 
Prophets,  concerning  prophecy  and  its  fulfil- 
ment, and  having  shown  clearly  that  nothing 
but  a  literal  fulfilment  was  intended,  the 
objector  may  inquire  whether  the  same  mode 
will  apply  to  the  predictions  contained  in 
the  New  Testament.  We  will  therefore 
bring  a  few  important  instances  of  prophecy, 
and  its  fulfilment,  from  the  New  Testament: 
after   which    we    shall    be   prepared  to  enter 


32  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

the  vast  field  which  is  still  future.  One  of 
the  most  remarkable  prophecies  in  sacred  writ 
is  recorded  by  Luke,  chap.  xxi.  20-24.  "  And 
when  ye  shall  see  Jerusalem  compassed  with 
armies,  then  know  that  the  desolation  thereof 
is  nigh.  Then  let  them  which  are  in  Judea  flee 
to  the  mountains,  and  let  them  which  are  in  the 
midst  of  it  depart  out:  and  let  not  them  that 
are  in  the  countries  enter  thereinto;  for  these 
be  the  days  of  vengeance,  that  all  things  which 
are  written  may  be  fulfilled.  But  woe  unto 
them  that  are  with  c  hild,  and  to  them  that  give 
suck  in  those  days;  for  there  shall  be  great  dis- 
tress in  the  land,  and  wrath  upon  this  people; 
and  they  shall  fall  by  the  edge  of  the  sword, 
and  shall  be  led  away  captive  into  all  nations; 
and  Jerusalem  shall  be  trodden  down  of  the 
Gentiles,  until  the  times  of  the  Gentiles  be  ful- 
filled." This  prophecy  involves  the  fate  of 
Jerusalem,  and  the  temple,  and  the  whole  Jew- 
ish nation,  for  at  least  eighteen  hundred  years. 
About  the  year  seventy,  the  Roman  army  com- 
passed Jerusalem.  The  disciples  remembered 
the  warning  which  had  been  given  them  by 
their  Lord  and  Master  forty  years  before,  and 
fled  to  the  mountains.  The  city  of  JerusaL  l 
was  taken,  after  a  long  and  tedious  siege,  in 
which  the  Jews  suffered  the  extreme  of  famine, 
pestilence  and  the  sword;  filling  houses  with 
the  dead,  for  want  of  a  place  to  bury  them; 


PROPHECY  ALREADY   FULFILLED.  33 

while  women  ate  their  own  children,  for  want  of 
all  things.  In  this  struggle  there  perished,  in 
Judea,  near  one  million  and  a  half  of  Jews,  be- 
sides those  taken  captive.  Their  country  was 
laid  waste,  their  city  burned,  their  temple  de- 
stroyed, and  the  miserable  remnant  dispersed 
abroad  into  all  the  nations  of  the  earth;  in 
which  situation  they  have  continued  ever  since, 
being  driven  from  one  nation  to  another,  often 
falsely  accused  of  the  worst  of  crimes,  for 
which  they  have  been  banished  and  their  goods 
confiscated.  Indeed,  they  have  been  mostly  ac- 
counted as  outlaws  among  the  various  nations; 
the  soles  of  their  feet  have  found  no  rest,  and 
they  have  been  a  hiss  and  a  by- word;  and  the 
people  have  said,  "  These  are  the  people  of  the 
Lord,  and  are  gone  forth  out  of  His  land." 

During  all  this  time  the  Gentiles  have  pos- 
sessed the  land  of  Canaan,  and  trodden  under 
foot  the  holy  city  where  their  forefathers  wor- 
shipped the  Lord.  Now,  in  this  long  captivity, 
the  Jews  have  never  lost  sight  of  the  promises 
respecting  their  return.  Their  eyes  have 
watched  and  failed  with  longing  for  the  day 
when  they  might  possess  again  that  blessed  in- 
heritance bequeathed  to  their  forefathers; 
when  they  might  again  rear  their  citv  and  tem- 
ple, and  re-establish  their  priesthood,  and 
worship  as  in  days  of  old.  Indeed,  they  have 
made  several  attempts  to  return,  but  were  al- 
D 


34      PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

ways  frustrated  in  all  their  attempts ;  for  it  was 
an  unalterable  decree,  that  Jerusalem  should  be 
trodden  down  of  the  Gentiles,  until  the  times  of 
the  Gentiles  should  be  fulfilled.  On  the  sub- 
ject of  this  long  dispersion,  Moses  and  the 
Prophets  have  written  very  plainly;  indeed, 
Moses  even  mentioned  the  particulars  of  their 
eating  their  children  secretly  in  the  siege,  and 
in  the  straitness  wherewith  their  enemies 
should  besiege  them  in  all  their  gates.  Who- 
ever will  read  the  28th  of  Deuteronomy,  will 
read  the  history  of  what  has  befallen  the  Jews, 
foretold  by  Moses  with  all  the  clearness  that 
characterizes  the  history  of  past  events,  and  all 
this  thousands  of  years  before  its  accomplish- 
ment. 

Our  next  is  found  in  Acts  xxi.  10,  11,  where  a 
Prophet  named  Agabus  took  Paul's  girdle  and 
bound  his  own  hands  and  feet,  and  said, 
"Thus  saith  the  Holy  Ghost,  So  shall  the  Jews 
at  Jerusalem  bind  the  man  that  owneth  this 
girdle,  and  shall  deliver  him  into  the  hands  of 
the  Gentiles."  The  fulfilment  of  this  pre- 
diction is  too  well  known  to  need  any  descrip- 
tion. We  therefore  proceed  to  notice  a 
prophecy  of  Paul,  recorded  in  2  Tim.  iv.  3, 
4.  "  For  the  time  will  come  when  they  will 
not  endure  sound  doctrine,  but,  after  their 
own  lusts,  shall  they  heap  to  themselves 
teacners,  having  Itching  ears;  and  they  shall 


PROPHECY  ALREADY   FULFILLED.  35 

turn  away  their  ears  from  the  truth,  and  shall 
be  turned  uuto  fables."  This  prophecy  has 
been  fulfilled  to  the  very  letter;  for  it  applies 
to  every  religious  teacher  who  has  arisen  from 
that  day  unto  the  present,  except  those  com- 
missioned by  direct  revelation,  and  inspired 
by  the  Holy  Ghost.  But,  to  convince  the 
reader  of  its  full  accomplishment,  we  need 
only  point  to  the  numberless  priests  of  the 
day  who  preach  for  hire,  and  divine  for  money, 
and  who  receive  their  authority  from  their  fel- 
lowman;  and,  as  to  the  fables  to  which  they 
are  turned,  we  need  only  to  mention  the  spirit- 
ualizings  and  private  interpretations  which  sal- 
ute our  ears  from  almost  every  religious  press 
and  pulpit. 

But  there  is  another  prophecy  of  Paul  well 
worth  our  attention,  as  illustrative  of  the 
times  in  which  we  live;  it  is  found  in  the  first 
five  verses  of  the  3rd  chapter  of  2nd  Timothy: 
11  This  know  also,  that  in  the  last  days  perilous 
times  shall  come;  for  men  shall  be  lovers  of 
their  own  selves,  covetous,  boasters,  proud, 
blasphemers,  disobedient  to  parents,  unthank- 
ful, uuholy,  without  natural  affection,  truce- 
breakers,  false  accusers,  incontinent,  fierce, 
despisers  of  those  that  are  good,  traitors, 
heady,  high-minded,  lovers  of  pleasures  more 
than  lovers  of  God,  having  a  form  of  godli- 
ness, but    denying    the  power  thereof:  from 


36  PROPHECY  ALREADY  FULFILLED. 

such  turn  away."  From  the  last  verse  of  this 
quotation  we  learn  to  our  astonishment  that  ihis 
sum  of  awful  wickedness  applies  to  professors  of 
religion  only;  that  is,  this  would  be  the  char- 
acter of  the  (so-called)  Christian  part  of 
community  in  the  last  days.  Do  not  startle, 
kind  reader,  we  do  not  make  the  application 
without  proof  positive  to  the  point,  for  remem- 
ber, non- professors  have  no  form  of  godliness, 
but  those  ungodly  characters  spoken  of 
were  to  have  a  form  of  godliness,  denying  the 
power  thereof.  But,  if  you  doubt  Paul's 
testimony  on  the  subject,  look  around  you, 
examine  for  yourselves.  "  By  ther  fruits 
ye  shall  know  them."  My  heart  is  pained  while 
I  write.  Alas,  has  it  come  to  this ;  has  tne  spirit 
of  truth  removed  the  veil  of  obscurity  from  the 
last  days,  only  to  present  us  with  the  vision  of 
a  fallen  people;  an  apostate  church,  fu  1  of  all 
manner  of  abomination,  and  even  despising 
those  who  are  good;  while  they  themselves  have 
nothing  left  but  the  form  of  godliness,  denying 
the  power  of  God:  that  is,  setting  aside  the 
direct  inspiration  and  supernatural  gifts  of  the 
Spirit,  which  ever  characterize  the  Church  of 
Christ?  Was  it  for  this  only  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  opened  to  the  view  of  holy  men  the  events 
of  unborn  time,  enabling  them  to  gaze  upon  the 
opening  glories  of  the  latter  days!  Oh!  ye 
Prophets  and  Apostles,   ye  holy  men  of  old, 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  37 

what  have  you  done,  if  you  stop  here?  if  your 
prophetic  vision  only  extended  down  the  stream 
of  time  to  the  present  year?  Alas !  you  have 
filled  our  minds  with  sorrow  and  despair:  the 
Jews  you  have  left  wandering  in  sorrow  and 
darkness,  far  from  all  their  hearts  hold  most 
dear  on  earthy  their  land  a  desolation,  and 
their  city  and  temple  in  ruins,  and  they  without 
the  knowledge  of  the  true  Messiah.  The  Gen- 
tiles, after  partaking  of  the  root  and  fatness  of 
the  tame  olive-tree,  having  fallen  after  the  same 
example  of  unbelief,  are  left  without  fruit, 
dead,  plucked  up  by  the  roots,  with  naught  but 
a  form  of  godliness;  while  the  powers  that 
characterized  the  ancient  Church  have  fled 
from  among  men.  Is  this  the  consummation 
of  all  your  labours?  Was  it  for  this  you 
searched,  toiled,  bled,  and  died?  I  pause  for  a 
reply;  if  you  have  a  word  of  comfort  yet  in 
store,  concerning  the  future,  let  it  quickly 
speak,  lest  our  souls  should  linger  in  the  dark 
valley  of  sorrow  and  despair. 


CHAPTER  II. 

ON  THE  FULFILMENT  OF  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

What  is  Prophecy,  but  history  reversed? 
Having  made  the  discovery,  and  produced  suf- 
ficient proof  that  the  prophecies,  thus  far,  have 


38  PROPHECY   YET   FUTURE. 

been  literally  fulfilled  —to  the  very  letter  — we 
hope  the  reader  will  never  lose  sight  of  the  same 
rule  with  regard  to  those  yet  future.  And,  while 
we  stand  upon  the  threshold  of  futurity,  with 
the  wonders  of  unborn  time  about  to  open  upon 
our  view,  presenting  before  our  astonished 
vision  the  most  mighty  and  majestic  scenes,  the 
most  astonishing  revolutions,  the  most  extra- 
ordinary destructions,  as  well  as  the  most 
miraculous  displays  of  the  power  and  majesty 
of  Jehovah,  in  His  great  restoration  of  His 
long-dispersed  covenant  people  from  the  four 
quarters  of  the  earth ;  I  say,  as  these  scenes  are 
about  to  open  to  our  view,  let  us  bow  before 
the  great  I  AM,  in  the  name  of  Jesus,  and 
pray  in  faith  for  the  spirit  to  enlarge  our  hearts 
and  enlighten  our  minds,  that  we  may  under- 
stand and  believe  all  that  is  written,  however 
miraculous  it  may  be.  But  O!  kind  reader, 
who  ever  you  are,  if  you  are  not  prepared  for 
persecution,  if  you  are  unprepared  to  have  your 
name  cast  out  as  evil,  if  you  cannot  bear  to  be 
called  a  knave,  an  impostor,  or  madman,  or  one 
that  hath  a  devil;  or  if  you  are  bound  by  the 
creeds  of  men  to  believe  just  so  much  and  no 
more,  you  had  better  stop  here;  for  if  you  were 
to  believe  the  things  written  in  the  Bible  that 
are  yet  to  come,  you  will  be  under  the  necessity 
of  believing  miracles,  signs  and  wonders,  reve- 
lations, and  manifestations  of  the  power  of  God, 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  39 

even  beyond  anything  that  any  former  genera- 
tion has  witnessed;  yes,  you  will  believe  that 
the  waters  will  be  divided,  and  Israel  go  through 
dry-shod,  as  they  journey  to  their  own  land,  as 
they  did  in  the  days  of  Moses;  for  no  man  ever 
yet  believed  the  Bible,  without  believing  and 
expecting  such  glorious  events  in  the  latter 
days.  Aud  I  will  now  venture  to  say  that  a  be- 
liever in  the  Bible  would  be  something  that  very 
few  men  have  ever  seen  in  this  generation,  with 
all  its  boasted  religion ;  for  there  is  a  great 
difference  between  believing  the  book  to  be  true 
when  shut,  and  believing  the  things  therein 
written.  It  is  now  considered  in  Christendom 
a  great  disgrace  not  to  believe  the  Bible  wheu 
shut;  but  whosoever  tries  the  experiment  will 
find  it  a  greater  disgrace  to  believe  that  the 
things  therein  written  will  surely  come  to  pass. 
Indeed,  it  is  our  firm  belief  in  the  things  written 
in  the  Bible,  and  careful  teaching  of  them,  that 
is  one  great  cause  of  the  persecution  we  suffer. 
For  let  the  prophecies  be  understood  by  the 
people,  and  let  them  roll  on  in  their  fulfilment, 
and  this  will  blow  to  the  four  winds  every  re- 
ligious craft  in  Christendom,  and  cause  the  king- 
dom of  Christ  to  arise  upon  their  ruins,  while 
the  actual  knowledge  of  the  truth  will  cover  the 
earth  as  the  waters  do  the  sea. 

Having  said   so  much  by  way  of  caution,  if 
there  are  any  of  my  readers  so  bold,  and  regard- 


40  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

less  of  consequences,  as  to  dare  with  me  to 
gaze  upon  the  future,  we  will  commence  with 
Isaiah,  chap,  xi.  11,  12,  15,  andJL 6  verses.  "And 
itTsHailcome  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the  Lord 
shall  set  his  hand  again  the  second  time  to  re- 
cover the  remnant  of  his  people,  which  shall  be 
left,  from  Assyria,  and  from  Egypt,  and  from 
Pathros,  and  from  dish,  and  from  Elam,  and 
from  Shinar,  and  from  Hamath,  and  from  the 
islands  of  the  sea. 

"  And  he  shall  set  up  an  ensign  for  the  na- 
tions, and  shall  assemble  the  outcasts  of  Is- 
rael, and  gather  together  the  dispersed  of  Judah 
from  the  four  corners  of  the  earth. 

"  And  the  Lord  shall  utterly  destroy  the 
tongue  of  the  Egyptian  Sea;  and  with  his 
mighty  wind  sha ""  he  shake  his  hand  over  the 
river,  and  shall  smite  it  in  the  seven  streams, 
and  make  men  go  over  dry-shod. 

"  And  there  shall  be  an  highway  for  the  rem- 
nant of  his  people,  which  shall  be  left,  from 
Assyria;  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the  day 
that  he  came  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt." 

Here  you  behold  an  ensign  to  be  reared  for 
the  nations ;  notonly  for  the  dispersed  of  Judah, 
but  the  outcasts  of  Israel.  The  Jews  are  called 
dispersed,  because  they  are  scattered  among 
the  nations ;  but  the  ten  tribes  are  called  out- 
casts, because  they  are  cast  out  from  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  nations  into  a  land  by  themselves. 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  41 

Now,  the  reader  will  bear  in  mind  that  the  ten 
tribes  have  not  dwelt  in  the  land  of  Canaan 
since  they  were  led  captive  by  Shalminezer, 
king  of  Assyria.  We  have  also  presented  be- 
fore us,  in  the  15th  verse,  the  marvellous  power 
of  God,  which  will  be  displayed  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  a  small  branch  of  the  Ked  Sea,  called 
the  tongue  of  the  Egyptian  Sea:  and  also  the 
dividing  of  the  seven  streams  of  some  river, 
and  causing  men  to  go  over  dry-shod;  and  lest 
any  should  not  understand  it  literally,  the  15th 
verse  says,  "there  shall  be  a  highway  for  the 
remnant  of  his  people,  which  shall  be  left  from 
Assyria,  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  when  he  came  up 
out  of  the  land  of  Egypt."  Now,  we  have  only 
to  ask  whether,  in  the  days  of  Moses,  the  Ked 
Sea  was  literally  divided? or  whether  it  was  only 
a  figure?  for  as  it  was  then  so  it  shall  be  again. 
And  yet  we  are  told  by  modern  divines  that  the 
days  of  miracles  have  gone  for  ever;  and  those 
who  believe  in  miracles,  in  our  day,  are  count- 
ed as  impostors,  or,  at  least,  poor  ignorant 
fanatics,  and  the  public  are  warned  against 
them,  as  false  teachers  who  would,  if  possible, 
deceive  the  very  elect.  On  the  subject  of  this 
restoration  the  Prophets  have  spoken  so  fully 
and  repeatedly,  that  we  can  only  notice  a  few 
of  the  most  striking  instances,  which  will  go 
to  show  the  particular  circumstances  and 
incidents  attending   it,    and    the    manner  and 


42  PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE. 

means  of  its  accomplishment.  The  16th  chap- 
ter of  Jeremiah,  14th,  15th,  and  16th  verses,  says, 
"Therefore,  behold,  the  da} s  come,  saith  the 
Lord,  that  it  shall  no  more  be  said,  The  Lord 
liveth  that  brought  up  the  children  of  Israel 
out  of  the  Land  of  Egypt;  but,  The  Lord  liveth, 
that  brought  up  the  children  of  Israel  from  the 
land  of  the  north,  and  from  all  the  lands  whith- 
er he  had  driven  them:  and  I  will  bring  them 
again  into  their  land  that  I  gave  unto  their 
fathers.  Behold  I  will  send  f6r  many  fishers, 
saith  the  Lord,  and  they  shall  fish  them;  and 
after  will  I  send  for  many  hunters,  and  they 
shall  hunt  them  from  every  mountain,  and  from 
every  hill,  and  out  of  the  holes  of  the  rocks." 
Now,  it  has  ever  been  the  case  with  Israel,  when 
they  wished  to  express  the  greatness  of  their 
God,  to  say,  The  Lord  liveth,  which  brought  up 
our  fathers  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt.  This 
saying  at  once  called  to  mind  the  power  and 
miracles  of  that  memorable  event,  and  associa- 
ted with  it  all  that  was  great  and  grand,  and  was 
calculated  to  strike  the  mind  with  awe,  under  a 
lively  sense  of  the  power  of  Israel's  God.  But, 
to  our  astonishment!  something  is  yet  to 
transpire  which  will  cast  into  momentary 
forgetfulness  aU  the  great  events  of  that  day, 
and  the  children  of  Israel  shall  know  that 
their  God  liveth,  by  casting  their  minds 
upon  events  of  recent  date,  which  shall  have 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  43 

transpired,  still  more  glorious  and  wonderful 
than  their  coming  out  of  Egypt.  They  will  ex- 
claim, The  Lord  liveth,  which  recently  brought 
the  children  of  Israel  from  the  north,  and  from 
all  lands  whither  he  had  driven  them,  and  hath 
planted  them  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  which  he 
gave  our  fathers.  With  this  idea  will  be  asso- 
ciated every  display  of  grandeur  and  sublimity, 
of  wonder  and  amazement;  while  they  call  to 
mind  the  revelations,  manifestations,  miracles, 
and  mercies  displayed  in  bringing  about  this 
great  event,  in  the  eyes  of  all  the  nations. 

In  view  of  this,  Jeremiah  exclaims,  in  the  last 
verse  of  this  chapter,  "  Therefore,  behold,  I 
will  this  once  cause  them  to  know  mine  hand 
and  my  might;  and  they  shall  know  that  my 
name  is  The  Lord." 

But  the  means  made  use  of  to  bring  about 
this  glorious  event  are,  not  only  the  raising  of 
a  standard,  the  lifting  up  of  an  ensign,  so  that 
we  may  know  when  the  time  is  fulfilled,  but 
fishers  and  hunters  are  to  be  employed  to  fish 
and  hunt  them  from  every  mountain,  from 
every  hill,  and  out  of  the  holes  of  the  rocks. 
Let  the  reader  mark  here  :  men  were  not  to  send 
missionaries  who  were  not  inspired,  to  go  and 
teach  Israel  several  hundred  different  doctrines 
and  opinions  of  men,  and  to  tell  them  they  sup- 
posed the  time  had  about  arrived  for  them  to 
gather.    But  the  God  of  heaven  is  to  call  men 


44  PROPHECY   YET   FUTURE. 

by  actual  revelation  direct  from  heaven,  and  to 
tell  them  who  Israel  is;  who  the  Indians  of 
America  are,  if  they  should  be  of  Israel;  and 
also  where  the  ten  tribes  are,  and  all  the  scat- 
tered remnant  of  that  long  lost  people.  He  it  is 
who  is  to  give  them  their  errand  and  mission, 
and  to  clothe  them  with  power  from  on  high  to 
execute  the  great  work,  in  defiance  of  opposing 
elements,  and  all  the  opposition  of  earth  and 
hell  combined.  But  do  you  ask,  "Why  is  the 
Lord  to  commission  men  by  actual  revelation?" 
I  reply,  because  he  has  no  other  way  of  sending 
men  in  auy  age.  No  man,  says  the  Apostle, 
taketh  this  honour  upon  himself,  but  he  that  is 
called  of  God,  as  was  Aaron.  Now,  we  all  ac- 
knowledge that  Aaron  was  called  by  revelation. 
Now  the  great  Jehovah  never  did,  nor  ever 
will  acknowledge  the  priesthood  or  ministry  of 
any  man  who  is  not  called  by  revelation,  and 
inspired  as  in  days  of  old.  But,  "0!"  says 
the  reader,  "you  startle  me,  for  the  whole 
train  of  modern  divines  profess  no  revelation 
later  than  the  Bible,  and  no  direct  inspiration 
or  supernatural  gift  of  the  Spirit.  Do  you  cast 
them  all  off,  and  say  that  they  have  no  author- 
ity?" I  reply,  No,  for  the  Bible  does  it,  and 
I  only  humbly  acquiesce  in  the  decision,  as 
they  are  nowhere  known  in  Scripture,  except 
as  teachers  whom  the  people  have  heaped  to 
themselves  (the  word  heap  does  not  mean  a  few 


PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE.  45 

but  many).  But,  to  prove  more  fully  that  God 
will  give  revelations  in  order  to  bring  abcut 
this  glorious  work,  we  will  refer  you  to  Ezekiel 
xx.  33-38.  It  reads,  "  As  I  live,  saith  the 
Lord  God,  surely  with  a  mighty  hand,  antf 
with  a  stretched-out  arm,  and  with  a  fury 
poured  out,  will  I  rule  over  you ;  and  I  will  bring 
you  out  from  the  people,  and  will  gather  you  out 
of  the  countries  wherein  ye  are  scattered,  with 
a  mighty  hand,  and  with  a  stretched  out  arm, 
and  with  fury  poured  out.  And  I  will  bring 
you  into  the  wilderness  of  the  people,  and  there 
will  I  plead  with  you  face  to  face.  Like  as  I 
pleaded  with  your  fathers  in  the  wilderness  of 
the  land  of  Egypt,  so  I  will  plead  with  you,  saith 
the  Lord  God.  And  I  will  cause  you  to  pass 
under  the  rod,  and  I  will  bring  you  into  the 
bond  of  the  covenant;  and  I  will  purge  out  from 
among  you  the  rebels,  and  them  that  transgress 
against  me :  I  will  bring  them  forth  out  of  the 
country  wrhere  they  sojourn,  and  they  shall  not 
enter  into  the  land  of  Israel ;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  lam  the  Lord." 

You  discover  that  this  promise  begins  with  a 
double  assurance;  first,  with  an  oath,  As  I  live; 
second,  with  an  assurance,  Surely  with  a  mighty 
hand,  &c.  And,  in  the  close  of  the  same  chapter, 
lest  the  people  should  possibly  misunderstand 
him,  he  exclaims,  "  O  Lord,  they  say  of  me, 
Doth  he  not  speak  in  parables?"     Here  we  have 


46  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

the  children  of  Israel  brought  from  among  all 
nations,  with  a  mighty  hand  and  a  stretched-out 
arm,  and  -with  fury  poured  out,  (O  ye  nations, 
who  oppose  these  things,  beware,  remember 
Pharaoh,  and  learn  wisdom),  we  see  them 
brought  into  the  wilderness  of  the  people;  and 
there  the  Lord  is  to  plead  with  them  face  to 
face,  just  as  he  did  with  their  fathers  in  the 
wilderness  of  Egypt.  This  pleading  face  to 
face  can  never  be  done  without  revelation,  and  a 
personal  manifestation,  as  much  so  as  in  old 
times.  Now,  I  ask,  Were  all  his  manifesta- 
tions to  Israel  in  the  wilderness  mere  fables, 
not  to  be  understood  literally?  If  so,  this  will 
be  so  too;  for  one  will  be  precisely  like  the 
other,,  no  parable,  but  a  glorious  reality.  He 
will  cause  them  to  pass  under  the  rod,  and  bring 
them  into  the  bond  of  the  covenant.  This 
brings  to  mind  the  new  covenant  so  often 
promised  in  the  Scriptures,  to  be  made  with  the 
house  of  Israel,  and  with  the  house  of  Judah, 
just  in  time  to  gather  them  from  their  long  dis- 
persion. Some  may  suppose  that  the  new 
covenant  which  was  to  gather  Israel  made  its  ap- 
pearance in  the  days  of  Christ  and  his  Apostles. 
But  Paul  tells  us  it  was  yet  future  in  his  day.  So 
in  his  1 1th  chapter  to  the  Romans,  he  says  "  that 
blindness  in  part  is  happened  to  Israel,  until  the 
fulness  of  the  Gentiles  be  come  in,  and  so  all 
Israel  shall  be  saved;  as  it  is  written,  There  shall 


PROPHECY   YET   FUTURE.  47 

come  out  of  Zion  the  deliverer,  and  shall  turn 
away  ungodliness  from  Jacob;  for  this  is  my 
covenant  unto  them  when  I  shall  take  away  their 
sins."  From  this  we  learn  that  Paul  placed  that 
covenant  in  the  future,  even  down  to  the  restor- 
ation of  Israel,  in  the  last  days,  when  the  times 
of  the  Gentiles  should  be  fulfilled.  Then  there 
should  come  a  Deliverer  for  Israel,  and  not 
before,  seeing  that  they  had  rejected  the 
first  coming  of  that  Deliverer.  And  he  himself 
said  to  the  Jews,  "  Behold,  your  house  is  left 
unto  you  desolate ;  for  I  say  unto  you  ye  shall 
not  see  me  henceforth  till  ye  shall  say,  Blessed 
is  he  that  cometh  in  the  name  of  the  Lord." 
Then,  and  not  until  then,  should  the  covenant 
be  renewed  with  Israel.  And  even  when  the 
Apostles  inquired,  saying,  "  Wilt  thou  at  this 
time  restore  again  the  kingdom  to  Israel?  "  the 
Saviour  made  answer  that  it  was  not  for  them 
to  know  the  times  and  seasons,  which  the  Father 
had  put  in  his  own  power;  but  they  were  to  re- 
ceive power,  and  bear  witness  of  him,  &c;  as 
much  as  to  say,  That  work  is  not  for  you  Apos- 
tles to  accomplish,  but  shall  be  done  in  the 
Lord's  own  time,  by  whom  he  will;  but  go  ye 
and  do  the  work  I  have  commanded  you. 

Again,  Isaiah,  lxi.  8,  9,  in  speaking  of  this 
covenant,  tells  us,  that  it  should  make  their 
seed  known  among  the  Gentiles,  and  their  off- 
spring among  the  people;    and  should  cause  all 


48  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

that  see  them  to  acknowledge  them  that  they 
are  the  seed  that  the  Lord  hath  blessed.  Now, 
we  know  that  it  is  a  question  which  can  only  be 
decided  by  Revelation,  whether  the  aborigines 
of  America  are  the  seed  of  Jacob  or  not.  Again, 
it  is  a  matter  of  uncertainty  where  the  ten  tribes 
are,  or  who  they  are ;  but  the  new  covenant, 
whenever  it  makes  its  appearance,  will  reveal 
these  things,  and  will  leave  the  matter  no  longer 
in  suspense;  we  shall  then  know  their  seed 
among  the  Gentiles,  and  their  offspring  among 
the  people.  But,  oh!  how  different  was  the 
effect  of  the  covenant  made  eighteen  hundred 
years  ago  in  its  effects  upon  Israel;  it  cast 
them  off  in  unbelief,  and  caused  all  that  have 
seen  them  or  heard  of  them  ever  since  to  ac- 
knowledge that  they  are  the  seed  that  the  Lord 
hath  cursed.  When  the  covenant  is  renewed  in 
the  last  days,  the  Lord  will  bring  them  into  the 
bond  of  the  covenant  by  manifesting  Himself  to 
them  face  to  face.  Let  me  inquire,  How  does 
God  make  a  covenant  with  the  people  in  any 
age?  The  answer  is,  By  communicating  His 
will  to  them  by  actual  revelation;  for,  without 
this,  it  would  be  impossible  to  make  a  cove- 
nant between  two  parties.  In  order  to  illustrate 
this  subject  let  us  bring  an  example.  We  see 
how  we  make  covenants  with  each  other.  For 
instance,  a  young  man  wishes  to  enter  into  a 
covenant  of  matrimony  with  a  young  lady;   but 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  49 

deprive  him  of  the  privilege  of  revealing  his 
mind  to  her,  cut  off  all  direct  communication 
between  them  and  a  covenant  could  never  he 
made;  and  so  it  is  with  the  Almighty.  He 
never  did  enter  into  a  covenant  with  His 
creatures  without  revelations ;  and  He  never  can 
do  it.  In  short,  whenever  He  made  a  covenant 
with  the  people,  where  a  whole  people  were 
concerned,  He  included  in  the  covenant  the 
priesthood,  offices,  and  authorities,  together 
with  the  ordinances  and  blessings,  which  per- 
tain to  His  covenant;  and  so  will  He  do  at  this 
time.  Whenever  the  new  covenant  is  estab- 
lished it  will  organize  the  kingdom  of  God  with 
all  its  offices,  ordinances,  gifts,  and  blessings, 
as  in  the  days  of  old ;  but  more  of  this  when  we 
come  to  treat  of  the  kingdom  of  God. 

"  But,"  says  the  inquirer,  "  what  need  have 
we  of  the  renewal  of  a  covenant  which  has 
never  been  broken?  If  the  Lord  made  a  cove- 
nant in  the  days  of  the  Apostles,  called  a  new 
covenant,  why  should  that  covenant  still  be  re- 
newed again,  seeing  it  is  in  full  force  until  it 
is  broken  by  one  party  or  the  other?"  This  is 
an  important  inquiry,  involving  the  fate  of  all 
Christendom  in  its  decision ;  we  must  therefore 
be  very  careful  to  make  the  decision  perfectly 
plain,  and  the  proof  easy  to  be  understood. 
That  there  was  a  covenant  made  between  God 
and  the  people  in  the  days  of  Christ  and  his 
E 


50  PROPHECY  YET    FUTURE. 

Apostles,  none  will  attempt  to  deny,  and  if 
that  covenant  never  has  been  broken,  it  must 
be  of  force  to  the  present  day,  and  consequently 
there  is  no  need  of  a  new  one.  It  therefore  re- 
mains for  us  to  prove  that  that  covenant  has 
been  broken,  completly  broken  so  that  it  is  not 
in  force,  either  among  Jews  or  Gentiles,  having 
lost  its  offices,  authorities,  powers  and  bless- 
ings, insomuch  that  they  are  no  where  to  be 
found  among  men.  In  order  to  do  this,  we 
must  examine  what  were  its  offices,  authori- 
ties, powers  and  blessings,  and  then  see 
whether  they  are  still  known  among  men. 

We  read  that  its  offices  consisted  of  Apostles, 
Prophets,  Evangelists,  Pastors  and  Teachers, 
all  inspired,  and  set  in  the  church  by  the  Lord 
himself,  for  the  edifying  of  the  saints,  for  the 
work  of  the  ministry,  &c.  And  they  were  to 
continue  in  the  Church,  wherever  it  was  found, 
until  they  all  came  to  the  unity  of  the  faith,  and 
unto  the  measure  of  the  stature  of  a  man  in 
Christ. 

Secondly,  the  gifts  of  the  Spirit,  which  some 
call  supernatural,  were  the  powers  and  bless- 
ings which  pertained  to  that  covenant  wher- 
ever it  existed,  among  the  Jews  or  the  Gentiles, 
so  long  as  the  covenant  was  of  force.  Now  I 
would  ask  of  the  world  of  Christendom,  or 
either  of  its  sects  or  parties,  if  they  have  Apos- 
tles, Prophets,  Evangelists,  Pastors,  and  Teach- 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  51 

ers,  inspired  from  on  high,  together  with  all  the 
gifts  and  blessings  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  which 
pertained  to  the  Gospel  covenant?  If  not  then 
the  offices  and  powers  of  that  covenant  have 
been  lost.  And  it  must  be  through  the  break- 
ing of  that  covenant  that  they  were  lost,  for  in 
this  way  the  Jews  lost  these  privileges  when 
they  were  handed  to  the  Gentiles.  And  Paul 
told  the  Gentiles,  in  his  11th  chapter  to  the 
Romans,  that  if  they  did  not  abide  in  the  good- 
ness of  God,  they  would  fall,  as  the  Jews  had 
done  before  them.  But  in  order  to  prove,  by 
further  demonstration,  that  the  Gospel  covenant 
has  been  broken  by  Jew,  and  Gentile,  and  all 
people,  so  long  as  it  be  no  longer  in  force,  I 
shall  quote  Isajah^xxiV;_lr6.  "  Behold  the  Lord 
maketh  the  earth  empty,  and  maketh  it  waste, 
and  turneth  it  upside  down,  and  scattereth 
abroad  the  inhabitants  thereof.  And  it  shall  be, 
as  with  the  people  so  with  the  priest;  as  with 
the  servant  so  with  his  master;  as  with  the 
maid  so  with  her  mistress ;  as  with  the  buyer 
so  with  the  seller;  as  with  the  lender 
so  with  the  borrower;  as  with  the  taker 
of  usury  so  with  the  giver  of  usury  to 
him.  The  land  shall  be  utterly  emptied, 
and  utterly  spoiled;  for  the  Lord  hath 
spoken  this  word.  The  earth  mourn eth  and 
fadeth  away,  the  world  languisheth  and  fadeth 
away,  the  haughty  people  of  the  earth  do  Ian- 


52  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

guish.  The  earth  also  is  defiled  under  the  in- 
habitants thereof;  because  they  have  trans- 
gressed THE   LAWS,  CHANGED   THE   ORDINANCE, 

broken  the  everlasting  covenant.  There- 
fore hath  the  curse  devoured  the  earth,  and  they 
that  dwell  therein  are  desolate;  therefore  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth  are  burned,  and  few 
men  left."  In  these  few  verses  we  discover  a 
like  calamity  awaiting  priests  and  people,  rich 
and  poor,  bond  and  free,  insomuch  that  they 
are  all  to  be  burned  up  but  a  few ;  and  the  com- 
plaint is  that  the  earth  is  defiled  under  the  in- 
habitants thereof,  because  they  have  trans- 
gressed the  laws,  changed  the  ordinance,  and 
broken  the  everlasting  covenant.  Now,  this 
could  not  be  speaking  of  any  other  than  the 
covenant,  ordinance,  and  laws  of  the  Gospt  1, 
made  with  the  people  in  the  days  of  the  Apos- 
tles; because,  however  any  former  covenant 
may  have  been  broken,  yet  the  inhabitants  of 
the  earth  have  never  been  destroyed  by  fire,  all 
but  a  few,  .for  having  broken  any  previous 
covenant.  But  this  destruction  is  to  come  by 
fire,  as  literally  as  the  flood  in  the  days  of 
Noah,  and  it  will  consume  both  priests  and 
people  from  the  earth,  and  that,  too,  for  having 
broken  the  covenant  of  the  Gospel,  with  its 
laws  and  its  ordinances ;  or  else  we  must  get  a 
new  edition  of  the  Bible,  leaving  o  ut  the  24th 
of  Isaiah. 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  53 

Now,  having  settled  this  question,  I  trust  the 
reader  will  see  the  need  of  a  new  covenant,  in 
order  to  save  the  few  that  are  not  to  be  burned. 
We  will  therefore  drop  this  subject  for  the 
present,  end  turn  again  to  the  subject  of  the 
gathering  of  Israel.  You  will  please  turn  and 
read  the  36th,  37th,  38th,  and  39th  chapters  of 
Ezekiel.  In  the  36th  chapter  you  will  discover 
a  promise,  that  Israel  is  to  return  from  all  the 
nations  whither  they  have  been  scattered,  and 
to  be  brought  again  to  the  land  which  God  gave 
to  their  fathers;  Jerusalem  is  to  be  filled  with 
flocks  of  men;  and  all  the  desolate  cities  of 
Judea  are  to  be  rebuilt,  fenced,  and  inhabited ; 
the  land  is  to  be  fenced,  tilled,  and  sown, 
insomuch  that  they  shall  say,  "  This  land  that 
was  desolate  is  become  like  the  garden  of 
Eden."  "  I  the  Lord  have  spoken  it,  and  I  will 
doit;  and  the  heathen  shall  know  that  I  the 
Lord  build  the  ruined  places,  and  plant  that 
that  was  desolate.  So  shall  the  waste  cities  be 
filled  with  flocks  of  men,  and  they  shall  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord."  In  the  37th  chapter  you 
will  find,  after  the  vision  of  the  resurrection  of 
the  dead,  the  Prophet  goes  on  to  speak  of  the 
two  nations  becoming  one  nation  upon  the 
mountains  of  Israel,  and  one  king  being  king 
to  them  all;  and  when  this  takes  place  they  are 
no  more  to  be  divided  into  two  kingdoms. 
Moreover,  the  Lord's  tabernacle  is  to  be  with 


54  PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE. 

them,  and  His  sanctuary  in  the  midst  of  them 
for  evermore.  He  will  for  ever  be  their  God, 
and  they  shall  be  his  people.  "  And  the  heathen 
shall  know  that  I  the  Lord  do  sanctify  Israel, 
when  my  sanctuary  shall  be  in  the  midst  of 
them  for  evermore."  Now,  it  is  a  fact  well 
known,  that  Judah  and  the  ten  tribes  have  never 
been  one  nation  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel 
since  the  day  they  were  first  divided  into  two 
nations. 

But  when  this  does  take  place,  even  the  very 
heathen  are  to  know  it,  and  are  to  be  convinced 
of  the  true  God,  as  was  Cyrus.  Now,  if  the 
missionaries  shall  convert  the  world  before  the 
Lord  does  this  great  work,  then  it  will  save  the 
trouble  of  doing  it  in  his  own  way,  and  it  will 
save  the  trouble  of  fulfilling  the  Prophets,  and 
the  word  of  the  Lord  will  fail,  and  all  the  world 
lay  hold  of  infidelity.  Well  did  the  Lord  say, 
My  ways  are  not  as  your  ways,  nor  my  thoughts 
as  your  thoughts.  Chapters  xxxviii.  and  xxxix. 
present  us  with  a  view  of  many  nations  united 
under  one  great  head,  whom  the  Lord  is 
pleased  to  call  Gog;  and  being  mounted  on 
horseback,  and  armed  with  all  sorts  of  armour, 
they  come  up  against  the  mountains  of  Israel, 
as  a  cloud  to  cover  the  land;  their  object  is  to 
take  a  prey,  to  take  away  silver  and  gold,  and 
cattle,  and  goods  in  great  abundance. 

This  is  an  event  which  is  to  transpire  after 


PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE.  55 

the  return  of  the  Jews  and  the  rebuilding  of 
Jerusalem;  while  the  towns  and  the  land  of 
Judea  are  without  walls,  having  neither  bars 
nor  gates.  But  while  they  are  at  the  point  to 
swallow  up  the  Jews,  and  lay  waste  their  coun- 
try, behold,  the  Lord's  fury  comes  up  in  His 
'face,  a  mighty  earthquake  is  the  result,  inso- 
much that  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  and  the  fowls  of 
the  air,  and  all  the  creeping  things,  and  all  men 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth  shall  shake  at  His 
presence,  and  every  wall  shall  fall  to  the  ground, 
and  every  man's  sword  shall  be  turned  against 
his  neighbour  in  this  army,  and  the  Lord  shall 
rain  upon  him,  and  upon  his  bands,  and  upon 
the  many  people  that  are  with  him  an  overflow- 
ing rain,  great  hailstones,  fire  and  brimstone. 
And  thus  He  will  magnify  Himself  and  sanctify 
himself,  in  the  eyes  of  many  nations,  and  they 
shall  know  that  He  is  the  Lord;  thus  they  shall 
fall  upon  the  open  field,  upon  the  mountains  of 
Israel,  even  Gog  and  all  his  army,  horses  and 
horsemen;  and  the  Jews  shall  go  forth  and 
gather  the  weapons  of  war,  such  as  hand-staves, 
spears,  shields,  bows  and  arrows;  and  these 
weapons  shall  last  the  cities  of  Israel  seven 
years  for  fuel,  so  that  they  shall  cut  no  wood  out 
of  the  forest,  for  they  shall  burn  the  weapons 
with  the  fire;  and  they  shall  spoil  those  that 
spoiled  them,  and  rob  those  that  robbed  them, 
and  they  shall  gather  gold   and  silver,  and  ap- 


56  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

parel,  in  great  abundance.  At  this  time  the 
fowls  of  the  air  and  the  beasts  of  the  field  shall 
have  a  great  feast;  yea,  they  are  to  eat  fat  until 
they  be  full,  and  drink  blood  until  they  be 
drunken.  They  are  to  eat  the  flesh  of  captains, 
and  kings,  and  mighty  men,  and  all  men  of  war. 
But  the  Jews  will  have  a  very  serious  duty  to 
perform,  which  will  take  no  less  than  seven 
months;  namely,  the  burying  of  their  ene- 
mies. They  will  select  a  place  on  the  east  side 
of  the  sea,  called  the  Valley  of  the  Passengers, 
and  there  shall  they  bury  Gog  and  all  his 
multitude,  and  they  shall  call  it  the  Valley  of 
Hamon  Gog.  And  the  scent  shall  go  forth,  in- 
somuch that  it  shall  stop  the  noses  of  the  pas- 
sengers ;  thus  shall  they  cleanse  the  land.  "  And 
I  will  set  my  glory  among  the  heathen,  and  all 
the  heathen  shall  see  my  judgment  that  I  have 
executed,  and  my  hand  that  I  have  laid  upon 
them;  so  the  house  of  Israel  shall  know  that  I 
am  the  Lord  their  God  from  that  day  and  for- 
ward. And  the  heathen  shall  know  that  the 
house  of  Israel  went  into  captivity  for  their  in- 
iquity; because  they  trespassed  against  me, 
therefore  hid  I  my  face  from  them,  and  gave 
them  into  the  hand  of  their  enemies;  so  fell 
they  all  by  the  sword.  According  to  their  un- 
cleanness,  and  according  to  their  transgres- 
sions, have  I  done  unto  them,  and  hid  myself 
from    them.     Therefore   thus   saith   the    Lord 


PROPHECY   YET  FUTURE.  57 

God,  Now  will  I  bring  again  the  captivity  of 
Jacob,  and  have  mercy  upon  the  whole  house  of 
Israel,  and  will  be  jealous  for  my  holy  name: 
after  that  they  have  borne  their  shame,  and  all 
their  trespasses  whereby  they  have  trespassed 
against  me  when  they  dwelt  safely  in  their  own 
land,  and  none  made  them  afraid.  When  I 
have  brought  them  again  from  the  people,  and 
gathered  them  out  of  their  enemy's  lands,  and 
am  sanctified  in  them  in  the  sight  of  many  na- 
tions ;  then  shall  they  know  that  I  am  the  Lord 
their  God,  which  caused  them  to  be  led  into 
captivity  among  the  heathen:  but  I  have 
gathered  them  into  their  own  land,  and  have 
left  none  of  them  any  more  there.  Neither  will 
I  hide  my  face  any  more  from  them;  for  I  have 
poured  out  my  Spirit  upon  the  house  of  Israel, 
saith  the  Lord  God." 

In  the  foregoing  we  discover  that  the  heathen 
are  to  know  that  the  house  of  Israel  went  into 
captivity  for  their  iniquity,  and  are  gathered 
again  by  the  hand  of  God,  after  having  borne 
their  shame  for  all  their  trespasses:  and  the 
house  of  Israel  will  know  that  it  was  the  Lord 
their  God  who  caused  them  to  be  led  into  cap- 
tivity among  the  heathen,  and  that  He  it  was 
that  gathered  and  defended  them,  and  He  will 
hide  his  face  no  more  from  them,  but  will  pour 
out  his  Spirit  upon  them. 

Oh!  ye  blind,  ye  stiff-necked, ye  hard-hearted 


58  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

generation,  with  the  Bible  circulated  among  all 
nations  will  whole  nations  be  so  blind  as  to  ful- 
fil this  prophecy,  and  not  know  it  until  it  brings 
destruction  upon  their  own  heads?  Why  all 
this  blindness?  Alas!  it  is  because  of  false 
teachers,  who  will  tell  them  the  Bible  must  be 
spiritualized.  Others  declare  that  these 
prophecies  can  never  be  understood  until  they 
are  fulfilled.  If  this  be  the  case,  then  we  can 
never  escape  the  judgments  predicted  in  them, 
but  must  continue  the  children  of  darkness, 
until  they  come  upon  us  unawares  and  sweep 
us  from  the  earth.  Then  where  will  be  the  con- 
solation in  looking  back  and  seeing  them  ful- 
filled! But  blessed  be  God,  He  has  told  us  by 
the  mouth  of  Daniel  that  many  shall  run  to  and 
fro,  and  knowledge  shall  be  increased,  and 
that  the  wise  shall  understand,  but  none  of  the 
wicked  shall  understand.  And  now,  I  would 
ask,  who  are  more  wicked  than  the  wilfully 
blind  leaders  of  the  blind,  who  tell  us  we  can- 
not understand  the  Scriptures? 

Zechariah,  in  his  14th  chapter,  has  told  us 
much  concerning  the  great  battle  and  over- 
throw of  the  nations  who  fight  against  Jeru- 
salem; and  he  has  said,  in  plain  words,  that 
the  Lord  shall  come  at  the  very  time  of  the 
overthrow  of  that  army;  yes,  in  fact,  even 
while  they  are  in  the  act  of  taking  Jerusalem, 
and  have  already  succeeded  in  taking  one-half 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  .  59 

the  city,  and  spoiling  their  houses,  and  ravish- 
ing their  women.  Then,  behold  their  long- 
expected  Messiah,  suddenly  appearing,  shall 
stand  upon  the  Mount  of  Olives,  a  little  east 
of  Jerusalem,  to  fight  against  those  nations 
and  deliver  the  Jews.  Zechariah  says  the 
Mount  of  Olives  shall  cleave  in  twain,  from 
east  to  west,  and  one-half  of  the  mountain 
shall  remove  to  the  north,  while  the  other  half 
falls  off  to  the  south,  suddenly  forming  a  very 
great  valley,  into  which  the  Jews  shall  flee  for 
protection  from  their  enemies  as  they  fled  from 
the  earthquake  in  the  days  of  Uzziah,  king  of 
Judah;  while  the  Lord  cometh  and  all  the 
saints  with  Him.  Then  will  the  Jews  behold 
that  long,  long-expected  Messiah,  coming  in 
power  to  their  deliverance,  as  they  always  looked 
for  him.  He  will  destroy  their  enemies,  and 
deliver  them  from  trouble  at  the  very  time  they 
are  in  the  utmost  consternation,  and  about  to 
be  swallowed  up  by  their  enemies.  But  what 
will  be  their  astonishment  when  they  are  about 
to  fall  at  the  feet  of  their  Deliverer,  and  ac- 
knowledge him  their  Messiah !  They  discover 
the  wounds  which  were  once  made  in  his 
hands,  feet,  and  side;  and,  on  inquiry,  at 
once  recognize  Jesus  of  Nazareth  the  king  of 
the  Jews,  the  man  so  long  rejected.  Well  did 
the  Prophet  say,  they  shall  mourn  and  weep, 
every    family    apart,   and  their    wives    apart. 


€0  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

But,  thank  Heaven,  there  will  be  an  end  to 
their  mourning;  for  he  will  forgive  their  ini- 
quities and  cleanse  them  from  alluncleanness. 
Jerusalem  shall  be  a  holy  city  from  that  time 
forth,  and  all  the  land  shall  be  turned  as  a 
plain  from  Geba  to  Rimmon,  and  she  shall 
be  lifted  up  and  inhabited  in  her  place,  and 
men  shall  dwell  there,  and  there  shall  be  no 
more  utter  destruction  of  Jerusalem;  "and 
in  that  day  there  shall  be  one  Lord,  and  his 
name  one,  and  he  shall  be  king  over  all  the 
earth." 

John,  in  his  11th  chapter  of  Revelations, 
gives  us  many  more  particulars  concerning  this 
same  event.  He  informs  us,  that,  after  the 
city  and  temple  are  rebuilt  by  the  Jews,  the 
Gentiles  will  tread  it  under  foot  forty  and  two 
months,  during  which  time  there  will  be  two 
Prophets  continually  prophesying  and  working 
mighty  miracles.  And  it  seems  that  the  Gentile 
army  shall  be  hindered  from  utterly  destroy- 
ing and  overthrowing  the  city,  while  these 
two  Prophets  continue.  But,  after  a  struggle 
of  three  years  and  a  half,  they  at  length  suc- 
ceed in  destroying  these  two  Prophets,  and 
then  overrunning  much  of  the  city;  they  send 
gifts  to  each  other  because  of  the  death  of 
the  two  Prophets,  and  in  the  meantime  will 
not  allow  their  dead  bodies  to  be  put  in 
graves,  but    suffer  them  to    lie  in  the  streets 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  61 

of  Jerusalem  three  days  and  a  half;  during 
which  the  armies  of  the  Gentiles,  consisting 
of  many  kindreds,  tongues,  and  nations,  pass- 
ing through  the  city  plundering  the  Jews,  see 
their  dead  bodies  lying  in  the  street.  But, 
after  three  days  and  a  half,  on  a  sudden,  the 
spirit  of  life  from  God  enters  them,  and  they 
will  arise  and  stand  upon  their  feet,  and  great 
fear  will  fall  upon  them  that  see  them.  And 
then  they  shall  hear  a  voice  from  heaven  say- 
ing, "Come  up  hither,"  and  they  will  ascend 
up  to  heaven  in  a  cloud,  their  enemies  behold- 
ing them.  And  having  described  all  these 
things,  then  come  the  shaking,  spoken  of  by 
Ezekiel,  and  the  rending  of  the  Mount  of 
Olives,  spoken  of  by  Zechariah.  John  says, 
11  The  same  hour  there  was  a  great  earthquake, 
and  the  tenth  part  of  the  city  fell;  and  in 
the  earthquake  were  slain  of  men  seven  thou- 
sand." And  then  one  of  the  next  scenes  that 
follow  is  the  sound  of  voices,  saying,  "  The 
kingdoms  of  this  world  are  become  the  king- 
doms of  our  Lord  and  of  His  Christ,  and  He 
shall  reign  for  ever  and  ever." 

Now,  having  summed  up  the  description  of 
these  great  events  spoken  of  by  these  Prophets, 
I  would  just  remark,  there  is  no  difficulty  in 
understanding  them  all  to  be  perfect  y  plain  and 
literal  in  their  fulfilment. 

Suffice  it  to  say,  the  Jews  gather  home,  and 


62  PROPHECY    YET   FUTURE. 

rebuild  Jerusalem.  The  nations  gather  against 
them  to  battle.  Their  armies  encompass  the 
city,  and  have  more  or  less  power  over  it  for 
three  years  and  a  half.  A  couple  of  Jewish 
Prophets,  by  their  mighty  miracles,  keep  them 
from  utterly  overcoming  the  Jews;  until  at 
length  they  are  slain,  and  the  city  is  left  in  a 
great  measure  to  the  mercy  of  their  enemies 
for  three  days  and  a  half;  the  two  Prophets 
rise  from  the  dead  and  ascend  up  into  heaven. 
The  Messiah  comes,  convulses  the  earth,  over- 
throws the  army  of  the  Gentiles,  delivers  the 
Jews,  cleanses  Jerusalem,  cuts  off  all  wicked- 
ness from  the  earth,  raises  the  Saints  from  the 
dead,  brings  them  with  him,  and  commences 
his  r^ign  of  a  thousand  years;  during  which 
time  his  Spirit  will  be  poured  out  upon  all  flesh ; 
men  and  beasts,  birds  and  serpents,  will  be  per- 
fectly harmless,  and  peace  and  the  knowledge 
and  glory  of  God  shall  cover  the  earth  as  the 
waters  cover  the  sea;  and  the  kingdom,  and  the 
greatness  of  the  kingdom  under  the  whole 
heaven,  shall  be  given  to  the  Saints  of  the  Most 
High. 

During  this  thousand  years  Satan  will  be 
bound,  and  have  no  power  to  tempt  the  children  of 
men.  And  the  earth  itself  will  be  delivered  from 
the  curse  which  came  by  reason  of  the  Fall.  The 
rough  places  will  become  smooth,  the  barren  de- 
serts fruitful;  the  mountains  levelled;  the  val- 


PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE.  63 

leys  exalted;  the  thorn  and  thistle  shall  no 
more  be  found,  but  all  the  earth  shall  yield  her 
increase  in  abundance  to  the  Saints  of  God. 
But,  after  the  thousand  years  are  ended,  then 
shall  Satan  be  loosed,  and  shall  go  out  to  de- 
ceive the  nations  which  dwell  in  the  four 
quarters  of  the  earth,  to  gather  them  to 
battle,  and  to  bring  them  up  to  battle  against 
the  camp  of  the  Saints.  Then  the  great 
and  last  struggle  shall  take  place  between  God 
and  Satan,  for  the  empire  of  the  earth.  Satan 
and  his  army  shall  be  overthrown.  And  after 
these  great  things,  come  the  end  of  the  earth> 
the  resurrection  of  the  wicked,  and  the  last 
judgment.  And  there  shall  be  a  new  earth  and 
a  new  heaven,  for  the  former  earth  and  the 
former  heaven  shall  have  passed  away,  that  is; 
they  will  be  changed  from  temporal  to  eternal, 
and  made  fit  for  the  abode  of  immortals.  Then 
cometh  Jerusalem  down  from  God,  out  of 
heaven,  having  been  renewed  as  well  as  the 
heavens  and  the  earth.  "  For,"  said  He,  "be- 
hold, I  make  all  things  new."  This  new  city, 
placed  upon  the  new  earth,  with  the  Lord  God 
and  the  Lamb  in  the  midst,  seems  to  be  man's 
eternal  abode,  insomuch  that,  after  all  our 
longings  for  a  place  beyond  the  bounds  of  time 
and  space,  as  saith  the  poet,  we  are  at  last 
brought  to  our  proper  senses,  and  given  to  un- 
derstand that  man  is   destined  for  ever  to  in- 


64  PROPHECY  YET    FUTURE. 

herit  this  self- same  planet,  upon  which  he  was 
first  created,  which  shall  be  redeemed,  sancti- 
fied, renewed,  purified,  and  prepared  as  an 
eternal  inheritance  for  immortality  and  eternal 
life!  with  the  holy  city  for  its  capital,  the 
throne  of  God  in  the  midst  for  its  seat  of  gov- 
ernment; and  watered  with  a  stream,  clear  as 
crystal,  called  the  Waters  of  Life,  issuing  from 
the  throne  of  Jehovah;  while  either  side  is 
adorned  with  trees  of  never-fading  beauty. 
"  Blessed  are  they  that  do  his  commandments, 
that  they  may  have  a  right  to  the  tree  of  life, 
and  may  enter  it  through  the  gates  into  the 
city."  By  this  time  we  begin  to  understand 
the  words  of  the  Savior,  "Blessed  are  the 
meek,  for  they  shall  inherit  the  earth."  And 
also  the  song  which  John  heard  in  heaven, 
which  ended  thus:  "We  shall  reign  on  the 
Earth."  Reader,  do  not  be  startled;  suppose 
you  were  to  be  caught  up  into  heaven,  there  to 
stand  with  the  redeemed  of  every  nation,  kin- 
dred, tongue,  and  people,  and  join  them  in 
singing  and,  to  your  astonishment,  all  heaven  i-» 
filled  with  joy,  while  they  tune  i  he  immortal 
lyre,  in  joyful  anticipation  of  one  day  reigning 
on  the  earth  — a  planet  now  under  the  domin- 
ion of  Satan,  the  abode  of  wretchedness  and 
misery,  from  which  your  glad  spirit  had  taken 
its  flight,  and  as  you  suppose,  an  everlasting 
farewell.     You  might  perhaps  be  startled  for  a 


PROPHECY    YET   FUTURE.  65 

moment,  and  inquire  within  yourself,  "  Why 
have  I  never  heard  this  theme  sung  among  the 
churches  on  earth?"  Well,  my  friend,  the 
answer  would  be,  Because  you  lived  in  a  day 
when  people  did  not  understand  the  Scriptures. 
Abraham  would  tell  you,  you  should  have  read 
the  promise  of  God  to  him.  Gen.  xvii.  8,  where 
God  not  only  promised  the  land  of  Canaan  to 
his  seed  for  an  everlasting  possession,  but  also 
to  him.  Then  you  should  have  read  the  testi- 
mony of  Stephen,  Acts  vii.  5 ,  by  which  you  would 
have  ascertained  that  Abraham  never  had  inher- 
ited the  things  promised,  b  ut  was  still  expect- 
ing to  rise  from  the  dead  and  be  brought  into 
the  land  of  Canaan,  to  inherit  them.  Yes,  says 
Ezekiel,  if  you  had  read  the  37th  chapter  of  my 
Prophecies,  you  would  have  found  a  positive 
promise,  that  God  would  open  the  graves  of  the 
whole  house  of  Israel  who  were  dead,  and 
gather  up  their  dry  bones,  and  put  them  to- 
gether, each  to  its  own  proper  place,  and  even 
clothe  them  again  with  flesh,  sinews,  and  skin, 
and  put  His  Spirit  in  them,  and  they  should 
live;  and  then,  instead  of  being  caught  up  to 
heaven,  they  should  be  brought  into  the  land  of 
Canaan,  which  the  Lord  gave  them,  and  they 
should  inherit  it.  But,  still  astonished,  you 
might  turn  to  Job;  and  he,  surprised  to  find  one 
unac  quainted  with  so  plain  a  subject,  would  ex^ 


F 


66  PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE. 

from  the  23rd  to  the  27th  verses,  where  I  de- 
clare, I  wish  my  words  were  written  in  a  book, 
saying,  that  my  Redeemer  would  stand  on  the 
earth  in  the  latter  day, an  d  that  I  should  see  him 
in  the  flesh,  for  myself,  and  not  another,  though 
worms  should  destroy  this  body?  Even  David 
the  sweet  singer  of  Israel,  would  call  to  your 
mind  his  37th  Psalm,  where  he  repeatedly  de- 
clares, that  the  meek  shall  inherit  the  earth  for- 
ever, after  the  wicked  are  cut  off  from  the  face 
thereof.  And,  last  of  all,  to  set  the  matter  for 
ever  at  rest,  the  voice  of  the  Saviour  would 
mildly  fall  upon  your  ear,  in  his  sermon  on  the 
mount,  declaring  emphatically,  "  Blessed  are 
the  meek,  for  they  shall  inherit  the  earth."  To 
these  things  you  would  answer,  "I  have  read 
these  passages  to  be  sure,  but  was  always 
taught  to  believe  that  they  did  not  mean  so, 
therefore  I  never  understood  them  until  now. 
Let  me  go  and  tell  the  people  what  wonders 
have  opened  to  my  view  since  my  arrival  in 
heaven  merely  from  having  heard  one  short 
song.  It  is  true,  I  have  heard  much  of  the 
glories  of  heaven  described  while  on  earth,  but 
never  once  thought  of  their  rejoicing  in  antici- 
pation of  returning  to  the  earth."  Says  the 
Saviour,  "  They  have  Moses  and  the  Prophets; 
if  they  will  not  believe  them,  neither  would  they 
believe  although  one  should  rise  from  the 
dead." 


PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE.  67 

We  will  now  return  to  the  subject  of  the  com- 
ing of  the  Messiah,  and  the  ushering  in  of  that 
glorious  day  called  the  Millennium,  or  rest  of  a 
thousand  years.  We  gather  from  the  field  of 
prophecy,  through  which  we  have  passed ;  first, 
that  that  glorious  day  will  be  ushered  iu  by  the 
personal  coming  of  Christ,  and  the  resurrection 
of  all  the  saints;  second  that  all  the  wicked 
will  be  destroyed  from  the  earth  by  overwhelm- 
ing judgments  of  God,  and  by  fire,  at  the  time 
of  bis  coming,  insomuch  that  the  earth  will  be 
cleansed  by  fire  from  its  wicked  inhabitants,  as  it 
once  was  by  water ;  and  this  burning  will  include 
priests  as  well  as  people ;  all  but  a  few  shall  be 
burned.  This  burning  more  especially  applies  to 
the  fallen  church,  rather  than  to  the  heathen  or 
Jews,  whom  they  are  now  trying  to  convert. 
Woe  unto  you,  Gentiles,  who  call  yourselves  the 
people  of  the  Lord,  but  have  made  void  the  law 
of  God  by  your  tradit  ions ;  for  in  vain  do  you  call 
Lord,  Lord,  and  do  not  the  things  which  Jesus 
commands;  in  vain  do  ye  worship  him,  teach- 
ing for  doctrines  the  commandments  of  men. 
Behold,  the  sword  of  vengeance  hangs  over 
you,  and  exceptyou  repent  it  will  soon  fall  upon 
you;  and  it  will  be  more  tolerable  in  that  day 
for  the  Jews  and  heathens  than  for  you.  BeJiQld 
ye  flatter  yourselves  that  the  glorious  day 
spoken  of  by  the  Prophets  will  be  ushered  in 
by  your  modern  invention  and  moneyed  plans, 


(8  PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE. 

which  are  got  up  in  order  to  convert  the  Jews 
and  heathens  to  the  various  sectarian  principles 
now  existing  among  yourselves;  and  you  ex- 
pect when  this  is  done,  to  behold  a  millennium 
after  your  own  heart.  But  the  Jews  and 
heathens  never  will  be  converted,  as  a  people 
to  any  other  plan  than  that  laid  down  in  the 
Bible  for  the  restoration  of  Israel.  And  you 
yourselves  are  laboring  under  a  broken  covenant, 
and  ripening  for  the  fire  as  fast  as  possible. 
But  do  not  count  me  your  enemy  because  I  tell 
you  the  truth,  for  God  is  my  witness  that  I  love 
your  souls  too  well  to  keep  back  any  truth  from 
you,  however  severe  it  may  seem.  The  wounds 
of  a  friend  are  better  than  the  kisses  of  an 
enemy.  Now,  concerning  the  signs  of  the 
times,  the  inquiry  often  arises,  "  When  shall 
these  things  be,  and  what  signs  shall  there  be 
when  these  things  shall  come  to  pass?  "  I  am 
often  asked  the  question ,  whether  it  is  near  at 
hand ;  I  will  therefore  tell  you  all ,  whereby  you 
may  know  for  yourselves  when  it  is  nigh,  even 
at  the  doors,  and  not  be  dependent  on  the 
knowledge  of  others. 

Now  you  behold  the  apple-tree  and  all  the 
trees,  when  they  begin  to  shoot  forth  their 
leaves,  ye  know  of  your  own  selves  that  sum- 
mer is  nigh  at  hand;  and  so  likewise  when  ye 
shall  see  great  earthquakes,  famine,  pestilence, 
and  plagues  of  every  kind;  the  sea  breaking 


PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE.  69 

beyond  its  bounds,  and  all  things  in  commo- 
tion; the  nations  distressed  with  perplexity; 
men's  hearts  failing  them  for  fear,  and  for  look- 
ing for  the  things  which  are  coming  on  the 
earth ;  when  you  see  signs  in  the  heaven  above, 
aud  in  the  earth  beneath,  blood,  and  fire  and 
vapour  of  smoke,  the  sun  turned  to  darkness, 
the  moon  to  blood,  and  stars  hurled  from  their 
courses;  when  you  see  the  Jews  gathering  to 
Jerusalem,  and  the  armies  of  the  nations 
gathering  against  them  to  battle,  you  may  know, 
with  a  perfect  knowledge,  that  Christ's  coming 
is  near,  even  at  the  doors.  "  Verily  I  say  unto 
you,  this  generation,  shall  not  pass  till  all  these 
things  be  fulfilled."  Heaven  and  earth  shall 
pass  away,  but  not  one  word  of  all  that  the 
Lord  has  spoken  by  the  mouth  of  all  His  Holy 
Prophets  and  Apostles  shall  fail.  Whoever 
will  look  to  the  word  of  the  Prophets,  and  to 
thesayin  gs  of  Jesus  Christ,  on  this  subject,  the 
same  will  be  convinced  that  all  the  signs  of 
which  I  have  spoken  are  clearly  pointed  out  as 
the  signs  of  His  coming.  But,  notwithstanding 
all  these  things  are  written,  His  coming  will 
Overtake  the  world  unawares,  as  the  flood  did 
the  people  in  the  days  of  Noah,  The  reason 
is,  they  will  not  understand  the  Prophets. 
They  will  not  endure  sound  doctrine;  their  ears 
are  turned  away  from  the  truth  and  turned  to 
fables,  because  of  false  teachers,  and  the  pre- 


70  PROPHECY  YET  FUTURE. 

cepts  of  men;  and  what  is  still  worse,  when 
God  sends  men  with  the  New  and  Everlasting 
Covenant,  and  clothes  them  with  boldness  to 
testify  to  the  truth,  they  will  be  treated  as  the 
servants  of  God  have  been  before  them  by  the 
fallen  churches;  every  church  will  cleave  to 
their  own  way,  and  will  unite  in  saying,  "There 
is  no  need  of  these  new  things,  the  good  old 
way  is  right;  "  while  at  the  same  time  they  are 
walking  in  as  many  different  ways  as  there  are 
sects,  and  only  agree  in  persecuting  and  speak- 
ing all  manner  of  evil  against  the  fishers  and 
hunters  whom  God  shall  send.  But,  thank 
heaven,  there  are  individuals  in  every  sect  who 
are  humbly  seeking  the  truth,  and  who  will 
know  the  voice  of  truth,  and  be  gathered  out, 
and  planted  in  the  new  and  everlasting  cove- 
nant; and  they  will  be  adopted  into  the  family 
of  Israel,  and  will  be  gathered  with  them,  and 
be  partakers  of  the  same  covenant  of  promise. 
Yea,  as  Jeremiah  says,  in  the  lGth  chapter  of 
his  Prophecies,  "The  Gentiles  shall  come  unto 
thee  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  and  shall  say, 
Surely  our  fathers  have  inherited  lies,  vanities, 
and  things  wherein  there  is  no  profit."  But 
as  the  Jews  overlooked  Christ's  first  coming, 
by  not  understanding  the  Prophets,  and  fasten- 
ing their  whole  expectations  on  his  g'orious 
coming  in  the  last  days,  to  restore  the  kingdom 
to  Israel,   and  avenge  them  of  their  enemies, 


PROPHECY    YET   FUTURE.  71 

and,  by  this  mistake,  were  broken  and  scattered ; 
so  the  Gentiles  will  overlook  the  prophecies 
concerning  his  second  coming,  by  confounding 
them  with  the  last  judgment,  which  is  to  take 
place  more  than  a  thousand  years  afterward. 
But  this  fatal  mistake,  instead  of  causing  the 
Gentiles  to  be  broken  and  scattered,  will  cause 
them  to  be  ground  to  powder. 

Oh!  my  brethren  according  to  the  flesh,  my 
soul  mourns  over  you,  and  had  I  a  voice  like  a 
trumpet,  I  would  cry,  Awake,  awake,  and 
arouse  from  your  slumbers,  for  the  time  is  ful- 
filled, your  destruction  is  at  the  door,  "  for  I 
have  heard  from  the  Lord  God  of  Hosts,  a  con- 
sumption, even  determined  upon  the  whole 
earth."  Prepare  to  meet  your  God!  And  again, 
Awake,  O!  house  of  Israel,  and  lift  up  your 
heads,  for  your  redemption  draweth  nigh;  yea, 
depart  ye,  depart  ye,  go  ye  out  from  hence, 
gather  home  from  your  long  dispersion,  rebuild 
your  cities;  yea  go  ye  out  from  the  nations, 
from  one  end  of  heaven  to  the  other;  but  let 
not  your  flight  be  in  haste,  for  the  Lord  shall 
go  before  you,  and  the  God  of  Israel  shall 
be  your  rearward.  And,  finally,  I  would  say  to 
all,  both  Jews  and  Gentiles,  Repent  ye,  repent 
ye,  for  the  great  day  of  the  Lord  is  at  hand ;  for 
if  I,  who  am  a  man,  do  lift  up  my  voice,  and  call 
upon  you  to  repent,  and  ye  hate  me,  what  will 
ye  say  when  the  day  cometh,  when  the  thunders 


72  PROPHECY  YET   FUTURE. 

shall  utter  their  voices  to  the  ends  of  the  earth, 
speaking  to  the  ears  of  all  that  live,  saying, 
"  Repent,  and  prepare  for  the  great  day  of  the 
Lord?"  Yea,  again  when  the  lightning  shall 
streak  from  the  east  unto  the  west,  and  shall 
utter  forth  their  voices  unto  all  that  live,  and 
make  the  ears  of  all  that  hear  to  tingle,  saying 
these  words ,  u  Repent  ye,  for  the  great  day  of  the 
Lord  is  come."  And  again,  the  Lord  shall  utter 
his  voice  out  of  heaven,  saying,  u  Hearken,  O 
ye  nations  of  the  e  arth,  and  hear  the  words  of 
that  God  who  made  you :  O  ye  nations  of  the 
earth,  how  Often  would  I  have  gathered  you  to- 
gether, as  a  hen  gathereth  her  chickens  under 
her  wings,  but  ye  would  not!  How  often  have 
I  called  upon  you  by  the  mouth  of  my  servants, 
and  by  the  ministering  of  angels,  and  by  mine 
own  voice,  and  by  the  voice  of  thunderings,  and 
by  the  voice  of  lightnings,  and  by  the  voice  of 
tempests,  and  by  the  voice  of  earthquakes  and 
great  hailstorms,  an  d  by  the  voice  of  famine 
and  pestile  nces  of  every  kind,  and  by  the  great 
s  ound  of  a  trumpet,  and  by  the  voice  of  judg- 
m  ents,  and  by  the  voice  of  mercy,  all  the 
day  long,  and  by  the  voice  of  glory  and 
honour,  and  the  riches  of  eternal  life,  and 
would  have  saved  you  with  an  everlasting 
salvation,  but  ye  would  not!  Behold,  the  day 
has  come,  when  the  cup  of  the  wrath  of  mine 
indignation  is  full." 


THE  KINGDOM   OF  GOD.  73 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE  KINGDOM   OF    GOD. 

M  Seek  first  the  Kingdom  of  God.11 

This  was  the  command  of  the   Saviour,  while 
on  the  earth,  teaching  the  children  of  men. 

Having  taken  a  general  view  of  the  Prophe- 
cies, Past  and  Future,  we  shall  now  proceed  to 
fulfil  this  command,  and  search  out  the  king- 
dom of  God.  But,  before  we  advance,  I  would 
again  caution  the  reader  not  to  accompany  me 
in  this  research  unless  he  is  prepared  to  sacri- 
fice every  thing,  even  to  his  good  name,  and 
life  itself,  if  necessary,  for  the  truth;  for  if  he 
should  once  get  a  view  of  the  kingdom  of  God, 
he  will  be  so  delighted,  that  he  never  will  rest 
satisfied  short  of  becoming  a  subject  of  the 
same.  And  yet  it  will  be  so  unlike  every  other 
system  of  religion  now  on  earth  that  he  will  be 
astonished  that  any  person,  with'  the  Bible  in 
his  hand,  should  ever  have  mistaken  any  of  the 
systems  of  men  for  the  kingdom  of  God.  There 
are  certain  powers,  privileges,  an  d  blessings, 
pertaining  to  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  are 
found  in  no  other  kingdom,  nor  enjoyed  by  any 
other  people.  By  these  it  was  ever  distinguish- 
ed from  all  other  kingdoms  and  systems,  inso- 
much that  the  inquiring  mind,  seeking  the  king- 


74  THE  KINGDOM  OF   GOD. 

dom  of  God,  and  being  once  acquainted  with 
these  peculiarities  concerning  it,  need  never 
mistake  it,  or  be  at  a  loss  to  know  when  he  has 
found  it.  But  before  we  proceed  any  farther  in 
our  research,  let  us  agree  upon  the  meaning  of 
the  term.  The  Kingdom  of  God,  or  the  sense 
in  which  we  will  use  it;  for  some  apply  this 
term  to  the  kingdom  of  glory  above,  and  some 
to  the  individual  enjoyments  of  their  own  souls, 
while  others  apply  it  to  His  organized  govern- 
ment on  the  earth.  Now,  when  we  speak  of 
the  kingdom  of  God,  we  wish  it  to  be  under- 
stood that  we  mean  His  organized  government 
on  the  earth. 

Now,  reader,  we  launch  forth  into  the  wide 
field  before  us  in  search  of  a  kingdom.  But 
stop,  let  us  consider  —  What  is  a  kingdom?  I 
reply  that  four  things  are  required  in  order  to 
constitute  any  kingdom  in  heaven  or  on  earth; 
namely,  first,  a  king;  secondly,  commissioned 
officers  duly  qualified  to  execute  his  ordinances 
and  laws ;  thirdly,  a  code  of  laws  by  which  the 
subjects  are  governed;  and  fourthly,  subjects 
who  are  governed.  Where  these  exist  in  their 
proper  order  and  regular  authority,  there  is  a 
kingdom,  but  where  either  of  these  cease  to 
exist,  there  is  a  disorganization  of  the  kingdom; 
consequently  an  end  of  it,  until  reorganized 
after  the  same  manner  as  before.  In  this  re- 
spect  the  kingdom  of    God  is    like  all  other 


THE  KINGDOM  OF    GOD.  75 

kingdoms;  whenever  we  find  officers  duly  com- 
missioned and  qualified  by  the  Lord  Jesus, 
together  with  his  ordinances  and  laws  existing 
in  purity,  unmixed  with  any  precepts  or  com- 
mandments of  men,  there  the  kingdom  of  God 
exists,  and  there  His  power  is  manifest  and 
His  blessings  are  enjoyed  as  in  days  of  old. 

We  shall  now  take  a  view  of  the  setting  up  of 
the  kingdom  of  God  in  the  days  of  the  Apostles. 
The  first  intimation  of  its  near  approach  was  by 
an  angel  to  Zecharias,  promising  him  a  son,  who 
should  go  before  the  King  to  prepare  his  way. 
The  next  manifestation  was  to  Mary,  and  finally 
to  Joseph,  by  a  holy  angel,  promising  the  birth 
of  the  Messiah;  while  at  the  same  time,  the 
Holy  Ghost  manifested  unto  Simeon,  in  the 
temple,  that  he  should  not  die  until  he  had  seen 
the  Saviour.  Thus,  all  these,  together  with  the 
shepherds  and  the  wise  men  from  the  east, 
began  to  rejoice  with  a  joy  unspeakable  and  full 
of  glory,  while  the  world  around  them  knew 
notthe  occasion  of  their  joy.  After  these  things, 
all  seemed  to  rest  in  silent  expectation,  until 
John  had  grown  to  manhood,  when  he  came 
bounding  from  the  wilderness  of  Judea,  with  a 
proclamation  strange  and  new,  crving,  "Repent 
ye,  for  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand," 
baptizing  unto  repentance,  telling  them  plainly 
that  their  King  was  already  standing  among 
them,  on  the  point  of   setting  up  his  kingdom. 


76  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

And  while  he  yet  ministered,  the  Messiah  came, 
and  was  baptized,  and  sealed  with  the  Spirit  of 
God,  which  rested  upon  him  in  the  form  of  a 
dove ;  and  soon  after  he  began  the  same  proclam- 
ation as  John,  saving,  "  Repent  ye,  for  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand."  Then  after 
choo>ing  twelve  disciples,  he  sent  them  forth 
into  all  the  cities  of  Judea,  with  the  same 
proclamation,  "The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at 
hand;"  and  after  them  he  sent  seventy,  and 
then  another  seventy,  with  the  same  news,  so 
that  all  might  be  well  warned  and  prepared  for 
a  kingdom  which  was  .soon  to  be  organized 
amongst  them.  But  when  these  things  had 
produced  the  desired  effect,  in  causing  a  general 
expectation,  more  especially  in  the  hearts  of  his 
disciples,  who  daily  expected  to  triumph  over 
their  persecutors  by  the  coronation  of  this  glo- 
rious personage,  while  they  themselves  were 
hoping  for  a  reward  for  all  their  toil  and  sac- 
rifices for  his  sake,  by  being  exalted  to  dignity 
near  his  person,  what  must  have  been  their  dis- 
appointment when  they  saw  their  King  taken 
and  crucified,  having  been  mocked,  derided, 
ridiculed,  and  finally  overcome  and  triumphed 
over,  both  by  Jew  and  Gentile?  They  would 
gladly  have  died  in  battle  to  have  placed  him 
upon  the  throne;  but  tamely  to  submit  without 
a  struggle,  to  give  up  all  their  expectations,  and 
sink  in  despair  from   the  highest  pitch  of   en- 


THE  KINGDOM  OF   GOD.  77 

thusiasra  to  the  lowest  degradation,  was  more 
than  they  could  well  endure.  They  shrank  back 
in  sorrow,  and  returned  every  man  to  his  net, 
or  to  their  several  occupations,  supposing  all 
was  over;  probably  with  reflections  like  these: 
u  Is  this  the  result  of  our  labors?  was  it  for 
this  we  forsook  all  worldly  objects,  our  friends, 
our  houses  and  lands,  suffering  persecution, 
hunger,  fatigue  and  disgrace?  —  and  we  trusted 
it  should  have  been  He  who  would  have  deliv- 
ered Israel;  but  alas,  they  have  killed  him,  and 
all  is  over.  For  three  years  we  have  awakened 
a  general  expectation  through  all  Judea,  by 
telling  them  that  the  kingdom  of  heaven  was  at 
hand,  but  now  our  King  is  dead,  how  shall  we 
<lare  to  look  the  people  in  the  face?"  With 
these  reflections,  each  pursuing  his  own  course, 
all  was  again  turned  to  silence,  and  the  voice 
had  ceased  to  be  heard  in  Judea,  crying,  "  Re- 
pent ye,  for  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand." 
Jesus  slept  in  the  arms  of  death;  a  great  stone, 
with  the  seal  of  state,  secured  the  tomb  where 
he  lay,  while  the  Roman  guard  stood  in  watch- 
ful silence  to  see  that  all  was  kept  secure; 
when,  suddenly,  from  the  regions  of  glory,  a 
mighty  angel  descended,  at  whose  presence  the 
soldiers  fell  back  as  dead  men,  while  he  rolled 
the  stone  from  the  door  of  the  sepulchre,  and 
the  Son  of  God  awoke  from  his  slumbers,  burst 
the  bonds  of  death,  and  soon  after  appearing  to 


78  THE  KINGDOM  OF   GOD. 

Mary,  he  sent  her  to  his  deciples  with  the  joyful 
news  of  his  resurrection,  and  appointed  a  place 
to  meet  them.  When,  after  seeing  him,  all  their 
sorrow  was  turned  into  joy,  and  all  their  former 
hopes  were  suddenly  revived,  they  had  no  longer 
to  cry,  "  The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand," 
but  were  to  tarry  at  Jerusalem  until  the  kingdom 
was  established;  and  they  prepared  to  unlock 
the  door  of  the  kingdom,  and  to  adopf  strangers 
and  foreigners  into  it  as  legal  citizens,  by  ad- 
ministering certain  laws  and  ordinances,  which 
were  invariably  the  laws  of  adoption,  and  with- 
out which  no  man  could  ever  become  a  citizen. 
Having  scended  up  on  high,  and  having  been 
crowned  with  all  power  in  heaven  and  on  earth, 
he  again  comes  to  his  disciples,  and  give* 
them  their  authority,  saying  unto  them.  "Go 
ye  into  all  the  world,  and  preach  the  Gospel 
to  every  creature.  He  that  believeth  and  is 
baptized  shall  be  saved;  but  he  that  believ- 
eth not  shall  be  damned.  And  these  signs  shall 
follow  them  that  believe:  In  my  name  shall 
they  cast  out  devils;  they  shall  speak  with  new 
tongues;  they  shall  take  up  serpents;  and  if 
they  drink  any  deadly  thing  it  shall  not  hurt 
them;  they  shall  lay  hands  on  the  sick,  and  they 
shall  recover."  Mark  xvi.  15-18.  Now,  I  wish 
the  reader  not  to  pass  over  this  commission 
until  he  understands  it,  because,  when  once 
understood,  he  never  need  mistake  the  kingdom 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  79 

of  God,  bnt  will  at  once  diseover  those  peculi- 
arities which  were  for  ever  to  distinguish  it 
from  all  other  kingdoms  or  religious  systems  on 
earth.  Lest  he  should  misunderstand,  we  will 
analyse  it,  and  look  at  each  part  carefully  in  its 
own  proper  light;  first  they  were  to  preach  the 
ospel,  or,  in  other  words,  the  glad  tidings  of  a 
crucified  and  risen  Redeemer,  to  all  the  world ; 
secondly,  he  that  believed  and  was  baptized, 
should  be  saved;  thirdly,  he  that  did  not  believe 
what  they  preached  should  be  damned;  and 
fourthly,  these  signs  should  follow  them  that 
believed,  first,  they  were  to  cast  out  devils; 
second  to  speak  with  new  tongues ;  third  to  take 
up  serpents ;  fourth,  if  they  drank  any  deadly 
thing,  it  should  not  hurt  them;  fifth,  they  were 
to  lay  hands  on  the  sick  and  they  should  re- 
cover. 

Now,  it  is  wilful  blindness,  or  ignorance  of  the 
English  language,  that  has  ever  caused  any 
misunderstanding  here.  For  some  tell  us  that 
those  signs  were  only  to  follow  the  Apostles; 
and  others,  that  they  were  only  to  follow  be- 
lievers in  that  age.  But  Christ  places  the 
preaching,  believing,  salvation,  and  the  signs 
that  were  to  follow,  all  on  an  equal  footing; 
where  one  was  limited,  the  other  must  be ;  where 
one  ceased,  the  other  did.  If  the  language  lim- 
its the  signs  to  the  Apostles,  it  limits  faith  and 
salvation  also  to  them.     If  no  others  were  to 


80  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

have  these  signs  follow  them  then  no  others 
were  to  believe,  and  no  others  were  to  be 
saved.  Again,  if  the  language  limits  these  signs 
to  the  first  age  or  ages  of  Christianity,  then  it 
limits  salvation  to  the  first  ages  of  Christianity, 
for  one  is  precisely  as  much  limited  as  the 
other;  and  where  one  is  in  force,  the  other  is; 
and  where  one  ends,  the  other  must  stop.  And 
as  well  might  we  say,  preaching  of  the  Gospel 
is  no  longer  needed ;  neither  faith  nor  salvation; 
these  were  only  given  at  first  to  establish  the 
Gospel;  as  to  say,  the  signs  are  no  longer 
necessary,  they  were  only  given  at  first  to  es- 
tablish the  Gospel.  But  says  the  astonished 
reader,  "  Have  not  these  signs  ceased  from 
among  men?  "  I  reply,  prove  that  they  have 
ceased,  and  it  will  prove  that  the  Gospel  has 
ceased  to  be  preached,  that  men  have  ceased  to 
believe  and  be  saved,  and  that  the  world  is 
without  the  kingdom  of  God ;  or  else  it  will 
prove  that  Jesus  Christ  was  an  impostor,  and 
his  promises  of  no  effect. 

Now,  having  analyzed  and  understood  this 
commission,  let  us  still  pursue  the  subject  of 
the  organization  of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  the 
days  of  the  Apostles.  The  Saviour  having 
given  them  their  authority,  commands  them  to 
tarry,  and  not  undertake  their  mission,  until 
they  were  endowed  with  power  from  on  high. 
But  why  this  delay?    Because  no  man  was  ever 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  81 

qualified,  or  ever  will  be,  to  preach  that  Gospel, 
and  teach  all  things  whatsoever  Jesus  com- 
manded him,  without  the  Holy  Ghost;  and  a 
very  different  Holy  Ghost,  too,  from  the  one 
now  enjoyed  by  men  who  are  not  inspired, 
for  the  Holy  Ghost  of  which  Jesus  spake 
would  guide  into  all  truth,  bring  all  things 
to  remembrance,  whatsoever  he  had  said  ULto 
them,  and  show  them  things  to  come  —  not  to 
mention  that  it  would  enable  them  to  speak  in  all 
the  languages  of  the  earth.  Now,  a  man  who 
preaches  needs  that  Holy  Ghost  very  much ;  first, 
to  guide  into  all  truth,  that  he  may  know  what 
to  teach ;  second,  to  strengthen  his  memory,  lest 
he  might  neglect  to  teach  some  of  the  things 
which  were  commanded  them;  and,  third,  he 
needs  to  know  things  to  come,  that  he  may 
forewarn  his  hearers  of  approaching  danger, 
and  that  would  constitute  him  a  Prophet. 
From  this  the  reader  may  see  how  careful  Jesus 
was  that  none  should  preach  his  Gospel  without 
the  Holy  Ghost.  He  may  also  learn  how  differ- 
ent the  Spirit  of  Truth  is  from  the  spirits  now 
abroad  in  the  earth,  deceiving  the  world  under 
the  name  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  If  the  Churches 
of  the  present  day  have  the  Holy  Ghost,  why 
are  they  so  much  at  a  loss  to  understand  truth? 
Why  do  they  walk  in  so  many  different  ways 
and  doctrines?  Why  do  they  need  whole  libra- 
ries of  sermons,    tracts,    divinities,    debates, 

G 


82  THE  KINGDOM  OF   GOD. 

arguments,  and  opinions,  all  written  by  the 
wisdom  of  men,  without  even  professing  to  be 
inspired?  Well  doth  the  Lord  complain,  saying, 
"  Their  fear  towards  me  is  taught  by  the  pre- 
cepts of  men."  But  to  return:  the  Apostles 
tarried  at  Jerusalem  until  endowed  with 
power,  and  then  they  commenced  to  proclaim 
the  Gospel. 

Here  we  have  discovered  several  things  to- 
wards a  kingdom :  first,  we  have  found  a  king, 
crowned  at  the  right  hand  of  God,  to  whom  is 
committed  all  power  in  heaven  and  on  earth; 
second,  commissioned  officers,  duly  appointed, 
to  administer  the  affairs  of  government;  third, 
the  laws  by  which  they  were  to  be  governed 
were  all  things  whatsoever  Jesus  had  com- 
manded his  disciples  to  teach  them. 

And  now,  if  we  can  find  how  men  became  citi- 
zens of  that  kingdom  —  I  mean  as  to  the  rules 
of  adoption  —  then  we  have  found  the  kingdom 
of  God  in  that  age,  and  shall  be  very  much  dis- 
satisfied with  everything  in  our  own  age,  pro- 
fessing to  be  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  is  not 
according  to  the  pattern. 

It  happened  that  there  were  no  natural-born 
subjects  of  that  kingdom,  for  both  Jew  and 
Gentile  were  included  in  sin  and  unbelief;  and 
none  could  be  citizens  without  the  law  of 
adoption.  All  that  believad  on  the  name  of  the 
king  had  power  to  be  adopted,  but  there  was 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  83 

but  one  invariable  rule  or  plan  by  which  they 
were  adopted:  and  all  that  undertook  to  claim 
citizenship,  in  any  other  way  whatever,  were 
counted  thieves  and  robbers,  and  could  never 
obtain  the  seal  of  adoption.  This  rule  was  laid 
down  in  the  Saviour's  teaching  to  Nicodemus, 
namely,  "Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  (that 
is,  baptized  in  water)  and  of  the  Spirit  (that 
is,  baptized  with  the  Spirit),  he  cannot  enter 
into  the  kiDgdom  of  God." 

Now,  to  Peter  were  given  the  keys  of  the 
kingdom;  therefore  it  was  his  duty  to  open  the 
kingdom  to  Jew,  and  also  to  Gentile.  We  will 
therefore  carefully  examine  the  manner  in  which 
he  did  adopt  the  Jews  into  the  kingdom  at  ths 
day  cf  Pentecost. 

Now,  when  the  multitude  came  running  to- 
gether on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  the  Apostle 
Peter,  standing  up  with  the  eleven,  lifted  up 
his  voice  and  reasoned  with  them  from  the 
Scriptures,  testifying  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  his 
resurrection  and  ascension  on  high,  insomuch 
that  many  became  convinced  of  the  truth,  and 
inquired  what  they  should  do.  These  were  not 
Christians,  but  they  were  people  who  were  that 
moment  convinced  that  Jesus  was  the  Christ; 
and  because  they  were  convinced  of  this  fact* 
they  inquired,  "  What  shall  we  do? "  Then 
Peter  said  unto  them,  ««  Repent,  and  be  baptized, 
every  one  of  you,  in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ, 


84  THE   KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

for  the  remission  of  sins,  and  ye  shall  receive 
the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost:  for  the  promise  is 
unto  you  and  your  children,  and  to  all  that  are 
afar  off,  even  as  many  as  the  Lord  our  God 
shall  call."  My  reader,  do  you  understand  this 
proclamation?  If  you  do,  you  will  see  that  this 
Gospel  is  not  generally  preached  in  modern 
times.  Let  us,  therefore,  analyze  and  examine 
it,  sentence  by  sentence.  You  recollect  they 
already  believed,  and  the  next  thing  was  for 
them  to  repent;  first,  faith;  second,  repentence; 
third,  baptism;  fourth,  remission  of  sins 
fifth,  the  Holy  Ghost.  This  was  the  order 
the  Gospel.  Faith  gave  the  power  to  become 
sons  or  citizens;  repentance,  and  baptism  in  his 
name,  was  the  obedience  through  which  they 
were  adopted;  and  the  Holy  Spirit  of  promise 
was  the  seal  of  their  adoption,  and  this  they 
were  sure  to  receive  if  they  would  obey.  Now, 
reader,  where  do  you  hear  such  preaching  in 
our  day?  Who  teaches  that  those  who  believe 
and  repent  should  be  baptized,  and  none  others? 
Perhaps  the  reader  may  say  the  Baptists  do; 
but  do  they  call  upon  men  to  be  baptized  as 
soon  as  they  believe  and  repent?  And,  more- 
over, do  they  promise  the  remission  of  sins, 
with  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost?  Recollect 
now,  what  effect  the  Holy  Ghost  has  upon 
people  who  receive  it.  It  will  guide  them  into 
all  truth,  strengthen  the  memory,  and  show  them 


er  oif*T 


THE   KINGDOM    OF   GOD.  85 

things  £o  come.  And  Joel  has  said,  it  would 
cause  them  to  dream  dreams,  to  see  visions, 
and  to  prophesy.  0 !  my  reader,  where  do  you 
find  a  gospel  like  this  preached  among  men? 
Would  men  go  mourning  for  weeks  upon  weeks, 
without  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  or  the  comfort 
of  the  Holy  Spirit,  if  Peter  stood  among  us  to 
tell  precisely  how  to  get  such  blessings?  Now, 
what  would  you  think  of  a  camp  meeting,  where 
three  thousand  men  should  come  forward  to  be 
pr.iyed  for,  and  one  of  the  ministers  should 
(Peter  like)  command  them  every  one  to  repent, 
and  be  baptized,  for  the  remission  of  sins,  prom- 
is:ng  that  all  who  obeyed  should  receive  the 
remission  of  sins,  and  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
which  should  cause  them  to  dream  dreams  and 
prophesy;  and  then  shou  d  arise  with  his 
brethren  of  the  same  calling,  and  the  same  hour 
commence  baptizing,  and  continue  until  they 
had  baptized  them  all;  and  the  Holy  Ghost 
should  fall  upon  them  and  they  begin  to  see 
visions,  speak  in  other  tongues  and  prophecy? 
Would  not  the  news  go  abroad,  far  and  wide, 
that  a  new  doctrine  had  made  its  appearance, 
quite  different  from  anything  now  practiced 
among  men?  O  yes,  says  the  reader,  this,  to  be 
sure,  would  be  something  new,  and  very  strange 
to  all  of  us.  Well,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  it  is 
the  Gospel,  as  preached  by  Peter  on  the  day  of 
Pentecost;  and  Paul  declares  that  he  preached 


86  THE   KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

the  same  Gospel  that  Peter  did;  and  he  has  also 
said,  "Though  we,  or  an  angel  from  heaven, 
preach  any  other  Gospel,  let  him  be  accursed." 
Now,  the  reader  need  no  longer  be  astonished  to 
see  that  these  signs  do  not  follow  them  that 
believe  some  other  Gospel,  or  doctrine,  different 
from  that  preached  by  the  Apostles. 

But  now  let  us  return  to  the  kingdom  of  God 
organized  in  the  days  of  the  Apostles;  you  dis- 
cover that  three  thousand  persons  were  adopted 
into  the  kingdom  the  first  day  the  door  was 
opened.  These,  together  with  the  numerous 
additions  which  were  afterwards  made,  were  the 
subjects  of  this  kingdom;  which,  being  fitly 
framed  together,  grew  into  a  holy  temple  in  the 
Lord.  Thus,  we  have  cleared  away  the  rubbish 
of  sectarian  tradition  and  superstition,  which 
arose  in  heaps  around  us;  and  having  searched 
carefully,  we  have  at  length  discovered  the  king- 
dom of  God,  as  it  existed  at  its  first  organization 
in  the  days  of  the  Apostles ;  and  we  have  seen 
that  it  differs  widely  from  all  modern  systems  of 
religion,  both  in  its  offices,  ordinances,  powers, 
and  privileges,  insomuch  that  no  man  need  ever 
mistake  the  one  for  the  other. 

Having  made  this  discovery,  we  shall  proceed 
to  examine  the  progress  of  that  kingdom  among 
Jew  and  Gentile,  and  what  were  its  fruits,  gifts, 
and  blessings  as  enjoyed  by  its  citizens. 

Soon  after  the  organization  of  the  kingdom  of 


THE   KINGDOM   OF   GOD.  87 

God  at  Jerusalem,  Philip  came  to  Samaria,  and 
there  preached  the  Gospel;  and  when  they  be- 
lieved Philip,  they  were  baptized,  both  men  and 
women,  and  had  great  joy.  And  afterwards 
Peter  and  John  came  from  Jerusalem,  and 
prayed,  and  laid  their  hands  on  them,  and 
they  received  the  Holy  Gho-t.  Mark  here,  they 
first  believed,  and  then  were  baptized,  having 
great  joy,  and  yet  had  not  received  the  Holy 
Ghost.  But  that  was  afterwards  given,  by  the 
laying  on  of  hands  and  prayer,  in  the  name  of 
Jesus.  O  how  different  from  the  systems  of 
men! 

Witness  Paul's  conversion  while  on  his  jour- 
ney to  Damascus :  the  Lord  Jesus  appeared  to 
him  in  the  way;  but  instead  of  telling  him  his 
sins  were  forgiven,  and  pouring  the  Holy  Ghost 
upon  him,  he  sent  him  to  Damascus,  telling  him 
that  it  should  there  be  told  him  what  he  should 
do.  And  coming  to  Damascus,  Ananias,  being 
sent,  commanded  him  not  to  tarry,  but  to 
"arise  and  be  baptized,  and  wash  away  his  sins, 
calling  on  the  name  of  the  Lord;"  then  he 
arose  and  was  baptized  and  was  even  filled  with 
the  Hoy  Ghost,  and  straightway  preached  that 
Jesus  was  the  Christ. 

Again,  witness  Peter  going  to  Cornelius,  a 
Gentile  of  great  piety,  whose  prayers  were 
heard  and  whose  alms  were  remembered,  and 
who  had  even  attained  to  the  ministering  of  an 


88  THE  KINGDOM    OF  GOD. 

angel ;  yet  with  all  his  piety  and '  the  Hoi; 
Ghost  poured  out  upon  him  and  his  friends  be- 
fore they  were  baptized,  they  must  be  baptized, 
or  they  could  not  be  saved.  Why?  because 
the  Lord  had  commanded  the  Apostles  to  preach 
to  every  creature,  and  every  creature  who 
would  not  believe  and  be  baptized  should  be 
damned,  without  one  exception.  Witness  the 
words  of  the  angel  to  Cornelius:  "He  (Peter) 
shall  tell  the  words  whereby  thou  and  all  thy 
house  shall  be  saved."  Now,  query,  could 
Cornelius  have  been  saved  without  obeying 
the  words  of  Peter?  If  so,  the  angel's  errand 
was  in  vain. 

Now,  perhaps  a  minister,  who  should  find  a 
man  as  good  as  Cornelius  was,  would  say  to 
him,  "  Go  on,  brother,  you  can  be  saved,  you 
have  experienced  religion,  you  may  indeed  be 
baptized  to  answer  a  good  conscience,  if  you 
feel  it  your  duty;  or  if  not,  it  is  no  matter,  a 
new  heart  is  all  that  is  really  necessary  to  sal- 
vation," &c;  as  much  as  to  say,  that  the  com- 
mandments of  Jesus  are  not  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  salvation;  a  man  may  call  him  Lord, 
Lord,  and  be  saved,  just  as  well  as  by  keeping 
his  commandments.  Oh  vain  and  foolish  doc- 
trine! Oh  ye  children  of  men,  how  have  you 
perverted  the  Gospel  I  In  vain  do  ye  call  him 
Lord,  Lord,  and  do  not  obey  his  command- 
ments. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  89 

Next  we  call  to  mind  the  jailor  and  his  house- 
hold, who  were  baptized  the  same  hour  they 
believed,  without  waiting  for  the  day;  and 
Lydia  and  her  household,  who  attended  to  the 
ordinance  the  first  sermon  they  heard  on  the 
subject.  Also,  Philip  and  the  Eunuch,  who 
stopped  the  chariot  at  the  first  water  they  came 
to,  in  order  to  attend  to  the  ordinance,  although 
the  Eunuch  had  heard  of  Jesus  for  the  fir.-t 
time  only  a  few  minutes  before.  Now  I  gather 
from  all  those  examples  of  ancient  days,  and 
from  the  precepts  laid  down  in  them,  that  bap- 
tism was  the  initiating  ordinance,  by  which  all 
those  who  believed  and  repented,  were  received 
and  adopted  into  the  church  or  kingdom  of  God, 
so  as  to  be  entitled  to  the  remission  of  sins  and 
blessings  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  indeed  it  was  the 
ordinance  through  which  they  became  sons  and 
daughters;  and  because  they  were  sons,  the 
Lord  shed  forth  the  spirit  of  His  Son  into  their 
hearts,  crying,  Abba,  father.  It  is  true,  the 
Lord  poured  out  the  Holy  Ghost  upon  Cornelius 
and  his  friends  before  they  were  baptized ;  but 
it  seemed  necessary,  in  order  to  convince  the 
believing  Jews  that  the  Gentiles  also  had  part 
in  this  salvation.  And  I  believe  this  is  the  only 
instance,  in  the  whole  record,  of  the  people  re- 
ceiving the  Holy  Ghost  without  first  obeying 
the  laws  of  adoption. 

But    mark!  obeying    the    laws    of    adoption 


90  THE   KINGDOM    OF   GOB. 

would  not  constitute  a  man  an  heir  of  the  king- 
dom, a  citizen  entitled  to  the  blessings  and 
gifts  of  the  Spirit,  unless  these  laws  and  ordi- 
nances were  administeed  by  one  who  bad 
proper  authority,  and  was  duly  commissioned 
from  the  King;  and  a  commission  given  to  one 
individual  could  never  authorize  another  to  act 
in  his  stead.  This  is  one  of  the  most  important 
points  to  be  understood,  as  it  brings  to  the  test 
every  minister  of  Christendom,  and  questions 
the  organization  of  every  church  on  earth,  and 
all  that  have  existed  since  direct  inspiration 
ceased. 

Now,  in  order  to  come  at  this  subject  in 
plainness,  let  us  examine  the  constitution  of 
earthly  governments  in  regard  to  the  authority 
and  laws  of  adoption.  We  will,  say,  for 
instance,  the  President  of  the  United  States 
writes  a  commission  to  A.  B.f  duly  authorizing 
him  to  act  in  some  office  in  the  government,  and, 
during  his  administration,  two  gentlemen  from 
Europe  come  to  reside  in  this  country,  and 
being  strangers  and  foreigners  wishing  to 
become  citizens,  they  go  before  A.  B.,  and  he 
administers  the  oath  of  allegiance  in  due  form 
and  certifies  the  same,  and  this  constitutes 
them  legal  citizens,  entitled  to  all  the  privileges 
of  those  who  are  citizens  or  subjects  by  birth. 
After  these  things,  A.  B.  is  taken  away  by 
death,  and  C.  D.  in  looking  over  his  papers, 


THE  KINGDOM  OF   GOD.  91 

happens  to  find  the  commission  given  to  A.  B., 
and,  applying  it  to  his  own  use,  assumes  the 
vacant  office;  meantime,  two  foreigners  arrive 
and  apply  for  citizenship  and  being  informed  by 
persons  fgnorant  of  the  affairs  of  government 
that  C.  D.  could  administer  the  laws  of  adop- 
tion, they  submit  to  be  administered  unto  by  C. 
D.,  without  once  examining  his  authority;  C. 
D.  certifies  of  their  citizenship,  and  they  sup- 
pose they  have  been  legally  adopted,  the  same 
as  the  others,  and  entitled  to  all  the  privileges 
of  citizenship.  But,  by  and  by,  their  citizen- 
ship is  called  in  question,  and  they  produce  the 
certificate  of  C.  D.:  the  President  inquires, 
"  Who  is  CD.?  I  never  gave  him  a  commis- 
sion to  act  in  any  office,  £  kn  >w  him  not,  and 
you  are  strangers  and  foreigners  to  the  com- 
monwealth, until  you  go  before  the  legally 
appointed  successor  of  A.  B.,  or  some  other  of 
like  authority,  who  has  a  commission  from  the 
President  direct  in  his  own  name."  In  the 
mi  an  time  C.  D.  is  taken  and  punished  accord- 
ing to  law,  for  practicing  imposition,  and  usurp- 
ing authority  which  was  never  conferred  upon 
him.  And  so  it  is  with  the  kingdom  of  God. 
The  Lord  authorized  the  Apostles  and  others, 
by  direct  Revelation,  and  by  the  spirit  of 
Prophecy,  to  preach  and  baptize,  and  build  up 
his  Church  and  kingdom,  but  after  awhile  they 
died,  and  a  long  time  passed  away,  and  men 


92  THE   KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

reading  over  their  commission,  where  it  says  to 
the  eleven  Apostles,  "  Go  ye  into  the  world 
and  preach  the  Gospel  to  every  creature," 
&c,  have  had  the  presumption  to  apply  these 
sayings  as  their  authority,  and,  without  any 
other  commission,  have  gone  forth  professing 
to  preach  the  Gospel,  and  baptize,  and  build  up 
the  church  and  kingdom  of  God;  but  those 
whom  they  baptize  never  receive  the  same  bless- 
ings and  gifts  which  characterize  a  Saint  or 
citizen  of  the  kingdom  in  the  days  of  the  Apos- 
tles. Why?  Because  they  are  yet  foreigners 
and  strangers  for  the  commission  given  to 
the  Apostles  never  commissioned  any  other 
man  to  act  in  their  stead.  This  was  a 
prerogative  the  Lord  reserved  unto  himself. 
No  man  has  a  right  to  take  this  ministry  upon 
himself,  but  he  that  is  called  by  revelation,  and 
duly  qualified  to  act  in  his  calling  by  the  Holy 
Ghost.  But  the  reader  inquires  with  astonish- 
ment, What!  are  none  of  all  the  ministers  of  the 
present  day  called  to  the  ministry,  and  legally 
commissioned?  Well,  my  reader,  I  will  tell  you 
how  you  may  ascertain  from  their  own  mouths, 
and  that  will  be  far  better  than  an  answer  from 
me;  go  to  the  clergy  and  ask  them  if  God  has 
given  any  direct  revelation  since  the  New  Testa- 
ment was  finished;  inquire  of  them  whether  the 
gift  of  prophecy  ceased  with  the  early  age  of 
the  Church ;  and,  in  short,  ask  them,  if  revela- 


THE   KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  9& 

tions,  prophets,  the  ministering  of  angels,  &c, 
are  needed  or  expected  in  these  days,  or  whether 
they  believe  that  these  things  are  done  away, 
no  more  to  return  to  the  earth;  and  their  an- 
swer will  be  that  the  Bible  contains  sufficient, 
and  that  since  the  canon  of  Scripture  was  filled, 
revelation,  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  and  the 
ministering  of  angels  have  ceased,  because  no 
longer  needed.  In  short,  they  will  denounce 
every  man  as  an  impostor  who  pretends  to  any 
such  thing.  And  when  you  have  obtained  this 
answer,  ask  them  how  they  themselves  were 
called  and  commissioned  to  preach  the  Gospel, 
and  they  will  be  at  a  loss  to  answer  you,  and 
will  finally  tell  you  that  the  Bible  commissioned 
them,  saying,  "  Go  ye  into  all  the  world,"  &c. 
Thus  you  see,  all  who  have  no  direct  personal 
revelation  from  the  King  of  heaven,  either  by 
angels,  the  voice  of  God,  or  the  spirit  of 
prophecy,  are  acting  under  authority  which  was 
given  to  others,  who  are  dead,  and  their  com- 
mission stolen,  and  their  authority  usurped; 
and  the  King  will  say,  4<  Peter  I  know,  and  Paul 
I  know,  I  commissioned  them,  but  who  a  e  you? 
I  know  you  not,  I  never  spoke  to  you  in  my  life ; 
indeed,  you  believed  it  was  not  necessary  for 
me  to  speak  in  your  day.  Therefore  you  never 
sought  in  faith  for  any  revelation,  and  I  never 
gave  you  any ;  and  even  when  I  spake  to  others, 
you  mocked  them,  and  called  them  impostors,. 


94  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

and  persecuted  them,  because  they  testified  of 
the  things  I  had  said  unto  them;  therefore,  de- 
part from  me,  ye  cursed,  into  everlasting  fire, 
prepared  for  the  devil  and  his  angels :  for  I  was 
an  hungered,' and  ye  fed  me  not;  I  was  naked, 
and  ye  clothed  me  not;  I  was  a  stranger,  and 
ye  took  me  not  in;  sick  and  in  prison,  and  ye 
visited  me  not."  "Ah!  Lord,  when  did  we  fail 
in  any  of  these  things?  "  "Inasmuch  as  you 
have  not  done  it  unto  the  least  of  these  my 
brethren,  (taking  them  for  impostors,  because 
they  testified  of  the  things  which  I  had  revealed 
unto  them,)  ye  have  not  done  it  unto  me." 
But  to  return:  having  examined  the  kingdom  of 
God  as  to  its  offices  and  ordinances,  and  having 
discovered  the  only  means  of  adoption  into  it, 
let  us  examine  more  fully  what  are  the  bless- 
ings, privileges,  and  enjoyments  of  its  ciiizens. 
You  have  already  seen  that  they  were  to  cast 
out  devils,  speak  with  new  tongues,  heal  the 
sick  by  the  laying  on  of  hands  in  the  name 
of  Jesus,  as  well  as  to  see  visions,  dream 
dreams,  prophesy,  &c. 

But  let  us  look  at  the  kingdom  in  its  organized 
state,  and  see  whether  these  promises  were  veri- 
fied to  Jew  and  Gentile,  wherever  the  kingdom 
of  God  was  found  in  all  ages  of  the  world. 

Paul,  writing, 

First,  "  To  the  church  of  God  at  Corinth." 


THE    KINGDOM    OF  GOD.  95 

Second,  "  To  them  that  are  sanctified  in 
Christ  Jesus." 
Third,  "To  them  who  are  called  to  be  saints." 
And  fourth,  "  To  all  that  in  every  place  call 
on  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,"  says  to 
them  all,  in  1  Coruithians  xii.  1,  u  Now  con- 
cerning spiritual  gifts,  brethren,  I  would  not 
have  you  ignorant."  And  then,  continuing  his 
instructions,  a  few  verses  further  on  he  says, 
"  But  the  manifestation  of  the  Spirit  is  given 
to  every  man  to  profit  withal.  For  to  one  is 
given  by  the  Spirit  the  word  of  wisdom;  to  an- 
other the  word  of  knowledge  by  the  same  Spirit ; 
to  another  faith  by  the  same  Spirit;  to  another 
the  gifts  of  healing  by  the  same  Spirit;  to  an- 
other the  working  of  miracles;  to  another 
prophecy;  to  another  discerning  of  spirits;  to 
another  divers  kinds  of  tongues;  to  anotherthe 
interpretation  of  tongues ;  but  all  these  worketh 
that  one  and  the  self-same  Spirit,  dividing  to 
every  man  severally  as  he  (Christ)  will.  For  as 
the  body  is  one,  and  hath  many  members,  and 
all  the  members  of  that  one  body,  being  many, 
are  one  body,  so  a'so  is  Christ.  For  by  one 
Spirit  are  we  all  baptized  into  one  body,  whether 
we  be  Jews  or  Gentiles,  whether  we  be  bond  or 
free ;  and  have  been  all  made  to  drink  into  one 
Spirit.  For  the  body  is  not  one  member,  but 
many.  If  the  foot  shall  say,  Because  I  am  not 
the  hand,  I  am  not  of  the  body,  is  it  therefore 


96  THE   KINGDOM    OF    GOD. 

not  of  the  body?  And  if  the  ear  shall  say, 
because  I  am  not  the  eye,  I  am  not  of  the  body; 
is  it  therefore  not  of  the  body?  If  the  whole  body 
were  an  eye,  where  were  the  hearing?  If  the 
whole  were  hearing,  where  were  the  smelling? 
But  now  hath  God  set  the  members  every  one  of 
them  in  the  body,  as  it  hath  pleased  him.  And 
if  they  were  all  one  member,  where  were  the 
body?"  I  reply  it  would  not  exist.  "But  now 
are  they  many  members,  yet  but  one  body. 
And  the  eye  cannot  say  unto  the  hand,  I  have 
no  need  of  thee ;  nor  again,  the  head  to  the  feet, 
I  have  no  need  of  you.  Nay,  much  more,  those 
members  of  the  body  wlrch  seem  to  be  more 
feeble,  are  necessary;  and  those  members  of 
the  body  which  we  think  to  be  less  honourable, 
upon  these  we  bestow  more  abundant  honour; 
and  our  uncomely  parts  have  more  abundant 
comeliness.  For  our  comely  parts  have  no 
need :  but  God  hath  tempered  the  body  together, 
having  given  more  abundant  honour  to  that 
part  which  lacked:  that  there  should  be  no 
schism  in  the  body ;  but  that  \  he  members  should 
have  the  same  care  oue  for  another.  And 
whether  one  member  suffer,  all  the  members 
suffer  with  it;  or  one  member  be  honoured, 
all  the  members  rejoice  with  it.  Now  ye  are 
the  body  of  Christ,  and  members  in  particular. 
And  God  hath  set  some  in  the  church,  first, 
apostles;  secondarily,  prophets;  thirdly,  teach- 


THE   KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  97 

ers;  after  that  miracles;  then  gifts  of  healings, 
helps,  governments,  diversities  of  tongues. 
Are  all  apostles?  are  all  prophets?  are  all 
teachers?  are  all  workers  of  miracles?  Have  all 
the  gifts  of  healing?  do  all  speak  with  tongues? 
do  all  interpret?  But  covet  earnestly  the  best 
gifts :  and  yet  shew  I  unto  you  a  more  excellent 
way."  From  the  13th  verse  of  the  above  chap- 
ter we  learn  that  the  Apostle  is  still  speaking  to 
the  whole  ehurch  in  all  ages,  whether  Jew  or 
Gentile,  bond  or  free,  even  all  who  should  ever 
compose  the  body  of  Christ;  and  showing  that 
Christ's  body  consisted  of  many  members, 
baptized  by  one  Spirit  into  one  body,  possessing 
all  these  different  gifts,  some  one  gift,  and  some 
another :  and  then  expressly  says,  that  one  mem- 
ber possessing  one  gift  should  not  say  to 
another  member  possessing  another  gifr,  We 
have  no  need  of  thee. 

And  having  shown  that  it  required  Apostles, 
Prophets,  Evangelists,  Pastors,  and  Teachers; 
together  with  the  gifts  of  prophecy,  miracles, 
healing,  and  all  other  gifts,  to  compose  the 
church,  or  body  of  Christ,  in  any  age,  whether 
Jew  or  Gentile,  bond  or  free ;  and  having  utterly 
forbidden  any  of  the  members  ever  to  say  of 
any  of  these  gifts,  "  We  have  no  need  of  thee," 
he  declares  the  body  never  could  be  perfected 
without  all  of  them,  and  that  if  they  were  done 
away  there  would  be  no  body,  that  is,  no  church 
H 


98  THE   KINGDOM    OF    GOD. 

of  Christ  in  existence.  Having  shown  all  these 
things  clearly,  he  exhorts  them  to  covet  earn- 
estly the  best  gifts.  Aud  in  the  13th  chapter 
exhorts  them  to  faith,  hope,  and  charity,  with- 
out which  all  these  gifts  would  avail  them 
nothing;  and  in  the  14th  chapter  repeats  the 
exhortation,  "  Follow  after  charity,  and  desire 
spiritual  gifts,  but  rather  that  ye  may 
prophesy."  Again,  in  Ephesians  i.  17,  Paul 
prays  that  the  Lord  would  give  unto  the  Church 
the  Spirit  of  wisdom  and  of  revelation  in  the 
knowledge  of  God.  Again  Ephesians  iv.,  he 
tells  them,  there  is  one  body  and  one  Lord,  one 
Spirit,  one  Faith,  and  one  Bapti>m;  and  that 
Christ  ascended  up  on  high,  led  captivity  cap- 
tive, and  gave  gifts  to  men.  And  he  gave  some, 
Apostles;  and  some,  Prophets;  and  some, 
Evangelists ;  and  some,  Pastors  and  Teachers. 
And  if  the  reader  inquire  what  these  gifts  or 
offices  were  for,  let  him  read  the  12th  verse: 
"  For  the  perfecting  of  the  saints,  for  the  work 
of  the  ministry,  for  the  edifying  of  the  body  of 
Christ."  And  if  he  inquire  how  long  these 
were  to  continue,  the  13th  verse  says,  "  Till  we 
all  come  in  the  unity  of  the  faith,  aud  of  the 
knowledge  of  the  Son  of  God,  unto  a  perfect  man, 
unto  the  measure  of  the  stature  of  the  fulness 
of  Christ."  And  if  he  still  inquire  what  further 
object  Christ  had  in  giving  these  gifts,  let  him 
read  the  14th  verse:  "That  we  henceforth  be 


*/b 


*f 


THE    KINGDOM    OF    GOD.  99 

no  more  children,  tossed  to  and  fro,  and  carried 
about  with  every  wind  of  doctrine,  by  the 
sleight  of  men,  and  cunning  craftiness,  whereby 
they  lie  in  wait  to  deceive." 

Now,  without'these  gifts  and  offices,  first,  the 
Saints  cannot  be  perfected;  second,  the  work  of 
the  ministry  cannot  proceed;  third,  the  body  of 
Christ  cannot  be  edified;  and  fourth,  there  is 
nothing  to  prevent  them  from  being  carried 
about  with  every  wind  of  doctrine.  Now,  I 
boldly  declare  that  the  cause  of  all  the  division, 
confusion,  jars,  discord,  and  animosities;  and 
the  fruitful  source  of  so  many  faiths,  lords, 
baptisms,  and  spirits;  and  of  the  understanding 
eing  darkened;  and  of  men  being  alienated 
from  the  life  of  God,  through  the  ignorance 
that  is  in  them,  because  of  the  blindness  of 
their  hearts,  is,  because  they  have  neither 
Apostles,  Prophets,  nor  gifts,  inspired  from  on 
high,  to  whom  they  give  heed;  for  if  they  had 
such  gifts,  and  would  give  heed  unto  them, 
they  would  be  built  up  in  one  body,  in  the  pure 
doctrine  of  Christ,  having  one  Lord,  one  faith, 
one  baptism,  arid  one  hope  of  their  calling ;  yea, 
they  would  be  edified,  built  up  into  Christ  in  all 
things,  in  whom  the  whole  body,  fitly  joined  to- 
gether, would  grow  into  an  holyjtemple  in  the 
Lord. 

But  so  long  as  the  cunning  craftiness  of  men 
can  persuade  them  that  they  have  no  need  of 


100  THE   KINGDOM    OF    GOD. 

these  things,  so  long  they  can  toss  them  about 
with  every  wind  of  doctrine,  just  as  they 
please. 

Now,  reader,  I  have  done  our  examination  of 
the  kingdom  of  God,  as  it  existed  in  the  Apos- 
tles' days  i  and  we  cannot  look  at  it  in  any  other 
age,  until  renewed  again  in  the  last  days,  for  it 
never  did,  nor  never  will,  exist,  without  Apos- 
tles and  Prophets,  and  all  the  other  gifts  of  the 
Spirit. 

Were  we  to  take  a  view  of  the  Churches,  from 
the  days  that  inspiration  ceased  until  now,  we 
should  see  nothing  like  the  kingdom  which  we 
have  been  viewing  with  such  admiration  and 
delight.  But  instead  of  Apostles  and  Prophets, 
we  should  see  false  teachers,  whom  men  had 
heaped  to  themselves;  and  instead  of  the  gifts 
of  the  Spirit,  we  should  see  the  wisdom  of  men; 
and  instead  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  many  false 
spirits;  instead  of  the  ordinance  of  God,  com- 
mandments of  men;  instead  of  knowledge, 
opinion;  guesswork,  instead  of  revelation; 
division,  instead  of  union;  doubt,  instead  of 
faith;  despair,  instead  of  hope;  hatred,  instead 
of  charity ;  a  physician,  instead  of  the  laying 
on  of  hands  for  the  healing  of  the  sick;  fables, 
instead  of  truth;  evil  for  good,  good  for  evil; 
darkness  for  light,  light  for  darkness;  and,  in  a 
word,  anti-christ  instead  of  Christ;  the  powers 
of  earth  having  made  war  with  the  Saints,  and 


THE   KINGDOM   OF   GOD.  101 

overcome  them,  until  the  words  of  God  should 
be  fulfilled.  O  my  God,  shut  up  the  vision!  for 
my  heart  sickens  while  I  gaze;  and  let  the  day 
hasten  on  when  the  earth  shall  be  cleansed  by 
fire  from  such  awful  pollutions:  but  first,  let 
thy  promise  be  fulfilled,  which  thou  didst  make 
by  the  mouth  of  thy  servant  John,  that  thou 
wouldst  call  thy  people  out  of  her,  saying, 
11  Come  out  of  her,  my  people,  that  ye  be  not 
partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that  ye  receive  not  of 
her  plagues;"  and  then,  O  Lord,  when  thou 
hast  called  thy  people  out  from  the  midst  of 
her,  by  the  fishers  and  hunters  whom  thou  hast 
promised  to  send  in  the  last  days  to  gather 
Israel ;  yea,  when  thine  everlasting  covenant  has 
been  renewed,  and  thy  people  established  there- 
by ;  then  let  her  plagues  come  in  one  day,  death, 
mourning,  and  famine;  let  her  be  burned  with 
fire ;  that  thy  holy  Apostles  and  Prophets,  and 
all  that  fear  thy  name,  small  and  great,  shall 
rejoice,  because  thou  hast  avenged  the  blood 
of  thy  Saints  upon  her.  I  ask  these  things  in 
the  name  of  Jesus  Christ.     Amen. 


102  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON  —  ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERI- 
CAN INDIANS,  ETC. 

Ye  gloomy  scenes,  far  hence,  intrude  no  more! 
Sublimer  themes  invite  the  muse  to  soar 
In  loftier  strains,  while  scenes  both  strange  and  new 
Burst  on  the  sight,  and  open  to  the  view. 

Lo!  from  the  opening  heavens,  in  bright  array, 
An  angel  comes  —to  earth  he  bends  his  way: 
Reveals  to  man,  in  power,  as  at  the  first, 
The  fulness  of  the  Gospel  long  since  lost. 

See  earth,  obedient,  from  its  bosom  yield 
The  sacred  truth  it  faithfully  concealed. 
The  wise,  confounded,  startle  at  the  sight, 
The  proud  and  haughty  tremble  with  affright! 

The  hireling  priests  against  the  truth  engage, 
While  hell  beneath  stands  trembling,  filled  with  rage; 
False  are  their  hopes,  and  all  their  struggles  vain, 
Their  craft  must  fall,  and  with  it  all  their  gain ; 
The  deaf  must  hear,  the  meek  their  joy  increase; 
The  poor  be  glad,  and  their  oppression  cease. 

While  darkness  covered  the  earth,  and  gross 
darkness  the  people,  every  man  walking  in  his 
own  way,  and  looking  for  gain  from  his 
quarter,  the  Lord,  having  for  a  long  time  held 
his  peace,  and  the  people  having  fondly  flat- 
tered themselves  that  the  voice  of  inspiration 
would  never  again  sound  in  the  ears  of  mortals, 
to  disturb  or  molest  them  in  their  sinful  career; 


ORIGIN    OF   THE  AMERICAN   INDIANS.  103 

while  a  few  were  looking  for  the  consolation 
of  Israel,  and  crying  to  God  for  the  ushering 
in  of  that  long-expected  day,  when  an  angel 
shoul  d  fly  through  the  midst  of  heaven,  having 
the  everlasting  Gospel  to  preach  unto  them 
that  dwell  on  the  earth  —  suddenly  a  voice  is 
heard  from  the  wilderness,  a  cry  salutes  the 
ears  of  mortals,  a  testimony  is  heard  among 
them  piercing  to  the  inmost  recesses  of  their 
hearts,  when  all  at  once  the  heathen  begin  to 
rage  and  the  people  to  imagine  a  vain  thing; 
the  clergy  lift  a  warning  voice,  crying  Impos- 
tor, false  prophets,  beware  of  delesion,  &c. ; 
while  the  professor  of  religion,  the  drunkard, 
the  swearer,  the  learned,  and  the  ignorant  soon 
catch  the  sound  and  reiterate  it  again  and 
again.  Thus  it  re-echoes  from  one  end  of  our 
country  to  the  oth  er  for  a  long  time,  and  if  any 
one  should  be  so  fortunate  as  to  retain  his 
sober  senses,  and  should  candidly  inquire, 
"What  is  the  matter?'*  the  reply  is,  "We 
hardly  know  anything  about  it,  but  suffice  it  to 
say,  some  fellows  have  made  their  appearance, 
Paul  like,  who  testify  something  about  the 
ministering  of  angels,  or  some  revelation  or 
inspiration,  just  as  though  the  religion  of 
ancient  days,  and  the  faith  once  delivered  to 
the  Saints,  were  returning  to  the  earth  in  this 
enlightened  age ;  so  that  no  t  only  this  our  craft 
is  in  danger,  but  our  modern  systems  of  religion, 


104  THE  BOOK   OF  MORMON. 

built  upon  the  wisdom  and  learning  of  men, 
without  direct  inspiration,  are  like  to  be  spoken 
against  and  their  great  magnificence  despised, 
though  worshipped  by  all  the  world."  And  then 
all  again  cry  with  a  loud  voice,  saying,  "  Great 
is  the  wisdom  of  man ;  great  are  the  systems  of 
modern  divinity;  great  is  the  wisdom  of  unin- 
spired priests  who  come  unto  us  with  excel- 
lency of  speech,  and  with  man's  wisdom,  deter- 
mined to  know  nothing  among  us  save  opinions 
and  creeds  of  their  own;  and  their  speech  and 
their  preaching  are  with  enticing  words  of  man's 
wisdom,  not  in  demonstration  of  the  Spirit 
and  of  power,  for  that  is  done  away,  that  our 
faith  should  not  stand  the  power  of  God,  but  in 
the  wisdom  of  man." 

In  the  midst  of  the  noise  and  clamour  and 
prejudice  of  an  opposing  world,  it  is  difficult  to 
get  the  people  to  understand  the  facts  of  the 
case  in  relation  to  one  of  the  most  important 
subjects  ever  presented  to  the  consideration  of 
mankind. 

The  book  of  Mormon  has  perhaps  been  less 
understood,  and  more  misrepresented,  by  the 
world  at  large  than  any  other  publication  which 
has  ever  appeared. 

America  and  England  have,  as  it  were,  been 
flooded  with  publications  against  the  said  book; 
and  many  of  them  written  by  those  who  had 
never  seen  the  book,  or  by  those  who  had  only 


ORIGIN   OF   THE   AMERICAN    INDIANS.         105 

read  a  page  or  two  in  it,  or  slightly  looked  it 
through  with  a  biassed  mind,  and  a  determina- 
tion to  find  fault.  By  some  of  these  it  has  been 
represented  as  a  romance ;  by  others  as  a  new 
Bible,  calculated  to  displace  the  Bible,  or  do 
away  with  it.  Some  have  pronounced  it  a 
"  silly  mess  of  stuff,"  not  worth  the  perusal; 
and  others,  the  most  ingenious  literary  work 
ever  put  together.  Some  have  found  fault  with 
it  for  being  so  much  like  the  Bible,  and  agreeing 
with  it;  and  others  have  condemned  it  for  not 
being  sufficiently  like  the  Bible,  and  for  disa- 
greeing with  it.  Some  have  denounced  it  as 
notoriously  corrupt,  immoral,  and  plasphe- 
mous  in  its  principles ;  and  others  have  con- 
demned it  for  being  so  exceedingly  pure 
and  moral  in  its  principles  as  to  be  just  calcu- 
lated to  deceive.  One  clergyman  in  particular, 
in  a  tract  of  sixty  pages  on  this  book,  condemns 
it  for  being  "  a  strange  mixture  of  faith  and 
works,  of  the  mercy  of  God  and  the  obedience 
of  the  creature."  Some  literary  persons  have 
pronounced  it  as  altogether  ancient  in  its  style, 
language,  and  subjects,  and  as  bearing  great  in- 
ternal evidence  of  its  own  antiquity;  while 
others  have  condemned  it  as  bearing  every 
mark  of  being  a  modem  production.  Some  have 
said  that  there  were  nO  definite  predictions  of 
the  future  contained  in  it,  by  the  fulfilment  or 
failure  of  which  its  prophetic  merits  might  be 


106  THE  BCOK   OF   MORMON. 

tested;  and  others  have  quoted  largely  from 
its  most  plain  and  pointed  predictions,  which 
relate  to  circumstances  about  to  be  fulfilled, 
and  have  condemned  it  on  account  of  its  plain- 
ness. 

In  the  midst  of  all  these  jarring  statements  it 
now  becomes  our  duty  to  show,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, what  the  Book  Mormon  really  is. 

When  the  Lord  confounded  the  languages  at 
Babel,  he  led  forth  a  colony  from  thence  to  the 
western  continent  which  is  now  called  Amer- 
ica. This  colony,  after  crossing  the  ocean  in 
eight  vessels,  and  landing  in  that  country,  be- 
came in  process  of  time  a  great  nation  —  they 
inhabited  America  for  some  fifteen  hundred 
years.  They  were  at  length  destroyed  for  their 
wickedness,  about  six  hundred  years  before 
Christ.  A  Prophet  by  the  name  of  Ether 
wrote  their  history,  and  an  account  of  their 
destruction. 

Ether  lived  to  witness  their  entire  destruc- 
tion, and  deposited  his  record  where  it  was 
afterwards  found  by  a  colony  of  Israelites,  who 
came  from  Jerusalem  six  hundred  years  before 
Christ,  and  re  peopled  America.  This  last  col- 
ony were  descendants  of  the  tribe  of  Joseph ; 
they  grew  and  multiplied,  and  finally  gave  rise 
to  two  mighty  nations.  One  of  these  nations 
were  called  Nephites  —  one  Nephi  being  their 


ORIGIN   OF   THE   AMERICAN  INDIANS.        10? 

founder;  the  other  were  called  Lamanites,  after 
a  leader  of  the  name  of  Laman. 

The  Lamanites  became  a  dark  and  benighted 
people,  of  whom  the  American  Indians  are  still 
a  remnant.  The  Nephites  were  an  enlightened 
and  civilized  people,  they  were  a  people  highly 
favored  of  the  Lord,  they  had  visions,  angels, 
and  the  gift  of  prophecy  among  them  from  age 
to  age;  and  finally,  they  were  blessed  with  a 
personal  appearance  of  Jesus  Christ  after  his 
resurrection,  from  whose  mouth  they  received 
the  doctrine  of  the  Gospel,  and  a  knowledge 
of  the  future  down  through  all  succeeding 
ages.  But  after  all  the  blessings  and  privileges 
conferred  upon  them,  they  fell  into  great  wick- 
edness in  the  third  and  fourth  centuries  of  the 
Christian  era,  and  finally  were  destroyed  by  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites.  This  destruction 
took  place  about  four  hundred  years  after 
Christ. 

Mormon  lived  in  that  age  of  the  world,  and 
was  a  Nephite,  and  a  Prophet  of  the  Lord.  He, 
by  the  commandment  of  the  Lord,  made  an 
abridgment  of  the  sacred  records  which  con- 
tained the  history  of  his  forefathers,  and  the 
prophecies  and  Gospel  which  had  been  revealed 
among  them;  to  which  he  added  a  sketch  of  the 
history  of  his  own  time,  and  the  destruction  of 
his  nation.  Previous  to  his  death,  the  abridged 
records  fell  into  the  hands  of  his  son  Moroni, 


108  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

who  continued  them  down  to  a.  d.  420;  at 
which  time  he  deposited  them  carefully  in  the 
earth,  on  a  hill  which  was  then  called  Cum- 
orah,  but  is  situated  in  Ontario  county,  town- 
ship of  Manchester,  and  State  of  New  York, 
North  America.  This  he  did  in  order  to  pre- 
serve them  from  the  Lamanites,  who  overran 
the  country,  and  sought  to  destroy  them  and  all 
the  records  pertaining  to  the  Nephites.  This 
record  lay  concealed,  or  sealed  up,  from  a.  d. 
420,  to  Sept.  22nd,  1823,  at  which  time  it  was 
found  by  Mr.  Joseph  Smith,  jun.,  he  being  di- 
rected thither  by  an  angel  of  the  Lord. 

The  following  account  of  the  discovery  and 
translation  of  this  record  is  extracted  from  a 
tract  by  Elder  Orson  Pratt,  published  at  Edin- 
burgh, in  1840,  entitled,  "  Remarkable  Visions," 
&c,  to  which  our  readers  are  referred  for 
further  particulars :  — 

"  ■  How  far  below  the  surface  these  records 
were  placed  by  Moroni,  I  am  unable  to  say;  but 
from  the  fact  that  they  had  been  some  fourteen 
hundred  years  buried,  and  that,  too,  on  the  side 
of  a  hill  so  steep,  one  is  ready  to  conclude  that 
they  were  some  feet  below,  as  the  earth  would 
naturally  wear,  more  or  less,  in  that  length  of 
time;  but  they  being  placed  toward  the  top  of 
the  hill,  the  ground  would  not  remove  as  much 
as  two-thirds,  perhaps.  Another  circumstance 
would  prevent  a  wearing  of  the  earth;  in  all 


ORIGIN   OF   THE   AMERICAN   INDIANS.         109 

probability,  as  soon  as  timber  had  time  to  grow, 
the  hill  was  covered  after  the  Nephites  were 
destroyed,  and  the  roots  of  the  same  would  hold 
the  surface ;  however,  on  this  point  I  shall  leave 
every  man  to  draw  his  own  conclusion,  and 
form  his  own  speculation.'  But  suffice  it  to 
say,  *  a  hole  of  sufficient  depth  was  dug;  at  the 
bottom  of  this  was  laid  a  stone  of  suitable  size, 
the  upper  surface  being  smooth ;  at  each  edge 
was  placed  a  large  quantity  of  cement,  and  into 
this  cement,  at  the  four  edges  of  this  stone, 
were  placed  erect  four  others;  their  bottom 
edges  resting  in  the  cement  at  the  outer  edges 
of  the  first  stone.  The  four  last-named,  when 
placed  erect,  formed  a  box;  the  corners,  or 
where  the  edges  of  the  four  came  in  contact, 
were  also  cemented  so  firmly,  that  the  moisture 
from  without  was  prevented  from  entering.  It 
is  to  be  observed,  also,  that  the  inner  surface  of 
the  four  erect  or  side  stones  was  smooth. 
This  box  was  sufficiently  large  to  admit  a  breast- 
plate, such  as  was  used  by  the  ancients  to  de- 
fend the  chest,  &c,  from  the  arrows  and 
weapons  of  their  enemy.  From  the  bottom  of 
the  box,  or  from  the  breast-plate,  arose  three 
small  pillars,  composed  of  the  same  description 
of  cement  used  on  the  edges;  and  upon  these 
three  pillars  was  placed  the  record.  *  *  * 
This  box,  containing  the  record,  was  covered 
with  another  stone,  the  bottom  surface  being 


110  THE  BOOK   OF   MORMON. 

flat,  and  the  upper  crowning.'  When  it  was 
first  visited  by  Mr.  Smith,  on  the  morning  of 
the  22nd  of  September,  1823,  «a  part  of  the 
crowning  stone  was  visible  above  the  surface, 
while  the  edges  were  concealed  by  the  soil  and 
grass.  From  which  circumstance  it  may  be 
seen,  that  however  deep  this  box  might  have 
been  placed  by  Moroni  at  first,  the  time  had 
been  sufficient  to  wear  the  earth,  so  that  it  was 
easily  discovered  when  once  directed,  and  yet 
not  enough  to  make  a  perceivable  difference  to 
the  passer-by.  *  *  After  arriving  at  the 
repository,  a  little  exertion  in  removing  the  soil 
from  the  edges  of  the  top  of  the  box,  and  a 
light  pry,  brought  to  his  natural  vision  its  con- 
tents . ' 

4  While  viewing  and  contemplating  this  sacred 
treasure  with  wonder  and  astonishment,  behold ! 
the  Angel  of  the  Lord,  who  had  previously  visited 
him,  again  stood  in  his  presence,  and  his  soul 
was  again  enlightened  as  it  was  the  evening  be- 
fore, and  he  was  filled  with  the  Holy  Spirit,  and 
the  heavens  were  opened,  and  the  glory  of  the 
Lord  shone  round  about  and  rested  upon  him. 
1  While  he  thus  stood,  gazing  and  admiring,  the 
Angel  said,  Look!'  And  as  he  thus  spake,  he 
beheld  the  Prince  of  Darkness,  surrounded  by 
his  innumerable  train  of  associates.  All  this 
passed  beiore  him,  and  the  heavenly  messenger 
said,  'All  this  is  shown,  the  good  and  the  evil, 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.         Ill 

the  holy  and  impure,  the  glory  of  God  and  the 
power  of  darkness,  that  you  may  know  hereafter 
the  two  powers,  and  never  be  influenced  or 
overcome  by  that  wicked  one.  Behold,  what- 
ever entices  and  leads  to  good,  and  to  do  good, 
is  of  God,  and  whatever  does  not,  is  of  that 
wicked  one.  It  is  he  that  fills  the  hearts  of 
men  with  evil  to  walk  in  darkness,  and  blas- 
pheme God;  and  you  may  learn  from  henceforth 
that  his  ways  are  to  destruction,  but  the  way  of 
holiness  is  peace  and  rest.  You  now  see  why 
you  could  not  obtain  this  record,  that  the  com- 
mandment was  strict,  and  that  if  ever  these 
sacred  things  are  obtained,  they  must  be  by 
prayer  and  faithfulness  in  obeying  the  Lord. 
They  are  not  deposited  here  for  the  sake  of  ac- 
cumulating gain  and  wealth,  for  the  glory  of 
this  world ;  They  were  sealed  by  the  prayer  of 
faith,  and  because  of  the  knowledge  which  they 
contain,  they  are  of  no  worth  among  the 
children  of  men,  only  for  their  knowledge.  On 
them  is  contained  the  fulness  of  the  gospel  of 
Jesus  Christ,  as  it  was  given  to  his  people  on 
this  land;  and  when  it  shall  be  brought  forth 
by  the  power  of  God,  it  shall  be  carried  to  the 
Gentile*,  of  whom  many  will  receive  it,  and 
after  will  the  seed  of  Israel  be  brought  into  the 
fold  of  their  Redeemer  by  obeying  it  also. 
Those  who  kept  the  commandments  of  the 
Lord  on  this  land  desired  this  at  his  hand,  and 


112  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

through  the  prayer  of  faith  obtained  the  prom- 
ise, that  if  their  descendants  should  transgress 
and  fall  away,  a  record  might  be  kept,  and  in 
the  last  days  come  to  their  children.  These 
things  are  sacred,  and  must  be  kept  so,  for  the 
promise  of  the  Lord  concerning  them  must  be 
fulfilled.  No  man  can  obtain  them  if  his  heart 
is  impure,  because  they  contain  that  which  is 
sacred.  *  *  *  By  them  will  the  Lord  work 
a  great  and  marvellous  work;  the  wisdom  of 
the  wise  shall  become  as  nought,  and  the  un- 
derstanding of  the  prudent  shall  be  hid,  and 
because  the  power  of  God  shall  be  displayed, 
those  who  profess  to  know  the  truth,  but  walk 
in  deceit,  shall  tremble  with  anger;  but  with 
signs  and  with  wonders,  with  gifts  and  with 
healings,  with  the  manifestations  of  the  power 
of  God,  and  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  shall  the 
hearts  of  the  faithful  be  comforted.  You  have 
now  beheld  the  power  of  God  manifested,  and 
the  power  of  Satan;  you  see  that  there  is  noth- 
ing that  is  desirable  in  the  works  of  darkness; 
that  they  cannot  bring  happiness;  that  those 
who  are  overcome  therewith  are  miserable; 
while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  righteous  are 
blessed  with  a  place  in  the  kingdom  of  God, 
where  joy  unspeakable  surrounds  them;  there 
they  rest  beyond  the  power  of  the  enemy  of 
truth,  where  no  evil  can  disturb  them ;  the  glory 
of  God  crowns  them,  and  they  continually  feast 


ORIGIN    OF   THE    AMERICAN   INDIANS.        113 

upon  His  goodness,  and  enjoy  his  smiles.  Be- 
hold, notwithstanding  you  have  seen  this  great 
display  of  power,  by  which  you  may  ever  be  able 
to  detect  the  evil  one,  yet  I  give  unto  you  another 
sign,  and  when  it  comes  to  pass,  then,  know  that 
the  Lord  is  God,  and  that  He  will  fulfil  his  pur- 
poses, and  that  the  knowledge  which  this  record 
contains  will  go  to  every  nation,  and  kindred, 
and  tongue,  and  people  under  the  whole  heaven. 
This  is  the  sign;  when  these  things  begin  to  be 
known,  that  is,  when  it  is  known  that  the  Lord 
has  shown  you  these  things,  the  workers  of 
iniquity  will  seek  your  overthrow;  they  will 
circulate  falsehoods  to  destroy  your  reputation; 
and  also  will  seek  to  take  your  life!  but  remem- 
ber this,  if  you  are  faithful,  and  shall  herein- 
after continue  to  keep  the  commandments  of 
the  Lord,  you  shall  be  preserved  to  bring  these 
things  forth;  for  in  due  time  he  will  again  give 
you  a  commandment  to  come  and  take  them. 
When  they  are  interpreted,  the  Lord  will  give 
the  Holy  Priesthood  to  some,  and  they  shall  be- 
gin to  proclaim  this  Gospel  and  baptize  by 
water,  and  after  that,  they  shall  have  power  to 
give  the  Holy  Ghost  by  the  laying  on  of  their 
hands.  Then  will  persecution  rage  more  and 
more;  for  the  iniquities  of  men  shall  be  re- 
vealed, and  those  who  are  not  built  upon  the 
Rock  will  seek  to  overthrow  this  church;  but  it 
will  increase  the  more  opposed,  and  spread 
I 


114  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

farther  and  farther,  increasing  in  knowledge, 
till  they  shall  be  sanctified,  and  deceive  an  in- 
heritance where  the  glory  of  God  will  rest  upon 
them;  and  when  this  takes  place,  and  all  things 
are  prepared,  the  ten  tribes  of  Israel  will  be  re- 
vealed in  the  north  country,  whither  they  have 
been  for  a  long  season ;  and  when  this  is  fulfilled 
will  be  brought  to  pass  that  saying  of  the 
Prophet;  'And  the  Redeemer  shall  come  to 
Zion,  and  unto  them  that  turn  from  transgres- 
sion in  Jacob,  saith  the  Lord.'  But,  notwith- 
standing the  workers  of  iniquity  shall  seek  your 
destruction,  the  arm  of  the  Lord  will  be  ex- 
tended, and  you  will  be  borne  off  conquerer,  if 
you  keep  all  His  commandments.  Your  name 
shall  be  known  among  the  nations,  for  the  work 
which  the  Lord  will  perform  by  your  hands  shall 
cause  the  righteous  to  rejoice  and  the  wicked 
to  rage;  with  the  one  it  shall  be  had  in  honour, 
and  with  the  other  in  reproach;  yet,  with  these 
it  shall  be  a  terror,  because  of  the  great  and 
marvellous  work  which  shall  follow  the  coming 
forth  of  this  fullness  of  the  Gospel.  Now,  go 
thy  way,  remembering  what  the  Lord  has  done 
for  thee,  and  be  diligent  in  keeping  His  com- 
mandments, and  He  will  deliver  thee  from 
temptations,  and  all  the  arts  and  devices  of  the 
wicked  one.  Forget  not  to  pray,  that  thy  mind 
may  become  strong,  that  when  he  shall  manifest 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  115 

unto  thee,  thon  mayest  have  power  to  escape 
the  evil,  and  obtain  these  precious  things." 

We  here  remark,  that  the  above  quotation  is 
an  extract  from  a  letter  written  by  Elder  Oliver 
Cowdery,  which  was  published  in  one  of  the 
numbers  of  the  "  Latter-day  Saints'  Messenger 
and  Advocate." 

Although  many  more  instructions  were  given 
by  the  mouth  of  the  angel  to  Mr.  Smith,  which 
we  do  not  write  in  this  book,  yet  the  most  im- 
portant items  are  contained  in  the  foregoing 
relation.  During  the  period  of  the  four  follow- 
ing years,  he  frequently  received  instructions 
from  the  mouth  of  the  heavenly  messenger, 
and  on  the  morning  of  the  22nd  of  September, 
A.  D.  1827,  the  angel  of  the  Lord  delivered  the 
records  into  his  hands. 

These  records  were  engraved  on  plates  which 
had  the  appearance  of  gold.  Each  plate  was 
not  far  from  seven  inches  in  width,  by  eight 
inches  in  length,  being  not  quite  as  thick  as 
common  tin.  They  were  filled  on  both  sides 
with  engravings,  in  Egyptian  characters,  and 
bound  together  in  a  volume,  as  the  leaves  of  a 
book,  and  fastened  at  one  edge  with  three  rings 
running  through  the  whole.  This  volume  was 
something  near  six  inches  in  thickness,  a  part 
of  which  was  sealed.  The  characters  or  letters 
upon  the  unsealed  part  were  small  and  beauti- 
fully engraved.      The    whole    book  exhibited 


116  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

many  marks  of  antiquity  in  its  construction,  as 
well  as  much  skill  in  the  art  of  engraving.  With 
the  records  was  found  a  curious  instrument, 
called  by  the  ancients  the  Urim  and  Thummim, 
which  consisted  of  two  transparent  stones, 
clear  as  crystal,  set  in  the  two  rims  of  a  bow. 
This  was  in  use  in  ancient  times,  by  persons 
called  Seers.  It  was  an  instrument  by  the  use 
of  which  they  received  revelation  of  things  dis- 
tant, or  of  things  past  or  *uture. 

In  the  mean  time  the  inhabitants  of  that  vici- 
nity, having  been  informed  that  Mr.  Smith  had 
seen  heavenly  visions,  and  that  he  had  discov- 
ered sacred  records,  began  to  ridicule  and  mock 
at  those  things.  And  after  having  obtained 
those  sacred  things,  while  proceeding  home 
through  the  wilderness  and  fields,  he  was  way- 
laid by  two  ruffians,  who  had  secreted  them- 
selves for  the  purpose  of  robbing  him  of  the 
records.  One  of  them  struck  him  with  a  club 
before  he  perceived  them;  but  being  a  strong 
man,  and  large  in  stature,  with  great  exertion 
he  cleared  himself  from  them,  and  ran  towards 
home,  being  closely  pursued  until  he  came  near 
his  father's  house,  when  his  pursuers,  for  fear 
of  being  detected,  turned  and  fled  the  other 
way. 

Soon  the  news  of  his  discoveries  spread 
abroad  throughout  all  those  parts.  False  re- 
ports, misrepresentations,   and    base   slanders 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  117 

flew  as  if  upon  the  wings  of  the  wind  in  every 
direction.  The  house  was  frequently  beset  by 
mobs  and  evil  designing  persons.  Several 
times  he  was  shot  at  and  very  narrowly  escaped. 
Every  device  was  used  to  get  the  plates  away 
from  him.  And  being  continually  in  danger  of 
his  life,  from  a  gang  of  abandoned  wretches,  he 
at  length  concluded  to  leave  the  place,  and  go 
to  Pennsylvania,  and  accordingly  packed  up  his 
goods,  putting  the  plates  into  a  barrel  of  beans, 
and  proceeded  upon  his  journey.  He  had  not 
gone  far  before  he  was  overtaken  by  an  officer 
with  a  search  warrant,  who  flattered  himself  with 
the  idea  that  he  should  surely  obtain  the  plates ; 
after  searching  very  diligently,  he  was  sadly 
dissappointed  at  not  finding  them.  Mr.  Smith 
then  drove  on ;  but  before  he  got  to  his  jour- 
ney's end,  he  was  again  overtaken  by  an  officer 
on  the  same  business,  and,  after  ransacking  the 
wagon  very  carefully,  he  went  his  way,  as  much 
chagrined  as  the  first  at  not  being  able  to  dis- 
cover the  object  of  his  research.  Without  any 
further  molestation  he  pursued  his  journey  un- 
til he  came  into  the  northern  part  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, near  the  Susquehannah  River,  in  which 
part  his  father-in-law  resided. 

Having  provided  himself  with  a  home,  he 
commenced  translating  the  record,  by  the  gift 
and  power  of  God,  through  the  means  of  the 
Urim  and  Thummim;  and  being  a  poor  writer, 


118  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

he  was  under  the  necessity  of  employing  a 
scribe,  to  write  the  translation  as  it  came  from 
his  mouth. 

In  the  meantime,  a  few  of  the  original  charac- 
ters were  accurately  transcribed  and  translated 
by  Mr.  Smith,  which,  with  the  translation,  were 
taken  by  a  gentleman  named  Martin  Harris  to 
the  City  of  New  York,  where  they  were  presented 
to  a  learned  gentleman  named  Anthon,  who  pro- 
fessed to  be  extensively  acquainted  with  many 
languages,  both  ancient  and  modern.  He  ex- 
amined them,  but  was  unable  to  decipher  them 
correctly ;  but  he  presumed  that  if  the  original 
records  could  be  brought,  he  could  assist  in 
translating  them. 

But  to  return.  Mr.  Smith  continued  the  work 
of  translation,  as  his  pecuniary  circumstances 
would  permit,  until  he  had  finished  the  unsealed 
part  of  the  records.  The  part  translated  is 
entitled  the  "  Book  of  Mormon,"  which  con- 
tains nearly  as  much  reading  as  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. 

"  Well,"  says  the  objector,  "If  it  were  not 
for  the  marvellous,  the  book  would  be  consid- 
ered one  of  the  greatest  discoveries  the  world 
ever  witnessed.  If  you  had  been  ploughing,  or 
digging  a  well  or  cellar,  and  accidently  dug  up 
a  record  containing  some  account  of  the  ancient 
history  of  the  American  continent,  and  of  its 
original  inhabitants,  together  with  the  origin  of 


ORIGIN  OF  THE    AMERICAN   INDIANS.         119 

the  Indian  tribes  who  now  inhabit  it ;  had  this 
record  had  nothing  to  do  with  God,  or  angels, 
or  inspiration ;  it  would  have  been  hailed,  by 
all  the  learned  of  America  and  Europe,  as  one 
of  the  greatest  and  most  important  discoveries 
of  modern  times,  unfolding  a  mystery  which 
had,  until  then,  bid  defiance  to  all  the  researches 
of  the  learned  world.  Every  newspaper  would 
have  been  filled  with  the  glad  tidings,  while  its 
contents  would  have  poured  upon  the  world  a 
flood  of  light,  on  subjects  before  concealed  in 
the  labyrinth  of  uncertainty  and  doubt.  But 
who  can  stoop,  and  so  humble  himself,  as  to  re- 
ceive anything,  in  this  enlightened  age,  re- 
nowned for  its  religion  and  learning,  from  the 
ministering  of  angels,  and  from  inspiration? 
This  is  too  much;  away  with  such  things;  it 
comes  in  contact  with  the  wisdom  and  popu- 
larity of  the  day."  To  this  I  reply,  the  Lord 
knew  that  before  He  revealed  it;  this  was  one 
principal  object  He  had  in  view;  it  is  just  the 
manner  of  His  dealing  with  the  children  of  men. 
He  always  takes  a  different  course  from  the  one 
marked  out  for  Him  by  the  wisdom  of  the  world, 
in  order  to  "  confound  the  wise,  and  bring  to 
nought  the  understanding  of  the  prudent;  "  He 
chooses  men  of  low  degree,  even  the  simple  and 
the  unlearned,  and  those  who  are  despised,  to 
do  His  work  and  to  bring  about  His  purposes 
that  no  flesh  shall  glory  in  His  presence.     O !  ye 


120  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

wise,  and  ye  learned,  who  despise  the  wisdom 
that  comes  from  above !  know  ye  not  that  it  was 
impossible  for  the  world  by  wisdom  to  find  out 
God?  Know  ye  not  that  all  your  wisdom  is 
foolishness  with  God?  Know  ye  not  that  ye 
must  become  as  a  little  child,  and  be  willing  to 
learn  wisdom  from  the  least  of  His  servants,  or 
you  will  perish  in  your  ignorance? 

But  what  are  the  evidences  which  we  gather 
from  Scripture  concerning  the  coming  forth  of 
this  glorious  work?  We  shall  attempt  to  prove, 
first,  that  America  is  a  land  promised  to  the 
seed  of  Joseph;  second,  that  the  Lord  would 
reveal  to  them  His  truth  as  well  as  to  the  Jews; 
and  third,  that  their  Record  should  come  forth, 
and  unite  its  testimony  with  the  Record  of  the 
Jews,  in  time  for  the  Restoration  of  Israel  in 
the  last  days. 

First,  Gen.  xlviii.,  Jacob,  while  blessing  the 
two  sons  of  Joseph,  says,  "  Let  them  grow  into 
a  multitude  in  the  midst  of  the  earth."  In  the 
same  blessing  it  is  said  of  Ephraim,  "  His  seed 
shall  become  a  multitude  of  nations."  Now  put 
the  sense  of  these  sayings  together,  and  it  makes 
Ephraim  a  multitude  of  nations  in  the  midst  of 
the  earth.  In  Genesis  xlix.,  it  is  prophesied 
concerning  Joseph,  while  Jacob  was  blessing 
him,  that  he  should  be  "  a  fruitful  bough  by  a 
well,  whose  branches  run  over  the  wall:  the 
archers  have  sorely  grieved  him,  and  shot  at 


ORIGIN  OF  THE   AMERICAN  INDIANS.         121 

him,  and  hated  him,  but  his  bow  abode  in 
strength."  Again,  he  further  says,  ••  The  bless- 
ings of  thy  father  have  prevailed  above  the 
blessings  of  my  progenitors,  unto  the  utmost 
bound  of  the  everlasting  hills;  they  shall  be  on 
the  head  of  Joseph,  and  on  the  crown  of  the 
head  of  him  that  was  separate  from  his 
brethren."  Now,  I  ask,  Who  were  Jacob's 
progenitors,  and  what  was  the  blessing  they 
conferred  upon  him?  Abraham  and  Isaac  were 
the  progenitors,  and  the  land  of  Caanan  was  the 
blessing  they  conferred  upon  him,  or  that  God 
promised  them  he  should  possess.  Recollect 
that  Jacob  confers  on  Joseph  a  much  greater 
land  than  that  of  Canaan :  even  greater  than  his 
fathers  had  conferred  upon  him,  for  Joseph's 
blessing  was  to  extend  to  the  utmost  bound  of 
the  everlasting  hills.  Now,  reader,  stand  in 
Egypt,  where  Jacob  then  stood,  and  measure  to 
the  utmost  bound  of  the  everlasting  hills,  and 
you  will  land  somewhere  in  the  central  part  of 
America.  Again,  one  of  the  Prophets  says,  in 
speaking  of  Ephraim,  "  When  the  Lord  shall 
roar,  the  children  of  Ephraim  shall  tremble 
from  the  west."  Now,  let  us  sum  up  these  say- 
ings, and  what  have  we  gained?  First,  that 
Ephraim  was  to  grow  into  a  multitude  of  nations 
in  the  midst  of  the  earth ;  second,  Joseph  was 
to  be  greatly  blessed  in  a  large  inheritance,  as 
far  off  as  America  j  third,  this  was  to  be  on  the 
west  of  Egypt  or  Jerusalem, 


122  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

Now,  let  the  world  search  from  pole  to  poie» 
and  they  will  not  find  a  multitude  of  nations  in 
the  midst  of  the  earth  who  can  possibly  have 
sprung  from  Ephraim,  unless  they  find  them  in 
America;  for  the  midst  of  all  other  parts  of  the 
earth  is  inhabited  by  mixed  races,  who  have 
sprung  from  various  sources;  while  here  an 
almost  boundless  country  was  secluded  from 
the  rest  of  the  world,  and  inhabited  by  a  race 
of  men,  evidently  of  the  same  origin,  although 
as  evidently  divided  into  many  nations.  Now, 
the  Scriptures  cannot  be  broken;  therefore, 
these  Scriptures  must  apply  to  America,  for  the 
plainest  of  reasons,  they  can  apply  to  no  other 
place. 

Now,  secondly,  we  are  to  prove  that  God 
revealed  himself  to  the  seed  of  Joseph  or 
Ephraim  —  their  location  we  have  already 
proved  —  dwelling  in  America.  For  this  we 
quote  Hosea  viii.  12;  speaking  of  Ephraim,  he 
says  by  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  "  I  have  written 
to  him  the  great  things  of  my  law,  but  they 
were  counted  as  a  strange  thing."  This  is 
proof  positive,  and  needs  no  comment,  that  the 
great  truths  of  heaven  were  revealed  unto  Eph- 
raim, and  were  counted  as  a  strange  thing. 

Third  —  Were  these  writings  to  come  forth 
just  previously  to  the  gathering  of  Israel? 
Answer:  they  were  according  to  Ezekiel,  37th 
chapter,  where  God  commanded  him  to  "  take 


ORIGIN    OF   THE   AMERICAN   INDIANS.        123 

one  stick,  and  write  upon  it,  For  Judah,  and  the 
children  of  Israel  his  companions:  then  take 
another  stick,  and  write  upon  it,  For  Joseph 
the  stick  of  Ephraim,  and  for  all  the  house  of 
Israel  his  companions:  and  join  them  one  to 
another  into  one  stick,  and  they  shall  become 
one  in  thine  hand.  And  when  the  children  of 
thy  people  shall  speak  unto  thee,  saying,  Wilt 
not  thou  show  us  what  thou  meanest  by  these? 
say  unto  them,  Thus  said  the  Lord  God,  Behold, 
I  will  take  the  stick  of  Joseph,  which  is  in  the 
hand  of  Ephraim,  and  the  tribes  of  Israel  his 
fellows,  and  will  put  them  with  him,  even  with 
the  stick  of  Judah,  and  make  them  one  stick, 
and  they  shall  be  one  in  mine  hand;  and  the 
sticks  whereon  thou  writest  shall  be  in  thine 
hand  before  their  eyes.  And  say  unto  them, 
Thus  said  the  Lord  God,  Behold,  I  will  take 
the  children  of  Israel  from  among  the  heathen, 
whither  they  be  gone,  and  will  gather  them  on 
every  side,  and  bring  them  into  their  own  land; 
and  I  will  make  them  one  nation  in  the  land 
upon  the  mountains  of  Israel;  and  one  king 
shall  be  king  to  them  all:  and  they  shall  be 
no  more  two  nations,  neither  shall  they  be  di- 
vided into  two  kingdoms  any  more  at  all." 

Now,  nothing  can  be  more  plain  than  the 
above  prophecy :  there  is  presented  two  writings, 
the  one  to  Ephraim,  the  other  to  Judah ;  that  of 
Ephraim  is  to  be  brought  forth  by  the  Lord, 


121  THE  BOOK  OF   MORMON. 

and  put  with  that  of  Judah,  and  they  are  to 
become  one  in  their  testimony,  and  grow 
together  in  this  manner,  in  order  to  bring  about 
the  gathering  of  Israel..  The  85th  Psalm  is 
very  plain  on  the  subject:  speaking  of  the 
restoration  of  Israel  to  their  own  land,  it  says, 
•'Mercy  and  Truth  are  met  together;  Right- 
eousness and  Peace  have  kissed  each  other. 
Truth  shall  spring  out  of  the  earth:  and  Right- 
eousness shall  look  down  from  heaven.  Yea, 
the  Lord  shall  give  that  which  is  good;  and 
our  land  shall  yield  her  increase.  Righteous- 
ness shall  go  before  him,  and  shall  set  us  in 
the  way  of  his  steps."  Now,  the  Saviour, 
while  praying  for  his  disciples,  said,  "  Sanctify 
them  through  thy  truth  —  thy  word  is  truth." 
From  these  passages  we  learn,  that  his  word  is 
to  spring  out  of  the  earth,  while  Righteousness 
looks  down  from  heaven.  And  the  next 
thing  that  follows  is,  that  Israel  is  set  in  the 
way  of  his  steps,  and  partaking  of  the  fruit  of 
their  own  land.  Jeremiah,  xxxiii.  6,  speaking 
of  the  final  return  from  captivity  of  both  Judah 
and  Israel,  says,  *'I  will  reveal  unto  them  the 
abundance  of  peace  and  truth."  And  Isaiah, 
speaking  of  the  everlasting  covenant  which 
should  gather  them,  makes  this  extraordinary 
and  very  remarkable  expression,  "Their  seed 
shall  be  known  amongst  the  Gentiles,  and  their 
offspring  among  the  people."     Now,   reader, 


ORIGIN   OF   THE  AMERICAN   INDIANS.        125 

let  me  ask.  Can  any  one  tell,  whether  the 
Indians  of  America  are  of  Israel,  unless  by 
revelation  from  God?  Therefore  this  was  a 
hidden  mystery,  which  it  was  necessary  to 
reveal  in  time  for  their  gathering. 

So  much,  then,  we  have  produced  from  the 
Scriptures,  in  proof  of  a  work,  like  the  Book  of 
Mormon,  making  its  appearance  in  these  days: 
to  say  nothing  of  Isaiah  xxix.  "  But,"  says  one, 
"  what  is  the  use  of  the  book  of  Mormon,  even 
if  it  be  true?"  I  answer:  First,  it  brings  to 
light  an  important  history,  before  unknown  to 
man.  Second,  it  reveals  the  origin  of  the 
American  Indians,  which  was  before  a  mystery. 
Third,  it  contains  important  prophecies  yet  to 
be  fulfilled,  which  immediately  concern  the 
present  generation.  Fourth,  it  contains  much 
plainness  in  regard  to  points  of  doctrine,  inso- 
much that  all  may  understand,  and  see  eye  to 
eye,  if  they  take  pains  to  read  it. 

"  But  what  are  its  proofs,  as  to  chosen 
witnesses  who  testify  to  its  translation  by 
inspiration?  "  For  this  testimony  I  refer  the 
reader  to  the  testimony  of  the  witnesses  in 
the  first  page  of  the  Book  of  Mormon;  he 
will  there  find  as  positive  testimony  as  has 
ever  been  found  in  the  other  Scriptures,  con- 
cerning any  truth  which  God  ever  revealed. 
Men  there  testify,  not  only  that  they  have  seen 
and  handled  the  plates,  but  that  an   angel  of 


126  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

God  came  down  from  heaven,  and  presented  the 
plates  before  them,  while  the  glory  of  God 
shone  round  about  them;  and  the  voice  of  God 
spoke  from  heaven,  and  told  them  that  these 
things  were  true,  and  had  been  translated  by 
the  gift  and  power  of  God,  and  commanded 
them  to  bear  record  of  the  same  to  all  people. 
Blessed  be  the  Lord  God  of  our  fathers  He 
has  visited  his  people,  and  the  day  spring  from 
on  high  has  dawned  upon  our  benighted  world 
once  more;  for  no  sooner  had  the  Book  been 
translated,  and  men  began  to  bear  record  of  the 
same,  than  the  angel  of  the  Lord  came  down 
from  heaven  again,  and  commissioned  men  to 
preach  the  Gospel  to  every  creature,  and  to  bap- 
tize with  water  for  the  remission  of  sins.  No 
sooner  did  the  people  begin  to  believe  their 
testimony,  and  be  baptized,  than  the  Holy  Ghost 
fell  upon  them,  through  the  laying  on  of  hands 
in  the  name  of  Jesus ;  and  the  heavens  were 
opened ;  and  while  some  had  the  ministering  of 
angels,  others  began  to  spenk  in  other  tongues, 
and  prophesy.  From  that  time  forth  many  of 
them  were  healed  by  the  laying  on  of  hands  in 
the  name  of  Jesus;  and  thus  mightily  grew  the 
word  of  God,  and  prevailed.  And  thus  thou- 
sands have  been  raised  up  to  testify  that  they 
do  know  for  themselves,  and  are  not  dependent 
on  the  testimony  of  any  man  for  the  truth  of 
these  things,  for  these  signs  follow  them  that 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  127 

believe;  and  when  a  man  believes  the  truth, 
through  the  testimony  of  God's  witnesses,  then 
these  signs  follow,  not  only  them,  but  him  also ; 
if  he  has  the  ministering  of  angels,  if  he  has 
been  healed,  or  heals  others,  by  the  laying  on  of 
hands  in  the  name  of  Jesus,  or  if  he  speaks  in 
other  tongues,  or  prophesies,  he  knows  it  for 
himself;  and  thus  is  fulfilled  the  saying  of 
Scripture.  "If  any  man  do  my  will,  he  shall 
know  of  the  doctrine,  whether  it  be  of  God." 
Thus  faith  comes  by  hearing,  and  knowledge  by 
obeying ;  but  hearing  comes  by  preaching,  and 
preaching  comes  by  sending;  as  it  is  written, 
"  How  shall  they  preach,  except  they  be  sent?  " 
But  there  are  many  who  say,  "  Show  us  a  sign, 
and  we  will  believe."  Remember,  faith  comes 
not  by  signs,  but  signs  come  by  faith.  Gifts 
were  not  given  to  make  men  believe ;  but  what 
saith  the  Scripture?  "  Gifts  are  for  the  edify- 
ing of  the  Church."  If  otherwise,  why  was  it 
not  written,  "Faith  comes  by  miracles,"  instead 
of  "  Faith  comes  by  hearing?  "  I  always  take 
it  for  granted  that  a  man  or  woman  who  comes 
demanding  a  sign,  in  order  to  make  them  be- 
lieve, belongs  to  a  wicked  and  adulterous  gen- 
eration, at  least,  to  say  no  worse;  for  any 
person  who  will  go  to  Jesus,  with  a  pure  heart, 
desiring  and  praying  in  faith,  that  he  may  know 
the  truth  concerning  these  things,  the  Lord  will 
reveal  it  to   him,  and  he  shall  know,  and  shall 


128  THE   BOOK   OF    MORMON. 

bear  testimony,  for  by  the  Spirit  of  God  they 
shall  know  truth  from  error;  and  it  is  written, 
"My  sheep  hear  my  voice."  And  he  that  will 
not  come  unto  Jesus  by  faith,  shall  never  know 
the  truth,  until,  too  late,  he  finds  the  harvest  is 
over,  and  the  summer  is  ended,  and  his  soul  not 
saved. 

Thus  the  religion  of  Jesus,  unlike  all  other 
religious  systems,  bears  its  own  weight,  and 
brings  certainty  and  knowledge,  leaving  no 
room  for  imposition.  And  now  I  say  again  unto 
all  people,  Come  unto  the  Father,  in  the  name 
of  Jesus;  doubt  not,  but  be  believing  as  in  days 
of  old,  and  ask  in  faith  for  whatsoever  you 
stand  in  need  of ;  ask  not  that  you  may  consume 
it  on  your  lusts,  but  ask  with  a  firmness  not  to 
be  shaken,  that  you  will  yield  to  no  temptation, 
but  that  you  will  keep  His  commandments,  as 
fast  as  he  makes  them  manifest  unto  you ;  and 
if  ye  do  this,  and  He  reveals  to  you  that  He  has 
sent  us  with  a  new  and  everlasting  covenant, 
and  commanded  us  to  preach,  and  baptize,  and 
build  up  His  Church  as  in  days  of  old,  then 
come  forward  and  obey  the  truth;  but  if  you  do 
not  know,  or  are  not  satisfied,  that  he  has  sent 
us,  then  do  not  embrace  the  doctrine  we 
preach.  Thus  to  your  own  master  you  shall 
stand  or  fall;  and  one  day  you  shall  know,  yea, 
in  that  great  day  when  every  knee  shall  bow, 
then  shall  you  know  that  God  has  sent  us  with 


ORIGIN   OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.         129 

the  truth,  to  prune  His  vineyard  for  the  last 
time,  with  a  mighty  pruning. 

We  shall  now  introduce  much  circumstantial 
evidence,  from  American  atiquities,  and  from 
the  traditions  of  the  natives,  &c. :  — 

First,  says  Mr.  Boudinot,  "  It  is  said  among 
their  principal  or  beloved  men,  that  they  have 
it  handed  clown  from  their  ancestors,  that  the 
Book  which  the  white  people  have  was  once 
theirs:  that  while  they  had  it  they  prospered 
exceedingly,  &c.  They  also  say,  that  their 
fathers  were  possessed  of  an  extraordinary 
Divine  Spirit,  by  which  they  foretold  future 
events,  and  controlled  the  common  course  of 
nature ;  and  this  they  transmitted  to  their  off- 
spring, on  condition  of  their  obeying  the 
sacred  laws;  that  they  did,  by  these  means, 
bring  down  showers  of  blessings  upon  their 
beloved  people;  but  that  this  power,  for  a  long 
time  past,  has  entirely  ceased. "  Colonel 
James  Smith  in  his  Journal,  while  a  prisoner 
among  the  natives,  says,  "They  have  a  tradi- 
tion, that  in  the  beginning  of  this  continent 
the  angels,  or  heavenly  inhabitants,  as  they  call 
them,  frequently  visited  the  people,  and  talked 
with  their  forefathers,  and  gave  directions  how 
to  pray." 

Mr.  Boudinot,  in  his  noble  work,  remarks 
concerning  their  language:  "Their  language, 
in  its  roots,  idiom,  and  particular  construction, 
J 


130  THE   BOOK  OF   MORMON. 

appears  to  have  the  whole  genius  of  the  Hebrew; 
and  what  is  very  remarkable,  and  well  worthy  of 
serious  attention,  has  most  of  the  peculiarities 
of  that  language,  especially  those  in  which  it 
differs  from  most  other  languages."  There  is 
a  tradition  related  by  an  aged  Indian,  of  the 
Stockbridge  tribe,  that  their  fathers  were  once 
in  possession  of  a  "Sacred  Book,"  which  was 
handed  down  from  generation  to  generation; 
and  at  last  hid  in  the  earth,  since  which  time 
they  had  been  under  the  feet  of  their  enemies. 
But  these  oracles  were  to  be  restored  to  them 
again ;  and  then  they  would  triumph  over  their 
enemies,  and  regain  their  rights  and  privileges. 
Mr.  Boudiuot,  after  recording  many  traditions 
similar  to  the  above,  at  length  remarks: 
"Can  any  man  read  this  short  account  of 
Indian  traditions,  drawn  from  tribes  of  various 
nations ;  from  the  west  to  the  east,  and  from  the 
south  to  the  north,  wholly  separated  from  each 
other,  written  by  different  authors  of  the  best 
character,  both  for  knowledge  and  integrity, 
possessing  the  best  means  of  information,  at 
various  and  distant  times,  without  any  possible 
communication  with  each  other;  and  yet  sup- 
pose that  all  this  is  the  effect  of  chance,  ac- 
cident, or  design,  from  a  love  of  the  mar- 
vellous, or  a  premeditated  intention  of  deceiv- 
ing, and  thereby  ruining  their  well-established 
reputation?    Can  any  one  carefully,  and  with 


ORIGIN'    OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  131 

deep  reflection,  consider  and  compare  these 
traditions  and  nations  with  the  position  and 
circumstances  of  the  long  lost  Ten  Tribes  of 
Israel,  without  at  least  drawing  some  presump- 
tive inferences  in  favour  of  these  wandering 
natives  being  descended  from  the  Ten  Tribes  of 
Israel? 

"  Joseph  Merrick,  Esq.,  a  highly  respect- 
able character  in  Pittsneld,  Mass.,  gave  the 
following  account.  That  in  1815,  he  was 
levelling  some  ground  under  and  near  an  old 
wood-shed  standing  on  a  place  of  his,  situated 
on  Indian  Hill.  He  ploughed  and  conveyed 
away  old  chips  and  earth  to  some  depth.  After 
the  work  was  done,  walking  over  the  place, 
he  discovered,  near  where  the  earth  had  been 
dug  the  deepest,  a  black  strap,  as  it  appeared 
about  six  inches  in  length,  and  one  and  a  half 
in  breadth,  and  about  the  thickness  of  a  leather 
trace  to  a  harness.  He  preceived  it  had,  at 
each  end,  a  loop  of  some  hard  substance, 
probably  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  it.  He 
conveyed  it  to  his  house,  and  threw  it  into 
an  old  tool  box.  He  afterwards  found  it 
thrown  out  at  the  door,  and  again  conveyed  it  to 
the  box. 

"After  some  time,  he  thought  he  would  ex- 
amine it;  but  in  attempting  to  cut  it,  found  it 
as  hard  as  bone;  he  succeeded,  however,  in 
getting  it  open,  and  found  it  was  formed  of 


132  THE  BOOK   OF  MORMON. 

two  pieces  of  thick  raw  hide,  sewed  and  made 
water-tight  with  the  sinews  of  some  animal, 
and  gummed  over;  and  in  the  fold  was  con- 
tained four  folded  pieces  of  parchment.  They 
were  of  a  dark  yellow  hue,  and  contained  some 
kind  of  writing.  The  neighbours,  coming  in 
to  see  the  strange  discovery,  tore  one  of  the 
pieces  to  atoms,  in  the  true  Hun  and  Vandal 
style.  The  other  three  pieces  Mr.  Merrick 
saved,  and  sent  them  to  Cambridge,  where  they 
were  examined,  and  discovered  to  have  been 
written  with  a  pen,  in  Hebrew,  plain  and 
legible.  The  writing  on  the  three  remaining 
pieces  of  parchment  was  quotations  from 
the  Old  Testament.  See  Deut.,  chap.  vi. 
from  4th  to  9th  verse  inclusive;  also  chap- 
ter xi.  verse  13th  to  21st  inclusive;  and 
Exodus,  chap.  xiii.  11th  to  16th  inclusive; 
to  which  the  reader  can  refer,  if  he  has  the 
curiosity  to  read  this  most  interesting  dis- 
covery." 

"  On  the  banks  of  White  river,  in  Arkansas 
Territory,  have  been  found  ruins,  erected  no 
doubt  by  an  enlightened  population,  of  the 
most  extraordinary  character,  on  account  of 
their  dimensions,  and  the  materials  of  which 
they  were  erected.  One  of  these  works  is  a 
wall  of  earth,  which  encloses  an  area  of  six 
hundred  and  forty  acres,  equal  to  a  mile 
square,  and  having  in   its   centre,  the  founda- 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  133 

tion  of  a  large  circular  building,  or  temple. 
Another,  yet  more  strange,  and  more  exten- 
sive, consists  of  the  foundations  of  a  great 
city,  whose  streets,  crossing  each  other  at 
right  angles,  are  easily  traced  through  the 
mighty  forest.  And  besides  these  are  found 
the  foundations  of  houses  made  of  burnt 
bricks,  like  the  bricks  of  the  present  times. 
These  have  been  traced  to  the  extent  of  a 
mile." 

The  foregoing  is  taken  from  Priest's  Ameri- 
can Antiquities,  and  from  the  same  work  we 
extract  the  following,  page  246: — 

Buins  of  the  City  of  Otolum,  discovered  in  North 
America. —  In  a  letter  of  C.  S.  Rafinesquev  whom 
we  have  before  quoted,  to  a  correspondent  in 
Europe,  we  find  the  following; — ''Some  years 
ago,  the  society  of  geography  in  Paris,  offered 
a  large  premium  for  a  voyage  to  Guatemala, 
and  for  a  new  survey  of  the  antiquities  of  Yu- 
catan and  Chiapa,  chiefly  those  fifteen  miles 
from  Palenque." 

"I  have,"  says  this  author,  " restored  to 
them  the  true  name  of  Otolum,  which  is  yet  the 
name  of  the  stream  running  through  the  ruins. 
They  were  surveyed  by  Captain  Del  Rio,  in 
1787,  an  account  of  which  was  published  in 
English,  in  1 822.  This  account  describes  partly 
the  ruins  of  a  stone  city,  of  no  less  dimensions 
than  seventy -five  miles  in  circuit ;  length  thirty- 


134  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

two,  and  breadth  twelve  miles,  full  of  palaces> 
monuments,  statues  and  inscriptions;  one  of 
the  eailiest  seats  of  American  civilization; 
about  equal  to  Thebes  of  ancient  Egypt." 

It  is  stated  in  the  Family  Magazine,  No.  34, 
p.  266,  for  1833,  as  follows :  "  Public  attention 
has  been  recently  excited  respecting  the  ruins 
of  an  ancient  city,  found  in  Guatemala.  It 
would  seem  that  these  ruins  are  now  being  ex- 
plored, and  much  curious  and  valuable  matter, 
in  a  literary  and  historical  point  of  view,  is  an- 
ticipated. We  deem  the  present  a  most  aus- 
picious moment,  now  that  the  public  attention 
is  turned  to  the  subject,  to  spread  its  coutents 
before  our  readers,  as  an  introduction  to  future 
discoveries,  during  the  researches  now  in  prog- 
ress." 

The  following  are  some  of  the  particulars,  as 
related  by  Captain  Del  Rio,  who  partially  ex- 
amined them,  as  above  related,  in  1787.  "From 
Palenque,  the  last  town  northward  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Ciadad  Meal  de  Chiapa,  taking  the 
south-westerly  direction,  and  ascending  a  ridge 
of  high  lands  that  divides  the  kingdom  of  Gua- 
temala from  Yucatan,  at  the  distance  of  six 
miles  is  the  little  river  Micol,  whose  waters 
flow  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  unite  with  the 
great  river  Tulijah,  which  bends  its  course 
towards  the  province  of  Tobasco.  Having 
passed  Micol,  the  ascent  begins,  and  half    a 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  135 

league,  or  a  mile  and  a  half,  the  traveller 
crosses  a  little  stream  called  Otolum ;  from  this 
point  heaps  of  stone  ruins  are  discovered, 
which  render  the  road  very  difficult  for  another 
half  a  league,  when  you  gain  the  height  where- 
on the  stone  honses  are  situated,  being  still 
fourteen  in  number  in  one  place,  some  more 
dilapidated  than  others,  yet  still  having  many 
of  their  apartments  perfectly  discernible. 
These  stand  on  a  rectangular  area,  three  hun- 
dred yards  in  breadth  by  four  hundred  and  fifty 
in  length,  which  is  a  fraction  over  fifty-six 
rods  wide,  and  eighty-four  rods  long,  being  in 
the  whole  circuit  two  hundred  and  eighty  rods, 
which  is  three-fourths  of  a  mile,  and  a  trifle 
over.  This  area  presents  a  plain  at  the  base  of 
the  highest  mountain  forming  the  ridge.  In  the 
centre  of  this  plain  is  situated  the  largest  of 
the  structures  which  has  been  as  yet  discovered 
among  these  ruins.  It  stands  on  a  mound,  or 
pyramid,  twenty  yards  high,  which  is  sixty  feet 
or  nearly  four  rods,  in  perpendicular  altitude, 
which  gives  a  lofty  and  beautiful  majesty,  as  if 
it  were  a  temple  suspended  in  the  sky.  This  is 
surrounded  by  other  edifices,  namely,  five  to  the 
northward,  four  to  the  southward,  one  to  the 
south-west,  and  three  to  the  eastward,  fourteen 
in  all. 

"  In  all  directions    the  fragments  of  othev 
fallen  buildings  are   seen  extending  along  the 


136  THE   BOOK   OF    MORMON. 

mountain,  that  stretches  east  and  west  either 
way  from  these  buildings,  as  if  it  were  the 
great  temple  of  worship,  or  their  government- 
house,  around  which  they  built  their  city,  and 
where  dwelt  their  kings  and  officers  of  state. 
At  this  place  was  found  a  subterranean  stone 
aqueduct,  of  great  solidity  and  durability,  which 
in  its  course  passes  beneath  the  largest  build- 
ing." 

Let  it  be  understood,  this  city  of  Otolum,  the 
ruins  of  which  are  so  immense,  is  in  North,  not 
in  South,  America,  in  the  same  latitude  with 
the  island  of  Jamaica,  which  is  about  eighteen 
degrees  north  of  the  equator,  being  on  the  high- 
est ground  between  the  northern  end  of  the 
Caribbean  Sea  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  where  the 
continent  narrows  towards  the  Isthmus  of 
Darien,  and  is  about  eight  hundred  miles  south 
of  New  Orleans. 

The  discovery  of  these  ruins,  and  also  of 
many  others,  equally  wonderful,  in  the  same 
country,  is  just  commencing  to  arouse  the  atten- 
tion of  the  schools  of  Europe,  who  hitherto  have 
denied  that  America  could  boast  of  her  an- 
tiquities. But  these  immense  ruins  are  now 
being  explored  under  the  direction  of  scientific 
persons,  a  history  of  which,  in  detail,  will 
doubtless,  be  forthcoming  in  due  time;  two 
volumes  of  which,  in  manuscript,  we  are  in- 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.        137 

formed,  have  already  been  written,  and  cannot 
but  be  received-with  enthusiasm  by  Americans. 

A  gentleman  who  was  living  near  the  town  of 
Cincinnati,  in  1826,  on  the  upper  level,  had  oc- 
casion to  sink  a  well  for  his  accommodation ; 
he  persevered  in  digging  to  the  depth  of  eighty 
feet,  without  finding  water,  but,  still  persisting 
in  the  attempt,  his  workmen  found  themselves 
obstructed  by  a  substance,  which  resisted  their 
labour,  though  evidently  not  stone.  They 
cleared  the  surface  and  sides  from  the  earth 
bedded  around  it,  when  there  appeared  the 
stump  of  a  tree,  three  feet  in  diameter,  and  two 
feet  high,  which  had  been  cut  down  with  an 
axe.  The  blows  of  the  axe  were  yet  visible. 
It  was  nearly  of  the  colour  and  apparent  char- 
acter of  coal,  but  had  not  the  friable  and  fusible 
quality  of  that  substance.  Ten  feet  below  the 
water  sprang  up,  and  the  well  is  now  in  con- 
stant supply  and  high  repute. 

In  Morse's  Universal  Geography,  first  vol- 
ume, p.  142,  the  discovery  of  the  stump  is  cor- 
roborated: "  In  digging  a  well  in  Cincinnati, 
the  stump  of  a  tree  was  found  in  a  sound  state, 
ninety  feet  below  the  surface;  and  in  digging 
another  well,  at  the  same  place,  another  stump 
was  found  at  ninety-four  feet  below  the  sur- 
face, which  had  evident  marks  of  the  axe; 
and  on  its  top  there  appeared  as  if  some  iron 
tool  had  been  consumed  by  rust." 


138  THE   BOOK   OF  MORMON. 

We  might  fill  a  volume  with  accounts  of 
American  antiquities,  all  going  to  show  that 
this  country  has  been  inhabited  by  a  people  who 
possessed  a  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  sciences, 
who  built  cities,  cultivated  the  earth,  and  who 
were  in  possession  of  a  written  language.  But 
the  things  which  we  have  here  introduced  are 
abundantly  sufficient  for  our  purpose.  If  a  few 
characters  in  Hebrew  have  been  found  in  the 
earth  in  America,  written  on  parchment,  then  it 
is  just  as  easy  to  admit  that  a  whole  volume  has 
been  found  in  the  earth  in  America,  written  on 
plates  in  Egyptian  characters.  The  astonish- 
ing facts  of  the  stumps  found  eighty  or  ninety 
feet  under  the  ground  at  Cincinnati,  and  simi- 
lar discoveries  in  many  other  parts  of  North  and 
South  America,  such  as  buried  cities,  and  other 
antiquities,  all  go  to  prove  that  there  has 
been  a  mighty  convulsion  and  revolution,  not 
only  of  nations,  but  of  nature ;  and  such  a  con- 
vulsion as  is  nowhere  else  so  reasonably  ac- 
counted for,  as  in  the  following  extraordinary 
and  wonderful  account  of  events  which  trans- 
pired in  this  country,  during  the  crucifixion  of 
Messiah,  which  we  extract  from  the  Book  of 
Mormon,  Nephi  v.  2-11. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass,  in  the  thirty  and  fourth 
year,  in  the  first  month  in  the  fourth  day  of  the 
month,  there  arose  a  great  storm,  such  an  one 
as  never  had  been  known  in  all  the  land;  and 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.         139 

there  was  also  a  great  and  terrible  tempest;  and 
there  was  terrible  thunder,  insomuch  that  it  did 
shake  the  whole  earth,  as  if  it  were  about  to 
divide  asunder:  and  there  were  exceeding  sharp 
lightnings,  such  as  never  had  been  known  in  all 
the  land.  And  the  city  of  Zarahemla  did  take 
fire;  and  the  city  of  Moroni  did  sink  into  the 
depths  of  the  sea,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof 
were  drowned ;  and  the  earth  was  carried  upon 
the  city  of  Moronihah,  that  in  the  place  of  the 
city  thereof,  there  became  a  great  mountain ; 
and  there  was  a  great  and  terrible  destruction 
in  the  land  southward.  But,  behold,  there  was 
a  more  great  and  terrible  destruction  in  the 
land  northward;  for,  behold,  the  whole  face  of 
the  land  was  changed,  because  of  the  tempest, 
and  the  whirlwinds,  and  the  thunderings,  and 
the  lightnings,  and  the  exceeding  great  quaking 
of  the  whole  earth;  and  the  highways  were 
broken  up,  and  the  level  roads  were  spoiled,  and 
many  smooth  places  became  rough  and  many 
great  and  notable  cities  were  sunk,  and 
many  were  burned,  and  many  were  shook 
till  the  buildings  thereof  had  fallen  to 
the  earth,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof  were 
slain,  and  the  places  were  left  desolate; 
and  there  were  some  cities  which  remained, 
but  the  damage  thereof  was  exceeding  great; 
and  there  were  many  in  them  who  were  slain,  and 
there  were  some  who  were  carried  away  in  the 


140  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

whirlwind,  and  whither  they  went  no  man 
knoweth,  save  they  know  that  they  were  carried 
away:  and  thus  the  face  of  the  whole  earth  be- 
came deformed,  beca  use  of  the  tempests,  and 
the  thunderings,  and  the  lightnings,  and  the 
quaking  of  the  earth.  And,  behold,  the  rocks 
were  rent  in  twain ;  they  were  broken  up  upon 
the  face  of  the  whole  earth,  insomuch  that  they 
were  found  in  broken  fragments,  and  in  seams, 
and  in  cracks,  upon  the  face  of  the  land. 

11  And  it  came  to  pass  that  when  the  thunder- 
ings, and  the  lightnings,  and  the  storm,  and  the 
tempest,  and  the  quakings  of  the  earth  did  cease 
—  for,  behold  they  did  last  for  about  the  space 
of  three  hours ;  and  it  was  said  by  some  that 
the  time  was  greater;  nevertheless  all  these 
great  and  terrible  things  were  done  in  about 
the  space  of  three  hours;  and  then,  behold, 
there  was  darkness  upon  the  face  of  the  land. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass  that  there  was  a  thick 
darkness  upon  all  the  face  of  the  land,  insomuch 
that  the  inhabitants  thereof,  who  had  not  fallen, 
could  feel  the  vapour  of  darkness ;  and  there 
could  be  no  light  because  of  the  darkness, 
neither  candles,  neither  torches;  neither  could 
there  be  fire  kindled  with  their  fine  and  exceed- 
ing dry  wood,  so  that  there  could  not  be  any 
light  at  all;  and  there  was  not  any  light  seen, 
neither  fire,  nor  glimmer,  neither  the  sun,  nor 
the  stars,  for  so  great  were  the  mists  of  dark- 
ness which  were  upon  the  face  of  the  land. 


ORIGIN  OF   THE   AMERICAN  INDIANS.        14.1 

"  And  it  came  to  pass,  that  it  did  last  for  the 
space  of  three  days,  that  there  was  no  light 
seen ;  and  there  was  great  mourning,  and  howl- 
ing, and  weeping  among  all  the  people  continu- 
ally; yea,  great  were  the  groanings  of  the 
people,  because  of  the  darkness  and  the  great 
destruction  which  had  come  upon  them.  And 
in  one  place  they  were  heard  to  cry,  saying,  O 
that  we  had  repented  before  this  great  and  terri. 
ble  day,',and  then  would  our  brethren  have  been 
spared,  and  they  would  not  have  been  burned  in 
that  great  city  Zarahemla.  And  in  another 
place  they  were  heard  to  cry  and  mourn,  saying 
O  that  we  had  repented  before  this  great  and 
terrible  day,  and  had  not  killed  and  stoned  the 
prophets,  and  cast  them  out;  then  would  our 
mothers,  and  our  fair  daughters,  and  our  chil- 
dren hare  been  spared,  and  not  have  been  buried 
up  in  that  great  city  Moronihah ;  and  thus  were 
the  howlings  of  the  people    great  and  terrible. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass  that  there  was  a  voice 
heard  among  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth 
upon  all  the  face  of  this  land,  crying,  Wo,  wo, 
wo,  unto  this  people ;  wo  unto  the  inhabitants 
of  the  whole  earth,  except  they  shall  repent ;  for 
the  devil  laugheth,  and  his  angels  rejoice,  be- 
cause of  the  slain  of  the  fair  sons  and  daughters 
of  my  people ;  and  it  is  because  of  their  iniquity 
and  abominations  that  they  are  fallen.  Behold, 
that  great  city  Zarahemla  have  I  burned  with 


142  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

fire,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof.  And  behold, 
that  great  city  Moroni  have  I  caused  to  be  sunk 
in  the  depth  of  the  sea,  and  the  inhabitants 
thereof  to  be  drowned.  And  behold,  that  great 
city  Moronihah  have  I  covered  with  earth,  and 
the  inhabitants  thereof,  to  hide  their  iniquities 
and  their  abominations  from  before  my  face, 
that  the  blood  of  the  prophets  and  the  saints 
shall  not  come  any  more  unto  me  against  them. 
And  behold  the  city  of  Gilgal  have  I  caused  to 
be  sunk,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof  to  be  buried 
up  in  the  depths  of  the  earth;  yea,  and  the  city 
of  Onihah  and  the  inhabitants  thereof,  and  the 
city  of  Mocum  and  the  inhabitants  thereof,  and 
the  city  of  Jerusalem  and  the  inhabitants  there- 
of, and  waters  have  I  caused  to  come  up  in  the 
stead  thereof,  to  hide  their  wickedness  and 
abominations  from  before  my  face,  that  the 
blood  of  the  prophets  and  the  saints  shall  not 
come  up  any  more  unto  me  against  them.  And 
behold  the  city  of  Gadiandi,  and  the  city  of 
Gadiomnah,  and  the  city  of  Jacob,  and  the  city 
of  Gimgimno,  all  these  have  I  caused  to  be  sunk, 
and  made  hills  and  valleys  in  the  places  thereof; 
and  the  inhabitants  thereof  have  I  buried  up  in 
the  depths  of  the  earth,  to  hide  their  wickedness 
and  abominations  from  before  my  face,  that  the 
blood  of  the  prophets  and  the  saints  should  not 
come  up  any  more  unto  me  against  them.  And 
behold  that  great  city  Jacobugath,  which  was 
inhabited  by  the  people  of    the  king  of  Jacob 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INDIANS.  143 

nave  I  caused  to  be  burned  with  fire,  because  of 
their  sins  and  their  wickedness,  which  was 
above  all  the  wickedness  of  the  whole  earth,  be- 
cause of  their  secret  murders  and  combinations; 
for  it  was  they  that  did  destroy  the  peace  of  my 
people  and  the  government  of  the  land:  there- 
fore I  did  cause  them  to  be  burned,  to  destroy 
them  from  before  my  face,  that  the  blood  of  the 
prophets  and  the  saints  should  not  come  up 
unto  me  any  more  against  them.  And  behold 
the  city  of  Laman,  and  the  city  of  Josh,  and 
the  city  of  Gad,  and  the  city  of  Kishkumen, 
have  I  caused  to  be  burned  with  fire,  and  the 
inhabitants  thereof ,  because  of  their  wickedness 
in  casting  out  the  prophets,  and  stoning  those 
whom  I  did  send  to  declare  unto  them  concern- 
ing their  wickedness  and  their  abominations; 
and  because  they  did  cast  them  all  out,  that 
there  were  no  righteous  among  them,  I  did 
send  down  fire  and  destroy  them,  that  their 
wickedness  and  abominations  might  be  hid 
from  before  ray  face,  that  the  blood  of  the 
prophets  and  the  saints  whom  I  sent  among 
them  might  not  cry  untome  from  the  ground 
against  them;  and  many  great  destructions 
have  I  caused  to  come  upon  this  land  and  upon 
this  people,  because  of  their  wickedness  and 
their  abominations. 

11  O  all  ye  that'  are  spared,  because  ye  were 
more  righteous  than  they,  will  ye  not  now  re- 


144  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON. 

turn  unto  me,  and  repent  of  your  sins,  and  be 
converted,  that  I  may  heal  you?  Yea,  verily,  I 
say  unto  you,  if  ye  will  come  unto  me,  ye  shall 
nave  eternal  life.  Behold,  mine  arm  of  mercy  is 
extended  towards  you,  and  whosoever  will  come, 
him  will  I  receive ;  and  blessed  are  those  who 
come  unto  me.  Behold,  I  am  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Son  of  God.  I  created  the  heavens  and  the 
earth,  and  all  things  that  in  them  are.  I  was 
with  the  Father  from  the  beginning.  I  am  in 
the  Father,  and  the  Father  in  me :  and  in  me 
hath  the  Father  glorified  his  name.  I  came 
unto  my  own,  and  my  own  received  me  not. 
And  the  Scriptures  concerning  my  coming  are 
fulfilled.  And  as  many  as  have  received  me,  to 
them  have  I  given  to  become  the  sons  of  God ; 
and  even  sj  will  I  to  as  many  as  shall  believe 
on  my  name,  for,  behold,  by  me  redemption 
cometh,  and  in  me  is  the  law  of  Moses  fulfilled. 
I  am  the  light  and  the  life  of  the  world.  I  am 
Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning  and  the  end- 
And  ye  shall  offer  up  unto  me  no  more  the 
shedding  of  blood :  yea,  your  sacrifices  and  your 
burnt-offerings  shall  be  done  away,,  for  I  will 
accept  none  of  your  sacrifices  and  your  burnt- 
offerings:  and  ye  shall  offer,  for  a  sacrifice 
unto  me,  a  broken  heart  and  a  contrite  spirit. 
And  whoso  cometh  unto  me  with  a  broken 
heart  and  a  contrite  spirit,  him  will  I  baptize 
with  fire  and  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  even  as  the 


ORIGIN    OF    THE    AMERICAN   INDIANS.       145 

Lamanites,  because  of  their  faith  in  me,  at  the 
time  of  their  conversion,  were  baptized  with 
Are  and  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  they  knew  it 
not.  Behoid,  I  have  come  unto  the  world 
to  bring  redemption  unto  the  world,  to  save 
the  world  from  sin;  therefore  whoso  re- 
penteth  and  cometh  unto  me  as  a  little  child, 
him  will  I  receive;  for  of  such  is  the  kingdom 
of  God.  Behold,  for  such  I  have  laid  down  my 
life,  and  have  taken  it  up  again :  therefore  re- 
pent and  come  unto  me,  ye  ends  of  the  earth, 
and  be  saved. 

"  And  now,  behold,  it  came  to  pass  that  all 
the  people  of  the  land  did  hear  these  sayings, 
and  did  witness  of  it.  And  after  these  sayings 
there  was  silence  in  the  land  for  the  space  of 
many  hours :  for  so  great  was  the  astonishment 
of  the  people  that  they  did  cease  lamenting  and 
howling  for  the  loss  of  their  kindred  which  had 
been  slain:  therefore  there  wras  silence  in  all 
the  land  for  the  space  of  many  hours. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass,  that  there  came  a  voice 
again  unto  the  people,  and  all  the  people  did 
hear,  and  did  witness  of  it,  saying,  O  ye  people 
of  these  great  cities  which  have  fallen,  who  are 
descendants  of  Jacob,  yea,  who  are  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  how  oft  have  I  gathered  you  as  a  hen 
gathereth  her  chickens  under  her  wings,  and 
have  nourished  you.  And  again,  how  oft  would 
I  have  gathered  you,  as  a  hen  gathereth  her 

K 


146  THE   BOOK   OF   MORMON. 

chickens  under  her  wings :  yea,  O  ye  people  Of 
the  house  of  Isrsel,  who  have  fallen ;  yea,  O  ye 
people  of  the  house  of  Israel:  ye  that  dwell  at 
Jerusalem,  as  ye  that  have  fallen :  yea,  how  oft 
would  I  have  gathered  you,  as  a  hen  gathereth 
her  chickens,  and  ye  would  not.  O  ye  house  of 
Israel,  whom  I  have  spared,  how  oft  will  I 
gather  you,  as  a  hen  gathereth  her  chickens 
under  her  wings,  if  ye  will  repent  and  return 
unto  me  with  full  purpose  of  heart.  But  if  not, 
O  house  of  Israel,  the  places  of  your  dwellings 
shall  become  desolate,  until  the  time  of  the 
fulfilling  of  the  cov  enant  to  your  fathers. 

"And  now  it  came  to  pass,  that  after  the 
people  had  heard  these  words,  behold  they  be- 
gan to  weep  and  howl  again,  because  of  the  loss 
of  their  kindred  and  friends.  And  it  came  to 
pass  that  thus  did  the  three  days  pass  away. 
And  it  was  in  the  morning,  and  the  darkness 
dispersed  from  off  the  face  of  the  land,  and  the 
earth  did  cease  to  tremble,  and  the  rocks  did 
cease  to  rend,  and  the  dreadful  groanings  did 
cease,  and  all  the  tumultuous  noises  did  pass 
away,  and  the  earth  did  cleave  together  again, 
that  it  stood;  and  the  mourning,  and  the  weep- 
ing, and  the  wailing  of  the  people  who  were 
spared  alive  did  cease,  and  their  mourning  was 
turned  into  joy,  and  their  lamentations  into 
praise  and  thanksgiving  unto  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  their  Redeemer.     And  thus  far  were  the 


THE   RESURRECTION.  147 

Scriptures  fulfilled,  which  had  been  spoken  by 
the  prophets." 

Here,  then,  is  an  account  which  shows  clearly 
and  definitely  how  and  when  the  American  antiq- 
uities became  buried;  how  the  stumps  of  trees 
were  placed  eighty  or  ninety  feet  under  ground: 
how  cities  were  sunk  and  overwhelmed;  how 
mountains  fell  and  valleys  rose;  how  the  rocks 
were  rent,  and  how  the  whole  face  of  the  conti- 
nent became  altered  and  deformed.  We  now 
close  this  subject  by  saying  to  ail  the  people,  If 
you  wish  information  on  the  antiquities  of 
America;  if  you  wish  historical,  prophetical,  or 
doctrinal  information  of  the  highest  importance, 
read  carefully  the  Book  of  Mormon. 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE  RESURRECTION  OF  THE  SAINTS,  AND  THE 
RESTORATION  OF  ALL  THINGS  SPOKEN  BY  THE 
PROPHETS. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  important  subjects  upon 
which  the  human  mind  can  contemplate;  and 
one,  perhaps,  as  little  understood  in  the  present 
age,  as  any  other  now  lying  over  the  face  of 
prohpecy .  But  however  neglected  at  the  present 
time,  it  was  once  the  ground-work  of  the  faith, 
hope,  and  joy  of  the  Saints.     It  was  a  correct 


148  THE    RESURRECTION. 

understanding  of  this  subject,  and  firm  belief  in 
it,  that  influenced  all  their  movements.  Their 
minds  once  fastening  upon  it,  they  could  not  be 
shaken  from  their  purposes;  their  faith  was 
firm,  their  joy  constant,  and  their  hope  like  an 
anchor  to  the  soul,  both  sure  and  steadfast, 
reaching  to  that  within  the  veil.  It  was  this 
that  enabled  them  to  rejoice  in  the  midst  of 
tribulation,  persecution,  sword  and  flame;  and 
in  view  of  this  they  took  joyfully  the  spoiling  of 
their  goods,  and  gladly  wandered  as  strangers 
and  pilgrims  on  the  earth.  For  they  sought  a 
country,  a  city,  and  an  inheritance  that  none  but 
a  Saint  ever  thought  of,  understood,  or  even 
hoped  tor. 

Now,  we  can  never  understand  precisely  what 
is  meant  by  restoration,  unless  we  understand 
what  is  lost  or  taken  away;  for  instance,  when 
we  offer  to  restore  anything  to  a  man,  it  is  as 
much  as  to  say  he  once  possessed  it,  but  had 
lost  it,  and  we  propose  to  replace,  or  put  him 
in  possession  of,  that  which  he  once  had;  there- 
fore, when  a  Prophet  speaks  of  the  restoration 
of  all  things,  he  means  that  all  things  have  un- 
dergone a  change,  and  are  to  be  again  restored 
to  their  primitive  order,  even  as  they  first  ex- 
isted. 

First,  then,  it  becomes  necessary  for  us  to 
take  a  view  of  creation,  as  it  rolled  in  purity 
from  the  hand  of  its  Creator;  and  if  we  can  dis- 


AND  RESTORATION.  149 

cover  the  true  state  in  which  it  then  existed, 
aud  understand  the  changes  that  have  taken 
place  since,  then  we  shall  be  able  to  understand 
what  is  to  be  restored;  and  thus,  our  minds 
being  prepared,  we  shall  be  looking  for  the 
very  things  which  will  come,  and  shall  be  in  no 
danger  of  lifting  our  puny  arm  in  ignorance,  to 
oppose  the  things  of  God. 

First,  then,  we  will  take  a  view  of  the  earth, 
as  to  its  surface,  local  situation,  and  produc- 
tions. 

When  God  had  created  the  heavens  and  the 
earth,  and  separated  the  light  from  the  dark- 
ness, His  next  great  command  was  to  the 
waters,  Gen.  i.  9.  "And  God  said,  Let  the 
waters  under  the  heaven  be  gathered  together 
into  one  place,  and  let  the  dry  land  appear:  and 
it  was  so."  From  this  we  learn  a  marvellous 
fact,  which  very  few  have  ever  realized  or  be- 
lieved in  this  benighted  age :  we  learn  that  the 
waters,  which  are  now  divided  into  oceans, 
seas,  and  lakes,  were  then  all  gathered  together 
into  one  vast  ocean;  and  consequently,  that  the 
land  which  is  now  torn  asunder,  and  divided 
into  continents  and  islands  almost  innumerable, 
was  then  one  vast  continent  or  body,  not  sep- 
arated as  it  now  is. 

Second,  we  hear  the  Lord  God  pronounce  the 
earth,  as  well  as  every  thing  else,  very  good. 
From  this  we  learn  that  there  were  neither 


150  THE  RESURRECTION. 

deserts,  barren  places,  stagnant  swamps,  rough, 
broken,  rugged  hills ;  nor  vast  mountains,  cov- 
ered with  eternal  snow;  and  no  part  of  it  was 
located  in  the  frigid  zone,  so  as  to  render  its 
climate  dreary  and  unproductive,  subject  to 
eternal  frost,  or  everlasting  chains  of  ice  — 

Where  no  sweet  flowers  the  dreary  landscape  cheer, 
Nor  plenteous  harvests  crown  the  passing  year; 

but  the  whole  earth  was  probably  one  vast 
plain,  or  interspersed  with  gently  rising  hills, 
and  sloping  vales,  well  calculated  for  cultiva- 
tion ;  while  its  climate  was  delightfully  varied, 
with  the  moderate  changes  of  heat  and  cold,  of 
wet  and  dry,  which  only  tended  to  crown  the 
varied  year  with  the  greater  variety  of  produc- 
tions, all  for  the  good  of  man,  animal,  fowl,  or 
creeping  thing;  while  from  the  flowery  plain, 
or  spicy  grove,  sweet  odours  were  wafted  on 
every  breeze;  all  the  vast  creation  of  animated 
beings  breathed  nought  but  health,  and  peace, 
and  joy. 

Next,  we  learn  from  Gen.  i.  29,  30,  "  And 
God  said,  Behold,  I  have  given  you  every  herb 
bearing  seed,  which  is  upon  the  face  of  all  the 
earth,  and  every  tree,  in  which  is  the  fruit  of  a 
tree  yielding  seed;  to  you  it  shall  be  for  meat. 
And  to  every  beast  of  the  earth,  and  to  every 
fowl  of  the  air,  and  to  everything  that  creepeth 
upon  the  earth,  wherein  there  is   life,  I  have 


AND  RESTORATION.  151 

given  every  green  herb  for  meat:  and  it  was 
so."  From  these  verses  we  learn,  that  the 
earth  yielded  neither  noxious  weeds  nor  poison- 
ous plants,  nor  useless  thorns  and  thistles; 
indeed  everything  that  grew  was  just  calcu- 
lated for  the  food  of  man,  beast,  fowl,  and 
creeping  thing:  and  their  food  was  all  vege- 
table. Flesh  and  blood  were  never  sacrificed, 
to  glut  their  souls  or  gratify  their  appetites; 
the  beasts  of  the  earth  were  all  in  perfect 
harmony  with  each  other;  the  lion  ate  straw 
like  the  ox,  the  wolf  dwelt  with  the  lamb,  the 
leopard  lay  down  with  the  kid,  the  cow  and 
bear  fed  together  in  the  same  pasture,  while 
their  young  ones  reposed  in  perfect  security, 
under  the  shade  of  the  same  trees;  all  was 
peace  and  harmony,  and  nothing  to  hurt  nor 
disturb,  in  all  the  holy  mountains. 

And  to  crown  the  whole,  we  behold  man 
created  in  the  image  of  God,  and  exalted  in 
dignity  and  power,  having  dominion  over  all  the 
vast  creation  of  animated  beings  which  swarmed 
through  the  earth,  while  at  the  same  time,  he 
inhabited  a  beautiful  and  well- watered  garden, 
in  the  midst  of  which  stood  the  tree  of  life,  to 
which  he  had  free  access;  while  he  stood  in  the 
presence  of  his  Maker,  conversed  with  Him 
face  to  face,  and  gazed  upon  His  glory,  without 
a  dimming  vail  between.  O  reader,  contem. 
plate,  for  a  moment,  this   beautiful  creation, 


152  THE    RESURRECTION. 

clothed  with  peace  and  plenty;  the  earth  teem- 
ing with  harmless  aDimals,  rejoicing  over  all 
the  plain;  the  air  swarming  with  delightful 
birds,  whose  never-ceasing  notes  filled  the  air 
with  varied  melody;  and  all  in  subjection  to 
their  rightful  sovereign,  who  rejoiced  over 
them;  while  in  a  delightful  garden, the  capital 
of  creation,  man  was  seated  on  the  throne  of 
this  vast  empire,  swaying  his  sceptre  over  all 
the  earth  with  undisputed  right;  while  legions 
of  angels  encamped  round  about  him,  and 
joined  their  glad  voices,  in  grateful  songs  of 
praise  and  shouts  of  joy;  neither  sigh  nor 
groan  was  heard  through  the  vast  expanse; 
neither  were  there  sorrow,  tears,  pain,  weeping, 
sickness,  nor  death;  neither  contentions,  wars, 
nor  bloodshed;  but  peace  crowned  the  seasons 
as  they  rolled,  and  life,  joy,  and  love  reigned 
over  all  God's  works.  But,  O,  how  changed 
the  scene. 

It  now  becomes  my  painful  duty,  to  trace 
some  of  the  important  changes  which  have 
taken  place,  and  the  causes  which  have  con- 
spired to  reduce  the  earth  and  its  inhabitants  to 
their  present  state. 

First,  man  fell  from  his  standing  before  God, 
by  giving  heed  to  temptation;  and  this  fall 
affected  the  whole  creation,  as  well  as  man,  and 
caused  various  changes  ta  take  place;  he  was 
banished  from  the  presence  of  his  Creator  and  a 


AND    RESTORATION.  153 

veil  was  drawn  between  them  and  man  was 
driven  from  the  Garden  of  Eden  to  till  the  earth, 
which  was  then  cursed  for  his  sake  and  should 
begin  to  bring  forth  thorns  and  thistles ;  and 
with  the  sweat  of  his  face  he  should  earn  his 
bread,  and  in  sorrow  eat  of  it  all  the  days  of  his 
life,  and  finally  return  to  dust.  But  as  to  Eve, 
her  curse  was  a  great  multiplicity  of  sorrow 
and  conception;  and  between  her  seed  and  the 
seed  of  the  serpent  there  was  to  be  a  constant 
enmity,  it  should  bruise  the  serpent's  head,  and 
the  serpent  should  bruise  his  heel. 

Now,  reader,  contemplate  the  change.  This 
scene,  which  was  so  beautiful  a  little  before, 
had  now  become  the  abode  of  sorrow  and  toil, 
of  death  and  mourning;  the  earth  groaned  with 
its  production  of  accursed  thorns  and  thistles ; 
man  and  beast  at  enmity:  the  serpent  slily 
creeping  away,  fearing  lest  his  head  should  get 
the  deadly  bruise;  and  man  startling  amid  the 
thorny  path,  in  fear  lest  the  serpent's  fangs 
should  pierce  his  heel :  while  the  lamb  yields 
his  blood  upon  the  smoking  altar.  Soon  man 
begins  to  persecute,  hate,  and  murder  his  fel- 
low, until  at  length  the  earth  is  filled  with  vio- 
lence, all  flesh  becomes  corrupt,  the  powers  of 
darkness  prevail,  and  it  repented  Noah  that 
God  had  made  man,  and  it  grieved  him  at  his 
heart,  because  the  Lord  should  come  out  in 
vengeance,  and  cleanse  the  earth  by  water. 


154  THE    RESURRECTION. 

How  far  the  flood  may  have  contributed  to 
produce  the  various  changes,  as  to  the  division 
of  the  earth  into  broken  fragments,  islands  and 
continents,  mountains  and  valleys,  we  have  not 
been  informed ;  the  change  must  have  been  con- 
siderable. But  after  the  flood,  in  the  days  of 
Peleg,  the  earth  was  divided.  See  Gen.  x.  25. 
A  short  history,  to  be  sure,  of  so  great  an 
event;  but  still  it  will  account  for  the  mighty 
revolution  which  rolled  the  sea  from  its  own 
place  in  the  north,  and  brought  it  to  interpose 
between  different  portions  of  the  earth,  which 
were  thus  parted  asunder,  and  moved  into  some- 
thing near  their  present  form;  this,  together 
with  the  earthquakes,  revolutions  and  commo- 
tions which  have  since  taken  place,  have  all 
contributed  to  reduce  the  face  of  the  earth  to 
its  present  state ;  while  the  great  curses  which 
have  fallen  upon  different  portions,  because  of 
the  wickedness  of  men,  will  account  for  the 
stagnant  swamps,  the  sunken  lakes,  the  dead 
seas,  and  great  deserts;  witness,  for  instance, 
the  denunciation  of  the  Prophets  upon  Babylon; 
how  it  was  to  become  perpetual  desolation,  a 
den  of  wild  bests,  a  dwelling  of  unclean  and 
hateful  birds,  a  place  for  owls;  and  should 
never  be  inhabited,  but  should  lie  desolate  from 
generation  to  generation.  Witness  also  the 
plains  of  Sodom,  filled  with  towns,  cities,  and 
flourishing  gardens,  well  wate^^d;  but  Oh,  how 


AND    RESTORATION.  155 

changed !  a  vast  sea  of  stagnant  water  alone 
marks  the  place.  Witness  the  land  of  Pales- 
tine, in  the  days  of  Solomon :  it  was  capable  of 
sustaining  millions  of  people  besides  yielding  a 
surplus  of  wheat,  and  other  productions,  which 
were  exchanged  with  the  neighbouring  nations ; 
whereas,  now  it  is  desolate,  and  hardly  capable 
of  sustaining  a  few  miserable  inhabitants.  And 
when  I  cast  mine  eyes  over  our  own  land,  and 
see  the  numerous  swamps,  lakes,  and  ponds  of 
stagnant  waters,  together  with  the  vast  mount- 
ains, and  innumerable  rough  places,  rocks 
having  been  rent  and  torn  asunder,  from  cen- 
ter to  circumference,  I  exclaim,  Whence  all 
this? 

When  I  read  the  Book  of  Mormon,  it  informs 
me  that  while  Christ  was  crucified  among  the 
Jews,  this  whole  American  continent  was  shaken 
to  its  foundation,  that  many  cities  were  sunk, 
and  waters  came  up  in  their  places:  that  the 
rocks  were  all  rent  in  twain;  that  mountains 
were  thrown  up  to  an  exceeding  height;  and 
other  mountains  became  valleys ;  the  level  roads 
spoiled,  and  the  whole  face  of  the  land  changed. 
I  then  exclaim,  These  things  are  no  longer  a 
mystery;  I  have  now  learned  to  account  for  the 
many  wonders,  which  I  everywhere  behold, 
throughout  the  whole  country.  When  I  am 
passing  a  ledge  of  rocks,  and  see  they  have  all 
been  rent  and  torn  asunder,  while  some  huge 


156  THE  RESURRECTION. 

fragments  are  found  deeply  embedded  in  the 
earth,  some  rods  from  whence  they  were  torn, 
I  exclaim,  with  astonishment,  These  were  the 
groans!  the  convulsive  throes  of  agonizing 
nature !  while  the  Son  of  God  suffered  upon  the 
cross ! 

But  men  have  degenerated,  and  greatly 
changed,  as  well  as  the  earth.  The  sins,  the 
abominations,  and  the  many  evil  habits  of  the 
latter  ages  have  added  to  the  miseries,  toils, 
and  sufferings  of  human  life.  The  idleness, 
extravagance,  pride,  coveteousness,  drunken- 
ness, and  other  abominations,  which  are  char- 
acteristic of  the  latter  times,  have  all  combined 
to  sink  mankind  to  the  lowest  state  of  wretch- 
edness and  degradation;  while  priestcraft  and 
false  doctrines  have  greatly  tended  to  lull 
mankind  to  sleep,  and  cause  them  to  rest 
infinitely  short  of  the  powers  and  attain- 
ments, which  the  ancients  enjoyed,  and  which 
are  alone  calculated  to  exalt  the  intellectual 
powers  of  the  human  mind,  to  establish  noble 
and  generous  sentiments,  to  enlarge  the  heart 
and  to  expand  the  soul  to  the  utmost  ex- 
tent of  its  capacity.  Witness  the  ancients 
conversing  with  the  Great  Jehovah,  learning 
lessons  from  the  angels,  and  receiving  in- 
struction by  the  Holy  Ghost,  in  dreams  by 
night,  and  visions  by  day,  until  at  length  the 
veil  is  taken  off,  and  they  are  permitted  to  gaze 


AND  RESTORATION.  157 

with  wonder  and  admiration,  upon  all  things 
past  and  future;  yea,  even  to  soar  aloft  amid 
unnumbered  worlds,  while  the  vast  expanse  of 
eternity  stands  open  before  them,  and  they  con- 
template the  mighty  works  of  the  Great  I  AM, 
until  they  know  as  they  are  known,  and  see  as 
they  are  seen. 

Compare  this  intelligence  with  the  low  smat- 
terings of  education  and  worldly  wisdom  which 
seem  to  satisfy  the  narrow  mind  of  man  in  our 
generation;  yea,  behold  the  narrow-minded, 
calculating,  trading,  overreaching,  penurious 
sycophant  of  the  nineteenth  century,  who  dreams 
of  nothing  here  but  how  to  increase  his  goods, 
or  take  advantage  of  his  neighbour,  and  whose 
only  religious  exercises  or  duties  consistof  going 
to  meeting,  paying  the  priest  his  hire,  or  pray- 
ing to  his  God,  without  expecting  to  be  heard 
or  answered,  supposing  that  God  has  been  deaf 
and  dumb  for  many  centuries,  or  altogether 
stupid  and  indifferent  like  himself.  And  having 
seen  the  two  contrasted,  you  will  be  able  to 
form  some  idea  of  the  vast  elevation  from  which 
man  has  fallen;  you  will  also  learn,  how  infin- 
itely beneath  his  former  glory  and  dignity  he  is 
now  living;  and  your  heart  will  mourn,  and  be 
exceedingly  sorrowful,  when  you  contemplate 
him  in  his  low  estate,  and  then  think  he  is  your 
brother;  and  you  will  be  ready  to  exclaim,  with 
wonder  and  astonishment,  "Oh,  man!  how  art 


158  THE  RESURRECTION. 

thou  fallen !  Once  thou  wast  the  favourite  of 
heaven  ;  thy  Maker  delighted  to  converse  with 
thee,  and  angels,  and  the  spirits  of  just  men 
made  perfect,  were  thy  companions ;  but  now 
thou  art  degraded,  and  brought  down  to  a  level 
with  the  beasts ;  yea,  far  beneath  them,  for  they 
look  with  horror  and  affright  at  your  vain 
amusements,  your  sports,  and  your  drunken- 
ness, and  thus  often  set  an  example  worthy  of} 
your  imitation.  Well  did  the  apostle  Peter  say 
of  you,  that  you  know  nothing,  only  what  you 
know  naturally  as  brute  beasts,  made  to  be 
taken  and  destroyed.  And  thus  you  perish, 
from  generation  to  generation,  while  all  crea- 
tion groans  under  its  pollution;  and  sorrow  and 
death,  mourning  and  weeping,  fill  up  the  meas- 
ure of  the  days  of  man."  But,  Oh  my  soul, 
dwell  no  longer  on  this  awful  scene;  let  it 
suffice  to  have  discovered  in  some  degree  what 
is  lost.  Let  us  turn  our  attention  to  what  the 
Prophets  have  said  should  be  restored. 

The  Apostle  Peter,  while  preaching  to  the 
Jews,  says,  "  And  he  shall  send  Jesus  Christ, 
which  before  was  preached  unto  you,  whom  the 
heavens  must  receive,  until  the  time  of  restitu- 
tion (restoration)  of  all  things  which  God  hath 
spoken,  by  the  mouth  of  all  His  Holy  Prophets, 
since  the  world  began."  It  appears  from  the 
above,  that  all  the  holy  Prophets,  from  Adam 
to  Christ,  and  those  that  followed  after,  had 
their  eyes  upon  a  certain  ti™°  ™1 —  "U  things 


AND  RESTORATION.  159 

should  be  restored  to  their  primitive  beauty  and 
excellence.  We  also  learn,  that  the  time  of 
restitution  was  to  be  at  or  near  the  time  of 
Christ's  second  coming;  for  the  heavens  are  to 
receive  him,  until  the  time  of  restitution,  and 
then  the  Father  shall  send  him  again  to  the 
earth. 

We  will  now  proceed  to  notice  Isaiah  xl.  1-5. 
u  Comfort  ye,  comfort  ye  my  people,  saith  your 
God.  Speak  ye  comfortably  to  Jerusalem,  and 
cry  unto  her,  that  her  warfare  is  accomplished, 
that  her  iniquity  is  pardoned;  for  she  hath  re- 
ceived of  the  Lord's  hand  double  for  all  her 
sins.  The  voice  of  him  that  crieth  in  the  wild- 
erness, Prepare  ye  the  way  of  the  Lord,  make 
straight  in  the  desert  a  highway  for  our  God. 
Every  valley  shall  be  exalted,  aud  every  mount- 
ain and  hill  shall  be  made  low ;  and  the  crooked 
shall  be  made  straight,  and  the  rough  places 
plain;  and  the  glory  of  the  Lord  shall  be  re- 
vealed, aud  all  flesh  shall  see  it  together;  for 
the  mouth  of  the  Lord  hath  spoken  it." 

From  these  verses  we  learn,  first,  that  the 
voice  of  one  shall  be  heard  in  the  wilderness,  to 
prepare  the  way  of  the  Lord,  just  at  the  time 
when  Jerusalem  has  been  trodden  down  of  the 
Gentiles  long  enougn  to  have  received,  at  the 
Lord's  hand,  double  for  all  her  sins,  yea,  when 
the  warfare  of  Jerusalem  is  accomplished,  and 
her  iniquities  pardoned.    Then  shall  this  proc- 


160  THE   RESURRECTION. 

lamation  be  made  as  it  was  before  by  John,  yea, 
a  second  proclamation,  to  prepare  the  way  of  the 
Lord,  for  his  second  coming;  and  about  that 
time  every  valley  shall  be  exalted,  and  every 
mountain  and  hill  shall  be  made  low,  and  the 
crooked  shall  be  made  straight,  and  rough  places 
plain,  and  then  the  glory  of  the  Lord  shall  be 
revealed,  and  all  flesh  shall  see  it  together,  for 
the  mouth  of  the  Lord  hath  spoken  it. 

Thus,  you  see,  every  mountain  being  made 
low,  and  every  valley  exalted,  and  the  rough 
places  being  made  plain,  and  the  crooked  places 
straight  —  that  these  mighty  revolutions  will 
begin  to  restoie  the  face  of  the  earth  to  its 
former  beauty.  But  all  this  done,  we  have  not 
yet  gone  through  our  restoration;  there  are 
many  more  great  things  to  be  done,  in  order  to 
restore  all  things. 

Our  next  is  Isaiah,  35th  chapter,  where  we 
again  read  of  the  Lord's  second  coming^and  of 
the  mighty  works  which  attend  it.  The  barren 
desert  should  abound  with  pools  and  springs  of 
living  water,  and  should  produce  grass,  with 
flowers  blooming  and  blossoming  as  the  rose, 
and  that,  too,  about  the  time  of  the  coming  of 
their  God,  with  vengeance  and  recompense, 
which  must  allude  to  his  second  coming;  and 
Israel  is  to  come  at  the  time  to  Zion,  with  songs 
of  everlasting  joy,  and  sorrow  and  sighing 
shall  flee  away.     Here,  then,  we  have  the  curse 


AND    RESTORATION.  161 

taken  off  from  the  deserts,  and  they  become  a 
fruitful  well-watered  country. 

We  will  now  inquire  whether  the  islands 
return  again  to  the  continents  from  which  they 
were  once  separated.  For  this  subject  we  refer 
you  to  Revelations  vi.  14:  "  And  every  mount- 
ain and  island  were  moved  out  of  their  places." 
From  this  we  learn  that  they  moved  some- 
where; and  as  it  is  the  time  of  restoring  what 
has  been  lost,  they  accordingly  return  and  join 
themselves  to  the  land  whence  they  came. 

Our  next  is  Isaiah  xiii.,  13th  and  14th  verses, 
where  "  The  earth  shall  remove  out  of  her  place, 
and  shall  be  as  the  chased  roe  which  no  man 
takethup."  Also  Isaiah  lxii.  4,  M  Thou  shalt 
no  more  be  termed  Forsaken;  neither  shall  thy 
land  any  moae  be  ter  med  Desolate ;  but  thou 
shalt  be  called  Hephzi-bah,  and  thy  land  Beulah : 
for  the  Lord  delighteth  in  thee,  and  thy  land 
shall  be  married." 

In  the  first  instance,  we  have  the  earth  on  a 
move  like  a  chased  roe ;  and  in  the  second  place, 
we  have  it  married.  And  from  the  whole,  and 
various  Scriptures,  we  learn,  that  the  continents 
and  islands  shall  be  united  in  one,  as  they  were 
on  the  morn  of  creation,  and  the  sea  shall  retire 
and  assemble  in  its  own  place,  where  it  was  be- 
fore ;  and  all  these  scenes  shall  take  place  dur- 
ing the  mighty  convulsion  of  nature,  about  the 
time  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord. 
L 


162  THE    RESURRECTION. 

Behold!  the  Mount  of  Olives  rent  in  twain: 
While  on  its  top  he  sets  his  feet  again. 
The  islands,  at  his  word,  obedient,  flee ; 
While  to  the  north  he  rolls  the  mighty  sea; 
Restores  the  earth  in  one,  as  at  the  first, 
With  all  its  blessings,  and  removes  the  curse. 

Having  restored  the  earth  to  the  same  glorious 
state  in  which  it  first  existed  —  levelling  the 
mountains,  exalting  the  valleys,  smoothing  the 
rough  places,  making  the  deserts  fruitful,  and 
bringing  all  the  continents  and  islands  together, 
causing  the  curse  to  be  taken  off,  that  noxious 
weeds,  and  thorns,  and  thistles  shall  no  longer 
be  produced;  the  next  thing  is  to  regulate  and 
restore  the  brute  creation  to  their  former  state 
of  peace  and  glory,  causing  enmity  to  cease 
from  off  the  earth.  But  this  will  never  be  done 
until  there  is  a  general  destruction  poured  out 
upon  man,  which  wiil  entirely  cleanse  the  earth, 
and  sweep  all  wickedness  from  its  face.  This 
will  be  done  by  the  rod  of  His  mouth,  and  by 
the  breath  of  His  lips;  or,  in  other  words,  by 
fire  as  universal  as  the  flood.  Isaiah  xi.  4,  6-9. 
"  But  with  righteousness  shall  he  judge  the 
poor,  and  reprove  with  equity  for  the  meek  of 
the  earth;  and  he  shall  smite  the  earth  with  the 
rod  of  his  mouth,  and  with  the  breath  of  his 
lips  shall  he  slay  the  wicked.  The  wolf  also 
shall  dwell  with  the  lamb,  and  the  leopard  shall 
lie  down  with  the  kid;  and  the  calf,  and  the 


AND    RESTORATION.  1G3 

young  lion,  and  the  fatling  together;  and  a 
little  child  shall  lead  them.  And  the  cow  and 
the  bear  shall  feed;  their  youngones  shall  lie 
down  together;  and  the  lion  shall  eat  straw 
like  an  ox.  And  the  sucking  child  shall  play  on 
the  hole  of  the  asp,  and  the  weaned  child  shall 
put  his  hand  on  the  cockatrice's  den.  They 
shall  not  hurt  nor  destroy  in  all  ray  holy  mount- 
ain for  the  earth  shall  be  full  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  Lord,  as  the  waters  cover  the  sea." 

Thus,  having  cleansed  the  earth,  and  glorified 
it  with  the  knowledge  of  God,  as  the  waters 
cover  the  sea,  and  having  poured  out  His  Spirit 
upon  all  flesh,  both  man  and  beast  becoming 
perfectly  harmless  as  they  were  in  the  begin- 
ning, and  feeding  on  vegetable  food  only,  while 
nothing  is  left  to  hurt  or  destroy  in  all  the  vast 
creation,  the  Prophets  then  proceed  to  give  us 
many  glorious  descriptions  of  the  enjoyments 
of  its  inhabitants.  "They  shall  build  houses 
and  inhabit  them;  and  they  shall  plant  vine- 
yards and  eat  the  fruit  of  them;  they  shall  not 
build  and  another  inhabit;  they  shall  not 
plant  and  another  eat;  for  as  the  days  of  a 
tree  are  the  days  of  my  people,  and  mine 
elect  shall  long  enjoy  the  work  of  their 
hands.  They  shall  not  labour  in  vain,  nor 
bring  forth  for  trouble;  for  they  are  the 
seed  of  the  blessed  of  the  Lord  and  their 
offspring  with  them;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass. 


164:  THE    RESURRECTION. 

that  before  they  call  I  will  answer,  and  while 
they  are  yet  speaking  I  will  hear."  In  this 
happy  state  of  exi-tence  it  seems  that  all- people 
will  live  to  the  full  age  of  a  tree,  and  this,  too, 
[without  pain  or  sorrow,  and  whatsoever  they 
lask  will  be  immediately  answered,  and  even  all 
their  wants  will  be  anticipated.  Of,  course, 
then,  none  of  them  will  sleep  in  the  dust,  for 
they  will  perferto  be  translated,  that  is  changed, 
in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye,  from  mortal  to  im- 
mortal ;  after  which  they  will  continue  to  reign 
with  Jesus  on  the  earth. 

Thus  we  have  traced  the  Prophets  through 
the  varying  scenes  which  conspire  to  res' ore 
the  earth,  and  its  inhabitants,  to  that  state  of 
perfection  in  which  they  first  existed,  and  in 
which  they  will  exist,  during  the  great  sabbath 
of  creation.  Having  seen  all  things  restored 
among  the  living,  we  will  now  inquire  after 
those  who  sleep  in  the  dust;  but,  in  order  to 
understand  precisely  the  nature  of  their  restora- 
tion, we  must  ascertain  the  particulars  concern- 
ing the  resurrection  of  Jesus,  for  he  was  an 
exact  pattern  after  which  all  his  Saints  wl'l  be 
raised.  We  recollect — First,  that  he  was 
clothed  upon  with  flesh,  and  blood,  and  bones, 
like  another  man,  and  every  way  subject  to 
hunger,  thirst,  pain,  weariness,  sickness,  and 
death,  like  any  other  person  —  with  this  differ- 
ence, that   he    was   capable  of   enduring  more 


AND    RESTORATION.  165 

than  any  other  human  body.  Second,  this  same 
body  was  hung  upon  the  cross,  torn  with  nails, 
which  were  driven  through  his  hands  and  feet, 
and  his  side  pierced  with  a  spear,  from  which 
there  came  out  blood  and  water.  Third,  this 
same  body,  being  perfectly  lifeless,  like  any 
other  corpse,  was  taken  without  a  bone  being 
broken,  and  carefully  wrapped  in  linen  and  laid 
in  the  tomb,  where  it  continued  until  the  third 
day;  when  early  in  the  morning,  the  women 
came  to  the  sepulchre,  and  his  disciples  also, 
and  found  the  linen  clothes  lying  useless,  and 
the  napkin  which  was  about  his  head  carefully 
folded  and  laid  by  itself,  but  the  body  which 
had  lain  there  was  gone.  From  all  these  cir- 
cumstances, we  discover  that  the  same  flesh  and 
bones  which  were  laid  in  the  tomb  were  actually 
reanimated,  and  did  arise  and  lay  aside  the  linen 
which  was  no  longer  needed.  And  Jesus  Christ 
came  forth  triumphant  from  the  mansions  of 
the  dead,  possessing  the  same  body  which  had 
been  born  of  a  woman,  and  which  was  crucified; 
but  no  blood  flowed  in  his  veins,  for  blood  was 
the  natural  life,  in  which  were  the  principles  of 
mortality,  and  a  man  restored  to  flesh  and  blood 
would  be  mortal,  and,  consequently,  again  sub- 
ject unto  death,  which  was  not  the  case  with 
our  Saviour,  although  he  had  flesh  and  bones 
after  he  arose,  for  when  he  appeared  to  his  dis- 
ciples, and  they  were  afraid,  supposing  it  was 


166  THE    RESURRECTION. 

only  a  spirit,  in  order  to  show  them  their  mis- 
take, he  said,  "Handle  me  and  see,  for  a  spirit 
hath  not  flesh  and  bones,  as  you  see  me  have." 
And  calling  for  something  to  eat,  he  was  pro- 
vided with  a  piece  of  broiled  flesh  and  honey- 
comb, and  he  did  eat.  And  even  afterwards, 
Thomas  was  invited  to  put  his  finger  into  the 
prints  of  the  nails  in  his  hands  and  feet,  and  to 
thrust  his  hand  into  his  side,  from  which  it  was 
evident  that  he  not  only  possessed  the  same 
body,  but  the  same  wounds  also  continued  to 
show  themselves  for  a  witness,  and  will  con- 
tinue until  he  comes  again,  when  the  Jews  will 
look  upon  him  whom  they  have  pierced,  and  in- 
quire, "  What  are  these  wounds  in  thy  hands 
and  in  thy  feet?" 

Q  ye  hard-hearted,  ye  ungodly  children  of 
men;  your  eyes  will  very  soon  behold  him  who 
was  crucified  for  your  sius;  then  shall  ye  see 
that  the  resurrection  of  the  dead  is  a  reality, 
something  tangible,  and  that  eternity  is  not  a 
land  of  shades,  nor  a  world  of  phantoms,  as 
some  suppose. 

Among  other  things  which  Jesus  did  after  the 
resurrection,  we  find  him  in  the  humble  attitude 
of  broiling  fish,  and  calling  his  disciples  to 
come  and  dine.  O  what  simplicity,  what  love, 
what  condescension!  Wonder,  O  heavens!  be 
astonished,  O  earth!  Behold  the  Redeemer 
clothed  upon  with  immortality,  and  yet   seated 


AND    RESTORATION.  167 

by  a  fire  of  coals,  in  the  open  air,  with  his 
brethren,  humbly  partaking  of  a  meat  of  fish, 
actually  prepared  by  his  own  hands !  O  ye  great 
and  noble  of  the  earth,  who  roll  in  luxury  and 
refinement!  O  ye  priests,  who  are  loaded  with 
the  honours,  titles,  dignities,  riches,  and  splen- 
dour of  the  world,  here  is  a  lesson  for  you, 
which  will  make  you  blush :  boast  no  more  of 
being  followers  of  the  meek  and  lowly  Jesus ! 

But  to  return  to  the  subject  of  the  resurrec- 
tion. Having  proved  to  a  demonstration,  that 
our  Saviour  rose  from  the  dead  with  the  same 
body  which  was  crucified,  possessing  flesh  and 
bones ;  that  he  eat  and  drank  with  his  disciples ; 
it  puts  the  matter  for  ever  at  rest  respecting 
the  resurrection  of  the  Saints.  But  if  more 
proof  were  wanting,  we  have  it  in  a  prophecy 
of  Job  quoted  in  a  former  part  of  this  work, 
where  he  declares  that  his  Redeemer  will  stand, 
in  the  latter  day,  upon  the  earth,  and  he  should 
see  him  in  the  flesh,  though  worms  should 
destroy  the  body  which  he  then  had.  The  fact 
is,  the  Saints  will  again  receive  their  bodies, 
every  joint  being  in  its  proper  and  perfect 
frame,  and  clothed  upon  with  flesh,  sinews,  and 
skin,  like  as  we  now  are;  the  whole  being  im- 
mortal, no  more  to  see  corruption,  and  clothed 
with  a  white  robe  of  fine  linen,  suitable  for  im- 
mortality to  wear.  Well  did  the  Apostle  say, 
In  heaven  we  have  a  more  enduring  substance 
(not  shadow). 


168  THE   RESURRECTION. 

But  in  order  to  illustrate  this  subject  still  fur- 
ther, we  will  carefully  examine  Ezekiel  xxxvii.. 
which  we  have  touched  upon  before.  In  this 
vision  the  Prophet  is  carried  away  in  the  Spirit, 
and  a  valley  of  dry  bones  is  presented  before  him, 
and  they  are  very  numerous  and  very  dry :  and 
while  he  stands  musing  and  contemplating  the 
waf  ul  scene, a  very  wonderful  question  is  propos- 
ed to  him:  "Son  of  man, can  these  dry  bones  live?'' 
and  he  answered,  "  O  Lord  God,  thou  knowest.'* 
And  the  Lord  said,  "  Son  of  man,  prophesy  upon 
these  bones  and  say,  Oye  dry  bones,  hear  the 
word  of  the  Lord."  So  he  prophesied  as  he 
was  commanded,  and  as  he  prophesied  there  was 
a  noise,  and  behold,  a  shaking,  and  the  bones 
came  together,  bone  to  his  bone,  and  the  sinews 
and  the  flesh  came  upon  them,  and  the  skin  cov- 
ered them.  And  again  he  prophesied  to  the 
winds,  saying,  "Come  from  the  four  winds,  O 
breath,  and  breathe  upon  these  slain,  that  they 
may  live;  "  and  the  breath  entered  into  them, 
and  they  lived  and  stood  upon  their  feet,  an  ex 
ceeding  great  army.  We  have  heard  many  com- 
ments upon  this  vision;  some  compare  it  to 
sinners  being  converted,  and  some  to  the  body 
of  Christ,  the  Church,  when  dead  as  to  the 
spiritual  gifts ;  but  the  Church  becoming  dead 
can  no  longer  be  said  to  be  the  body  of  Christ ;  as 
when  she  abides  in  the  true  vine  she  lives  and 
bears  fruit,  and  is  not  dead,  and  when  she  does 


AND  RESTORATION.  169 

not  abide  in  him  she  is  cut  off  as  a  branch,  with- 
ered and  burned,  instead  of  rising  again.  But 
did  you  ever  hearthe  Lord's  own  explanation  of 
this  vision,  in  the  same  chapter?  It  so  far  sur- 
passes all  other  comments,  I  am  inclined  to 
believe  it;  I  will  therefore  write  it  in  preference 
to  any  other,  and  run  the  risk  of  becoming  un- 
popular by  so  doing.  The  Lord  says,  "  Son  of 
man  these  bones  are  the  whole  house  of  Israel; 
behold,  they  say,  Our  bones  are  dried,  and  our 
hope  is  lost;  we  are  cut  off  for  our  parts. 
Therefore  prophesy  and  say  unto  them,  Thus 
saith  the  Lord  God,  Behold,  O  my  people,  I  will 
open  your  graves,  and  cause  you  to  come  up  out 
of  your  graves,  and  bring  you  into  the  land  of 
Israel;  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord, 
when  I  have  opened  your  graves,  0  my  people, 
and  brought  you  up  out  of  your  graves,  and 
shall  put  my  Spirit  in  you,  and  ye  shall  live ; 
and  I  shall  place  you  in  your  own  land.  Then 
shall  ye  know  that  I  the  Lord  have  spoken  it, 
and  performed  it,  saith  the  Lord."  Thus  you 
have  the  whole  vision  unfolded  plainly,  if  the 
Lord's  authority  can  once  be  allowed,  which  is 
seldom  the  case  in  this  age  of  wisdom  and 
learning.  The  fact  is,  all  the  seed  of  Israel  are 
to  be  raised  from  the  dead,  and  are  to  be 
brought  into  the  land  of  Israel,  which  was  given 
to  them  for  an  everlasting  inheritance.  And  in 
order  to  do  this,  their  old  dry  bones  are  to  be 


170  THE    RESURRECTION. 

brought  together,  bone  to  its  bone,  and  every 
part  of  their  bodies  is  to  be  reinstated ;  and  it 
will  make  a  great  noise,  and  a  wonderful  shak- 
ing, when  they  come  together;  and  surely  when 
they  stand  upon  their  feet  they  will  make  an 
exceeding  great  army. 

This  just  explains  the  promise  8  o  oft  repeated 
in  Scripture,  "  My  servant  David  shall  be  their 
prince  for  ever;  "  indeed  this  same  chapter 
makes  the  promise  to  them,  that  his  servant 
David  shall  be  raised  up,  and  shall  be  a  prince 
among  them,  while  the  Lord  shall  be  their 
King;  while  both  they  that  are  alive,  and  they 
that  are  dead,  shall  be  restored,  and  become 
one  nation  in  the  land,  upon  the  mountains  of 
Israel;  while  David  comes  forth  and  reigns  as 
a  prince  and  shepherd  over  them  for  ever;  and 
the  Lord  Jesus  reigns  as  King  of  k  ings,  and 
Lord  of  lords,  in  Mount  Zion,  and  in  Jerusa- 
lem, and  before  his  ancients  gloriously. 

O  Glorious  day  !    O  blessed  hope! 
My  soul  leaps  forward  at  the  thought; 
When  in  that  happy,  happy  land, 
We'll  take  the  ancients  by  the  hand; 
In  love  and  union  hail  our  friends; 
And  death  and  sorrow  have  an  end. 

I  now  no  longer  marvel,  when  I  call  to  mind 
that  Abraham  counted  himself  a  stranger  and 
pilgrim,  seeking  a  better  country,  and  a  city 
whose   builder   and   maker  is    God.     It  seems 


AND  RESTORATION.  171 

after  this  restoration  there  will  be  but  one  more 
change  necessary,  in  order  to  fit  the  earth  for 
man's  eternal  inheritance;  and  that  change  is 
to  take  place  at  the  last  day,  after  man  has  en 
joyed  it  in  peace  a  thousand  years.  We  hart 
now  discovered  the  great  secret,  which  none 
but  the  Saints  have  understood  (but  was  well 
understood  by  them  in  all  ages  of  the  world) 
which  is  this,  that  man  is  to  dwell  in  the  flesh, 
upon  the  earth,  with  the  Messiah,  with  the 
whole  house  of  Israel,  and  with  all  the  Saints 
of  the  Most  High,  not  only  one  thousand  years, 
but  for  ever  and  ever  There  our  father  Adam, 
whose  hair  is  white  like  the  pure  wool,  will  sit 
enthroned  in  dignity  as  the  Ancient  of  Days, 
the  great  Patriarch,  the  mighty  Prince;  while 
thousands  of  thousands  stand  before  him,  and 
ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  minister  to 
him;  there  he  will  hail  all  his  children,  who 
died  in  the  faith  of  the  Messiah;  while  Abel, 
Enoch,  Noah,  Abraham,  Job,  and  Daniel,  with 
all  the  Prophets  and  Apostles,  and  all  the  Saints 
of  God  of  all  ages,  hail  each  other  in  the  flesh. 
Jesus  the  great  Messiah  will  stand  in  the  midst, 
and,  to  crown  the  whole,  will  gird  himself,  and 
administer  bread  and  wine  to  the  whole  multi- 
tude, and  he  himself,  will  partake  of  the  same 
with  them  on  the  earth,  all  being  clothed  in  fine 
linen,  clean  and  white.  This  is  the  marriage 
supper  of  the  Lamb.  Blessed  are  they  who 
partake  thereof. 


172  THE     RESURRECTION. 

Having  traced  the  great  restoration  of  the 
earth  and  its  inhabitants,  uutil  we  find  them 
in  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  promises  made  to 
their  fathers;  and  having  learned  that  a  future 
state  is  not  a  state  of  shadows  and  fables,  but 
something  tangible,  even  a  more  enduring  suo- 
stance;  we  shall  now  take  a  view  of  the  division 
of  their  land,  and  the  laying  out  of  their  city, 
even  the  ho  y  city,  where  the  tabernacle  of  God 
and  His  sanctuary  shall  be  forever  more ;  for  of 
course  this  was  the  city  sought  for  by  Abraham 
and  others,  who  found  it  not. 

This  view  is  given  in  the  last  chapter  of 
Ezekiel,  where  he  divides  the  land,  by  lot,  to  the 
whole  twelve  tribes;  and  lays  off  the  city,  and 
sanctuary  in  the  midst,  with  its  twelve  gates, 
three  on  each  side,  the  whole  lying  four-square. 
But  in  his  47th  chapter,  we  have  a  description 
of  a  beautiful  river,  which  will  issue  forth  from 
the  eas-tern  front  of  the  temple  from  under  the 
sanctuary,  and  run  eastward  into  the  dead  Sea, 
healing  the  waters,  and  caus  ng  a  very  great 
multitude  of  fishes;  so  that  from  Engedi  and 
Eneglaim,  the  fishers  spread  forth  their  nets; 
while  the  miry  places,  shall  not  be  healed,  but 
shall  be  given  to  salt.  And  on  either  side  shall 
grow  all  trees  for  meat,  whose  leaf  shall  not 
fade,  nor  shall  the  fruit  thereof  be  consumed; 
it  shall  bring  forth  new  fruit  according  to  its 
months,  because  of  the  waters  issuing  from  the 


AND  RESTORATION.  173 

sanctuary,  and  their  fruits  shall  be  for  meat, 
and  their  leaves  for  medicine. 

But  to  set  forth  more  fully  the  building  of 
the  city,  and  the  materials  of  which  it  will  be 
built,  we  quote  Isaiah  liv.  11,  to  the  end  of  the 
chapter;  "0  thou  afflicted,  tossed  with  temp- 
est, and  not  comforted,  behold  I  will  lay  tuy 
stones  with  fair  colours,  and  lay  thy  founda- 
tions with  sapphires.  And  I  will  make  thy 
windows  of  agates,  and  thy  gates  of  carbun- 
cles, and  all  thy  borders  of  pleasant  stones. 
And  all  thy  children  shall  be  taught  of  the 
Lord;  and  great  shall  be  the  peace  of  thy  chil- 
dren. In  righteousness  shall  thou  be  estab- 
lished ;  thou  shalt  be  far  from  oppression ;  for 
thou  shalt  not  fear;  and  from  terror;  for  it 
shall  not  come  near  thee.  Behold,  they  shall 
surely  gather  together,  but  not  by  me:  whoso- 
ever shall  gather  together  against  thee  shall  fall 
for  thy  sake.  Behold,  I  have  created  the 
smith,  that  bloweth  the  coals  in  the  fire,  and  that 
bringeth  forth  an  instrument  for  his  work;  and 
I  have  created  the  water  to  destroy.  No  weapon 
that  is  formed  against  thee  shall  prosper;  and 
every  tongne  that  shall  rise  against  thee  in 
judgment  thou  shalt  condemn.  This  is  the 
heritage  of  the  servants  of  the  Lord,  and  their 
righteousness  is  of  me,  saith  the  Lord." 

From  these  verses  we  learn  something  of  the 
beauty  of  their  city,  and  of  the  materials  of 


174  THE  RESURRECTION. 

which  it  is  composed.  Their  stones  of  fair 
colours,  their  foundations  of  sapphires,  their 
windows  of  agates,  their  gates  of  carbuncles, 
aud  all  their  borders  of  pleasant  stones,  are 
well  calculated  to  beautify  the  place  of  His 
sanctuary,  and  to  make  the  place  of  His  feet 
glorious,  as  well  as  to  give  a  lustre  and  magnifi- 
cence to  the  whole  citv,  of  which  the  Gentiles, 
with  all  their  boasted  wealth  and  grandeur,  can 
form  but  a  faint  idea;  and  then  to  mark,  in  the 
same  description,  the  knowledge,  as  well  as 
the  peace  and  security,  of  all  the  inhabitants; 
while  they  who  gather  together  against  them  to 
battle  are  sure  to  fall  for  their  sake:  surely 
this  is  the  heritage  of  the  servants  of  the  Lord; 
surely  this  is  a  delightful  city,  and  well  worth 
a  pilgrimage  like  Abraham's. 

But  in  order  to  form  a  still  more  striking 
idea  of  the  prosperity,  wealth,  beauty,  aud 
magnificence  of  the  cities  of  Zion  and  Jerusa- 


lem, we  will  quote  Isaiah  lx. ;  "  Arise,  shim 
for  thy  light  is  come,  and  the  glory  of  the 
Lord  is  risen  upon  thee.  For,  behold  the 
darkness  shall  cover  the  earth,  and  gross 
darkness  the  people:  but  the  Lord  shall 
arise  upon  thee,  and  his  glory  shall  be  seen 
upon  thee.  And  the  Gentiles  shall  come  to 
thy  light,  and  kings  to  the  brightness  of  thy 
jising.  Lift  up  thine  eyes  round  about,  and^ 
see;  all  they  gather  themselves  together,  they 


AND   RESTORATION.  175 

come  to  thee;  thy  sons  shall  come  from  far,  and 
thy  daughters  shall  be  nursed  at  thy  side.  Then 
thou  shalt  see,  and  flow  together,  and  thine 
heart  shall  fear,  and  be  enlarged;  because  the 
abundance  of  the  sea  shall  be  converted  unto 
thee,  the  forces  of  the  Gentiles  shall  come  unto 
thee.  The  multitude  of  camels  shall  cover  thee, 
the  dromedaries  of  Midian  and  Ephah ;  all  they 
from  Sheba  shall  come :  they  shall  bring  gold 
and  incense;  and  they  shall  show  forth  the 
praises  of  the  Lord.  All  the  flocks  of  Kedar 
shall  be  gathered  together  unto  thee,  the  rams 
of  Nebaioth  shall  minister  unto  thee;  they  shall 
come  up  with  acceptance  on  mine  altar,  and  I 
will  glorify  the  house  of  my  glory.  Who  are 
these  that  fly  as  a  cloud,  and  as  the  doves  to 
their  windows?  Surely  the  isles  shall  wait  for 
me,  and  the  ships  of  Tarshish  first  to  bring  thy 
sons  from  far,  their  silver  and  their  gold  with 
them,  unto  the  name  of  the  Lord  thy  God,  and 
to  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  because  he  has  glori- 
fied thee.  And  the  sons  of  strangers  shall 
build  up  thy  walls,  and  their  kings  shall  minis- 
ter unto  thee;  for  in  my  wrath  I  smote  thee,  but 
in  my  favour  have  I  had  mercy  on  thee.  There- 
fore thy  gates  shall  be  open  continually;  they 
shall  not  be  shut  day  nor  'night;  that  men  may 
bring  unto  thee  the  forces  of  the  Gentiles,  and 
that  their  kings  may  be  brought.  For  the 
nation   and  kingdom  that  will  not  serve   thee 


176  THE   RESURRECTION. 

shall  perish;  yea,  those  nations  shall  be  utterly 
wasted.  The  glory  of  Lebanon,  shall  come 
unto  thee,  the  fir-tree,  the  pine-tree,  and  the 
box  together,  to  beautify  the  place  of 
my  sanctuary;  and  I  will  make  the  place 
of  my  feet  glorious.  The  sons  also  of  them 
that  afflicted  thee  shall  come  bending  unto 
thee;  and  all  they  that  depi-ed  thee  shall  bow 
themselves  down  at  the  soles  of  thy  feet,  and 
they  shall  call  thee,  The  eity  of  the  Lord,  the 
Zion  of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel. 

"  Whereas  thou  hast  been  forsaken  and  hated, 
so  that  no  man  went  through  thee,  I  will  make 
thee  an  eternal  excellency,  a  joy  of  many  gener- 
ations. Thou  shalt  also  suck  the  milk  of  the 
Gentiles,  and  shall  suck  the  breast  of  kings; 
and  thou  shalt  know  that  I  the  Lord  am  thy 
Saviour  and  thy  Redeemer,  the  Mighty  One  of 
Jacob.  For  brass  I  will  bring  gold,  and  for 
iron  I  will  bring  silver,  and  for  wood  brass,  and 
for  stones  iron:  I  will  also  make  thy  officers 
peace,  and  thine  exactors  righteousness.  Vio- 
lence shall  no  more  be  heard  in  thy  land,  wast- 
ing nor  destruction  within  thy  borders;  but 
thou  shalt  call  thy  walls  Salvation,  and  thy 
gates  Praise.  The  sun  shall  be  no  more  thy 
light  by  day;  neither  for  brightness  shall  the 
moon  give  light  unto  thee :  but  the  Lord  shall 
be  unto  thee  an  everlasting  light,  and  thy  God 
thy  glory.     The   sun  shall  no  more  go  down; 


rejj 
to    I 


AND   RESTORATION.  177 

neither  shall  thy  raoou  withdraw  itself;  for  the 
Lord  shall  be  thine  everlasting  light,  and  the 
days  of  thy  mourning  shall  be  ended.  Thy  peo- 
ple also  shall  be  all  righteous:  they  shall  in- 
herit the  land  forever,  the  branch  of  my  plant- 
ing, the  work  of  my  hands,  that  I  may  be  glori- 
fied. A  litt  e  one  shall  become  a  thousand,  and 
a  small  one  a  strong  nation;  I  the  Lord  will 
hasten  it  in  his  time." 

In  this  chapter  we  learn  —  First,  that  there 
is  a  city  to  b^_bujlt^in  the^last  days,  unto 
which,  not  only  Israel,  but  all  the  nations  of 
the  Gentiles,  are  to  flow;  and  the  nation  and 
kingdom  that  will  not  serve  that  city  shall 
perish  and  be  utterly  wasted.  Second,  we 
learn  that  the  name  of  that  city^js^Zion^  the 
city  of  the  Lord.  Third,  we  learn  that  it  is 
called  the  place  of  His  sanctuary,  and  the- 
place  of  His  feet.  Fourth,  that  the  best  of 
timber,  consisting  of  fir,  pine,  and  boxwood, 
is  to  be  brought  in  great  plenty,  to  beautify 
the  place  of  His  sanctuary,  and  make  the 
place  of  His  feet  glorious.  Fifth,  the  pre- 
cious metals  are  to  abound  in  such  plenty,  that 
gold  is  to  be  in  the  room  of  brass,  silver  in 
the  room  of  iron,  brass  in  the  room  of  wood, 
iron  in  the  room  of  stones.  Their  officers  are 
^o  be  peace-  officers,  and  their  exactors  right- 
eous exactors;  violence  is  no  more  to  be  heard 
in  the  land;  wasting  nor  destruction  within 
M 


178  THE    RESURRECTION. 

their  borders.  Their  walls  are  to  be  Salva- 
tion, and  their  gates  Praise;  while  the  glory 
of  God,  in  the  midst  of  the  city,  outshines 
the  sun.  The  days  of  their  mourning  are  end- 
ed; their  people  are  all  righteous,  and  are 
to  inherit  the  land  for  ever,  being  the 
branch  of  the  Lord's  planting,  that  He  may 
be  glorified.  A  little  one  shall  become  a 
strong  nation,  and  the  Lord  will  hasten  it  in  his 
time. 

The  Psalmist  David  has  told  us,  concerning 
the  time  of  the  building  of  this  city,  in  his 
102nd  Psalm,  from  the  13th  verse  to  the  22nd, 
"  Thou  shalt  arise  and  have  mercy  upon  Zion;~i 
for  the  time  to  favour  her,  yea,  the  set  time,  is 
come.  For  thy  servants  take  pleasure  in  her*v 
stones,  and  favour  the  dust  thereof.  So  the 
heathen  shall  fear  the  name  of  the  Lord,  and 
all  the  kings  of  the  earth  thy  glory.  When 
the  Lord  shall  build  up  Zion,  he  shall  appear 
in  his  glory7^""rIe~-wilT-'regard  the  prayer  of 
the  destitute,  and  not  despise  their  prayer. 
This  shall  be  written  for  the  generation  to 
come;  and  the  people  which  shall  be  created 
shall  praise  the  Lord.  For  he  hath  looked 
down  from  the  height  of  his  sanctuary;  from 
heaven  did  the  Lord  behold  the  earth;  to 
hear  the  groaning  of  the  prisoner;  to  loose 
those  that  are  appointed  to  death;  to  de- 
clare the  name  of   the   Lord  in  Zion,  and  His 


AND  RESTORATION.  179 

praise  in  Jerusalem;  when  the  people  are  gath- 
ered together,  and  the  kingdoms,  to  serve  the 
Lord." 

From  this  Scripture  we  learn  — ■  First,  that 
there  is  a  set  time  to  build  up  Zion,  or  the  city 
of  which  Isaiah  speaks,  namely,  just  before 
the  second  coming  of  Christ;  and  that  when 
this  city  is  built,  the  Lord  will  appear  in  his 
glory,  and  not  before.  So  from  this  we  affirm, 
that  if  such  a  city  is  never  built,  then  the  Lord 
will  never  come.  Second,  we  learn  that  the 
people  and  kingdoms  are  to  be  gathered  togeth- 
er, to  serve  the  Lord,  both  in  Zion  and  Jeru- 
salem; and  third,  that  this  Psalm  was  written 
expressly  for  the  generation  to  come,  and  the 
people  which  shall  be  created  shall  praise 
the  Lord,  when  they  read  it  and  see  it  ful- 
filled. 

I  will  now  call  the  attention  of  the  reader  to 
the  first  paragraph  of  the  sixth  chapter  of  the 
Record  of  Ether,  contained  in  the  Book  of 
Mormon.  "For  he  truly  told  them  of  all 
things  from  the  beginning  of  man;  and  how 
that  after  the  waters  had  receded  from  off  the 
face  of  this  land  (America;,  it  became  a  choice 
land  above  all  other  lands,  a  chosen  land  of  the 
Lord;  wherefore,  the  Lord  would  have  that  all 
men  should  serve  him  who  dwell  upon  the  face 
thereof,  and  that  it  was  the  place  of  the  New 
Jerusalem,  which  should  come  down  out 


w  | 

of/ 


180  THE  RESURRECTION. 

heaven,  and  the  holy  sanctuary  of  the  Lord 
Behold,  Ether  saw  the  days  of  Christ,  and  he 
spake  concerning  a  New  Jerusalem  upon  this 
land ;  and  he  spake  also  concerning  t':e  house  of 
Israel,  and  the  Jerusalem  from  whence  Lehi 
should  come.  After  it  should  be  destroyed,  it 
should  be  built  up  again  a  holy  city  unto  the 
Lord;  wherefore,  it  could  not  be  a  New 
Jerusalem,  for  it  had  been  in  a  time  of  old;  but 
it  should  be  built  up  again,  and  become  a  holy 
city  of  the  Lord,  and  it  should  be  built  up  into 
the  hou-;e  of  Israel;  and  that  a  Ne\y  Jerusalem 
should  be  built  up  upon  this  land,  unto  the  rem^O 
nant  of  the  seed  of  Joseph,  for  which  things  J 
there  has  been  a  type;  for  as  Joseph  brought 
his  father  down  into  the  land  of  Egypt,  even  so 
he  died  there;  wherefore,  the  Lord  brought  a 
remnant  of  the  seed  of  Joseph  out  of  the  land 
of  Jerusalem,  that  he  might  be  merciful  unto 
the  seed  of  Josepn,  that  they  should  perish  not, 
even  as  he  was  merciful  unto  the  father  of 
Joseph,  that  he  should  perish  not;  wherefore, 
the  remnant  of  the  house  of  Joseph  shall  be 
built  up  on  this  land,  and  it  shall  be  a  land  of 
their  inheritance ;  and  they  shall  build  up  a  holy 
city  unto  the  Lord,  like  unto  the  Jerusalem  of 
old;  and  they  shall  no  more  be  confounded, 
until  the  end  come,  when  the  earth  shall  pass 
away.  And  there  shall  be  a  new  heaven  and  a 
.new  earth,  and  they  shall  be  like  unto  the  old 


AND  KESTOKATION.  181 

save  the  old  have  passed  away  and  all  things 
have  become  new.  And  then  cometh  the  New 
Jerusalem;  and  blessed  are  they  who  dwell 
therein,  for  it  is  they  whose  garments  are  white 
through  the  blood  of  the  Lamb;  and  they  are 
they  who  are  numbered  among  the  remnant  of 
the  seed  of  Joseph,  who  were  the  house  of 
Israel.  And  ihen  also  cometh  the  Jerusalem  of 
old,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof;  blessed  are 
they,  for  they  have  been  washed  in  the  blood  of 
the  Lamb?  and  they  are  they  who  were  scat- 
tered, and  gathered  in  from  the  four  quarters  of 
the  earth,  and  from  the  north  countries,  and 
are  partakers  of  the  fulfilling  of  the  covenant 
which  God  made  with  their  father  Abraham. 
And  when  these  things  come,  bringeth  to  pass 
the  Scripture  which  saith,  There  are  they  who 
were  first,  who  shall  be  last;  and  there  are  they 
who  were  last,  who  shall  be  first." 

From  this  prophecy  we  learn  —  First,  that 
America  is  a  chosen  land  of  the  Lord,  above 
every  other  land.  Second,  that  it  is  the  place 
of  the  New  Jerusalem,  which  shall  come  down 
from  God,  out  of  heaven,  upon  the  earth,  when 
it  is  renewed.  Third,  that  a  New  Jerusalem  is 
to  be  built  in  America,  to  the  remnant  of  Joseph, 
after  a  similar  pattern,  or  like  unto  the  old 
Jerusalem  in  the  land  of  Canaan ;  and  that  the 
old  Jerusalem  shall  be  rebuilt  at  the  same  time: 
and,  this  being  done,  both  cities  will  continue  in 


182  THK  RESURRECTION. 

prosperity  on  the  earth,  until  the  great  and  last 
change,  when  the  heavens  and  the  earth  are  to 
be  renewed.     Fourth,  we  learn  that  when  this 
change  takes  place,  the  two  cities,  together  with 
the   inhabitants  thereof,  are  to  be  caught  up  / 
into    heaven,    and,  being    changed    and    made 
new,  the  one  comes  down  upon  the   American 
land,  and  the  other  to  its  own  place  as  formerly. 
And,  Fifth,  we  learn  that  the  inhabitants  of  these 
two  cities  are  the  same  that  gathered  together  I 
and  first  builded  them.     The  remnant  of  Joseph, 
and  those  gathered  with  them,  inherit  the  New  j 
Jerusalem.     And  the  tribes  of  Israel,  gathered 
from  the  north  countries,  and  from  the  four 
quarters  of  the  earth,  inhabit  the  other ;  and  thus 
all  things  being  made  new,  we  find  those  who 
were  once  strangers  and  pilgrims  on  the  earth 
in  possession  of  that  better  country,  and  that  > 
city,  for  which  they  sought. 

We  will  now  turn  to  John's  Revelation,  and 
examine  the  city  after  it  is  made  new,  and 
see  if  it  is  anything  like  the  pattern  which 
it  exhibited  previous  to  its  final  change,  Rev. 
xxi,  "  And  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth : 
for  the  first  heaven  and  the  first  earth  were 
passed  away ;  and  there  was  no  more  sea.  And 
I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city,  New  Jerusalem," 
coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven,  prepared 
as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband.  And  I 
heard  a  great  voice  out  of  heaven  saying,  Behold, 


AND   RESTORATION.  183 

the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,  and  he  will 
dwell  with  them,  and  they  shall  be  his  people, 
and  God  himself  shall  be  with  them,  and  be  their 
God.  And  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from 
their  eyes;  and  there  shall  be  no  more  death, 
neither  sorrow,  nor  crying,  neither  shall  there 
be  any  more  pain;  for  the  former  things  are 
passed  away.  And  he  that  sat  upon  the  throne 
said,  Behold,  I  make  all  things  new.  And  he 
said  unto  me,  Write,  for  these  words  are  true 
and  faithful.  And  he  said  unto  me,  It  is  done. 
I  am  Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning  and  the 
end.  I  will  give  unto  him  that  is  athirst  of  the 
fountain  of  the  water  of  life  freely.  He  that 
overcometh  shall  inherit  all  things ;  and  I  will 
be  his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my  son.  But  the 
fearful  and  unbelieving,  and  the  abominable,  and 
murderers,  and  whoremongers,  and  sorcerers, 
and  idolaters,  and  all  liars,  shall  have  their 
part  in  the  [lake  which  burneth  with  fire  and 
brimstone :  which  is  the  second  death. 

"And  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven 
angels  which  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven 
last  plagues,  and  talked  with  me,  saying,  Come 
hither,  I  will  show  thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's 
wife.  And  he  carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  to 
a  great  and  high  mountain,  and  showed  me  that 
great  city,  the  holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out 
of  heaven  from  God,  having  the  glory  of  God: 
and  her  light  was  like  unto  a  stone  most  precious; 


184  THE   RESURRECTION. 

even  like  a  jasper  stone,  clear  as  crystal;  and 
had  a  wall  great  and  high,  and  had  twelve  gates, 
and  at  the  gates,  twelve  angels,  and  names 
written  thereon,  which  are  the  names  of  the 
twelve  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel.  On  the 
east,  three  gates;  on  the  north,  three  gates;  on 
the  south,  three  gates;  on  the  west,  three  gates. 
And  the  wall  of  the  city  had  twelve  foundations, 
and  in  them  the  names  of  the  twelve  apostles  of 
the  Lamb.  And  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a 
golden  reed  to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates 
thereof,  and  the  wall  thereof.  And  the  city 
lieth  four-square,  and  the  length  is  as  large  as 
the  breadth.  And  he  measured  the  city  with  the 
reed,  twelve  thousand  furlongs;  the  length  and 
the  breadth  and  the  heigh  t  of  it  are  equal.  And 
he  measured  the  wall  thereof,  an  hundred  and 
forty  and  four  cubits,  according  to  the  measure 
of  a  man,  that  is,  of  the  angel.  And  the  build- 
ing of  the  wall  of  it  was  of  jasper:  and  the  city 
was  pure  gold,  like  unto  clear  glass.  And  the 
foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city  were  gar- 
nished with  all  manner  of  precious  stones.  The 
first  foundation  was  jasper;  the  second,  sap- 
phire; the  third,  a  chalchedony;  the  fourth,  an 
emerald;  the  fifth,  sardonyx;  the  sixth,  sardius; 
the  seventh,  chrysolite;  the  eighth,  beryl;  the 
ninth,  a  topaz;  the  tenth,  a  chrysoprasus;  the 
eleventh,  a  jacinth;  and  twelfth,  an  amethyst. 
■And  the  twelve  gates  were  twelve  pearls;  every 


AND  RESTORATION.  185 

several  gate  was  of  one  pearl :  and  the  street  of 
the  city  was  pure  gold,  as  it  were  transparent 
glass.  And  I  saw  no  temple  therein:  for  the 
Lord  God  Almighty  and  the  Lamb  are  the 
temple  of  it.  And  the  city  has  no  need  of  the 
sun,  neither  of  the  moon,  to  shine  in  it;  for  the 
glory  of  God  did  lighten  it,  and  the  Lamb  is  the 
light  thereof.  And  the  nations  of  them  which 
are  saved  shall  walk  in  the  light  of  it;  and  the 
kings  of  the  earth  do  bring  their  glory  and 
honour  into  it.  And  the  gates  of  it  shall  not  be 
shut  at  all  by  day;  for  there  shall  be  no  night 
there.  And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honour 
of  the  nations  into  it.  And  there  shall  in  no 
wise  enter  into  it  anything  that  deflleth,  neither 
whatsoever  worketh  abomination,  or  maketh  a 
lie;  but  they  which  are  written  in  the  Lamb's 
book  of  life."  Also,  22nd  chapter,  he  says, 
"  And  he  showed  me  a  pure  river  of  water  of 
life,  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the 
throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb.  In  the  midst 
of  the  street  of  it,  and  on  either  side  of  the 
river,  was  there  the  tree  of  life,  which  bare 
twelve  manner  of  fruits,  and  yielded  her  fruit 
every  month :  and  the  leaves  of  the  tree  were 
for  the  healing  of  the  nations.  And  there  shall 
be  no  more  curse ;  but  the  throne  of  God  and  of 
the  Lamb  shall  be  in  it;  and  his  servants  shall 
serve  him.  And  they  shall  see  his  face;  and 
his  name  shall  be  in  their  foreheads.     And  there 


186  THE   RESURRECTION. 

shall  be  no  night  there;  and  they  need  no  candle, 
neither  light  of  the  sun;  for  the  Lord  God 
giveth  them  light:  and  they  shall  reign  for  ever 
and  ever.  And  he  said  unto  me,  These  sayings 
are  faithful  and  true;  and  the  Lord  God  of  the 
holy  prophets  sent  his  angel  to  show  unto  His 
servants  the  things  which  must  shortly  be  done. 
Behold,  I  come  quickly :  blessed  is  he  that  keep- 
eth  the  sayings  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book." 
From  this  beautiful  description,  we  learn  — 
First,  that  the  new  earth  is  not  to  be  separated 
by  any  sea;  consequently,  what  is  now  called 
the  Eastern  and  Western  Continents  will  then 
be  one  land.  Secondly,  we  learn  that  the  Lord 
will  make  not  only  the  heavens  and  earth,  but 
all  things,  new,  (including,  of  course,  the  cities 
of  Jerusalem  and  Zion,  where  His  tabernacle 
will  have  been  for  more  than  a  thousand  years.) 
Thirdly,  we  learn  that  the  city  will  lie  four- 
square, and  have  twelve  gates,  with  the  names 
of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  inserted,  one  on 
each  gate;  three  gates  on  the  north,  three  on 
the  south,  three  on  the  east,  and  three  on  the 
west;  precisely  after  the  same  manner  in  which 
it  will  exist  temporally  during  the  thousand 
years,  as  described  by  Ezekiel.  Fourthly,  we 
learn  that  it  will  be  composed  of  precious  stones 
and  gold,  as  the  temporal  city  also  will  be,  as 
described  by  Isaiah.  Fifthly,  a  pure  river  of 
the  water  of  life,  clear  as   crystal,  will  flow 


AND   RESTORATION.  187 

through  this  renewed  city,  proceeding  from  the 
throne  of  God,  just  as  living  waters  will  flow 
from  the  sanctuary  in  the  temporal  city,  as  de- 
scribed by  Ezekiel.  Sixthly,  the  tree  of  life  will 
stand  on  either  side  of  the  river,  even  the  tree 
which  will  have  once  borne  twelve  manner  of 
fruits,  and  have  yielded  its  fruit  every  month, 
its  leaves  having  been  for  the  healing  of  the 
nations.  But  now,  when  John  sees  it,  the 
nations  have  no  need  of  healing,  for  there  is  no 
more  death,  neither  pain,  nor  sorrow,  for  the 
former  things  have  passed  away,  and  all  things 
are  become  new ;  consequently,  he  speaks  in  the 
past  tense,  and  says  they  were  for  the  healing 
of  the  nations;  of  course,  referring  to  the  times 
when  they  existed  temporally,  according  to 
Ezekiel,  before  their  final  change. 

Now,  of  the  things  of  which  we  have  spoken, 
this  is  the  sum :  Ezekiel  and  the  other  Prophets 
have  presented  us  with  a  view  of  the  cities  of 
Zion  and  Jerusalem  as  they  will  exist  during 
the  one  thousand  years  of  rest  called  the 
Millennium;  and  John  has  given  us  a  view  of 
the  same  cities,  after  their  final  change,  when 
they  come  down  from  God  out  of  heaven,  and 
rest  upon  the  new  earth.  But  Ether  has  given 
us  a  sketch  of  them  as  they  are  to  exist,  both  in 
their  temporal  and  in  their  eternal  state ;  and  he 
has  told  us  plainly  concerning  their  location, 
first  and  last,  namely,  the  New  Jerusalem,  in 


188  THE    RESURRECTION. 

America,  inhabited  by  the  remnant  of  Joseph, 
and  those  gathered  with  them  who  have  washed 
their  robes,  and  made  them  white,  in  the  blood 
of  the  Lamb:  and  the  other  Jerusalem,  in  its 
former  place,  inhabited  by  the  house  of  Israel 
gathered  from  the  north  countries,  and  from  all 
countries  where  they  were  scattered,  having 
washed  their  robes,  and  made  them  white,  in 
the  blood  of  the  Lamb.  And  here  is  the  end  of 
the  matter. 

I  would  only  add,  that  the  government  of  the 
United  States  has  been  engaged,  for  upwards 
of  nine  years,  in  gathering  the  remnant  of  Joseph 
to  the  very  place  where  they  will  finally  build  a 
New  Jerusalem,  a  city  of  Zion,  with  the  assist- 
ance of  the  Gentiles,  who  will  gather  them 
from  all  the  face  of  the  land;  and  this  gathering 
is  clearly  predicted  in  the  Book  of  Mormon,  and 
other  revelations,  and  the  place  before  ap- 
pointed, and  the  time  set  for  its  fulfilment. 
And  except  the  Gentiles  repent  of  all  their 
abominations,  and  embrace  the  same  covenant, 
they  will  soon  be  utterly  destroyed  from  off  the 
face  of  this  land;  as  it  is  written  by  Isaioh, 
11  The  nation  and  kingdom  that  will  not  serve 
thee  shall  perish.  Yea,  those  nations  shall  be 
utterly  wasted."  And  as  it  is  written  by  the 
Prophet  Nephi,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  ninth, 
and  fore  part  of  the  tenth  chapters  of  his  rec- 
ord, in  the  Book  of  Mormon,  "  And  verily  I  say 


AND   RESTORATION.  189 

unto  you,  I  give  unto  you  a  sign,  that  ye  may 
know  the  time  when  these  things  shall  be  about 
to  take  place,  that  I  shall  gather  in  from  their 
long  dispersion  my  people ,  O  house  of  Israel, 
and  sh  ill  establish  again  among  them  my  Zion. 
And  behold,  this  is  the  thing  which  I  will  give 
unto  you  for  a  sign;  for  verily  I  say  unto  you, 
that  when  these  things  which  I  declare  unto 
you,  and  which  I  shall  declare  unto  you  here- 
after of  myself,  and  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  which  shall  be  given  unto  you  of  the 
Father,  shall  be  made  known  unto  the  Gentiles, 
that  they  may  know  concerning  this  people, 
who  are  a  remnant  of  the  house  of  Jacob,  and 
concerning  this  my  people  who  shall  be  scat- 
tered by  them:  verily,  verify,  I  say  unto  you, 
when  these  things  shall  be  made  known  unto 
them  of  the  Father,  and  shall  come  forth  of  the 
Father,  from  them  unto  you,  for  .it  is  wisdom 
in  the  Father,  that  they  should  be  established 
in  this  land,  and  be  set  up  as  a  free  people,  by 
the  power  of  the  Father,  that  these  things  might 
come  forth  from  them,  unto  a  remnant  of  your 
seed,  that  the  covenant  of  the  Father  may  be 
fulfilled  which  he  hath  covenanted  with  his 
people,  O  house  of  Israel.  Therefore,  when 
these  works,  and  the  works  which  shall  be 
wrought  among  you  hereafter,  shall  come  forth 
from  the  Gentiles  unto  your  seed,  which  shall 
dwindle  in  unbelief  because  of    iniquity:  for 


190  THE    RESURRECTION. 

thus  it  behoveth  the  Father  that  it  should  come 
forth  from  the  Gentiles,  that  he  may  shew  forth 
his  power  unto  the  Gentiles,  for  this  cause,  that 
the  Gentiles,  if  they  will  not  harden  their  hearts, 
may  repent  and  come  unto  me.  and  be  baptized 
in  my  name,  that  they  may  be  numbered  among 
my  people,  O  house  of  Israel;  and  when  these 
things  come  to  pass,  that  thy  seed  shall  begin  to 
know  these  things,  it  shall  be  a  sign  unto  them, 
that  they  may  know  that  the  work  of  the  Father 
hath  already  commenced,  unto  the  fulfilling  of 
the  covenant  which  he  hath  made  unto  the  people 
which  are  of  the  house  of  Israel.  And  when 
that  day  shall  come,  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
kings  shall  shut  their  mouths:  for  that  which 
had  not  been  told  them  shall  they  see,  and  that 
which  they  had  not  heard  shall  they  consider. 
For  in  that  day,  for  my  sake,  shall  the  Father 
work  a  work  which  shall  be  a  great  and  a  mar- 
vellous work  among  them ;  and  there  shall  be 
among  them  who  will  not  believe  it,  although  a 
man  shall  declare  it  unto  them.  But  behold,  the 
life  of  my  servant  shall  be  in  my  hand ;  there- 
fore they  shall  not  hurt  him,  although  he  shall 
be  marred  because  of  them.  Yet  I  will  heal 
him,  for  I  will  show  unto  them  that  my  wisdom 
is  greater  than  the  cunning  of  the  devil.  There- 
fore it  shall  come  to  pass  that  whosoever  will 
not  believe  in  my  words,  who  am  Jesus  Christ, 
which  the  Father  shall  cause  him  to  bring  forth 


AND   RESTORATION.  191 

unto  the  Gentiles,  and  shall  give  unto  him 
power  that  he  shall  bring  them  forth  unto  the 
Gentiles,  (it  shall  be  clone,  even  as  Moses  said,) 
they  shall  be  cut  off  from  among  my  people, 
who  are  of  the  covenant;  and  my  people,  who 
are  a  remnant  of  Jacob,  shall  be  among  the 
Gentiles,  yea,  in  the  midst  of  them,  as  a  lion 
among  the  beasts  of  the  forest,  as  a  young  lion 
among  the  flocks  of  sheep,  who,  if  he  go  through, 
both  treadeth  down  and  teareth  in  pieces,  and 
none  can  deliver.  Their  hand  shall  be  lifted  up 
upon  their  adversaries,  and  all  their  enemies 
shall  be  cut  off. 

u  Yea,  woe  be  unto  the  Gentiles,  except  they 
repent:  for  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 
said  the  Father,  that  I  will  cut  off  thy  horses 
out  of  the  midst  of  thee,  and  I  will  destroy  thy 
chariots,  and  I  will  cut  off  the  cities  of  thy  land, 
and  throw  down  all  thy  strongholds ;  and  I  will 
cut  off  witchcrafts  out  of  thy  land,  and  thou 
shalt  have  no  more  soothsayers;  thy  graven 
images  I  will  also  cut  off,  and  thy  standing  im- 
ages out  of  the  midst  of  thee ;  and  thou  shalt 
no  more  worship  the  works  of  thy  hands ;  and 
I  will  pluck  up  the  groves  out  of  the  midst  of 
thee :  so  will  I  destroy  thy  cities.  And  it  shall 
come  to  pass,  that  all  lyings,  and  deceivings, 
and  envyings,  and  strifes,  and  priestcrafts,  and 
whoredoms,  shall  be  done  away.  For  it  shall 
come  to  pass,  saith  the  Father,  that  at  that  day, 


192  THE   RESURRECTION. 

whosoever  will  not  repent  and  come  unto  my 
beloved  Son,  them  will  I  cut  off  from  among 
my  people,  O  house  of  Israel;  and  I  will  exe- 
cute vengeance  and  fury  upon  them,  even  as 
upon  the  heathen,  such  as  they  have  not  heard." 
(Chap.  ix.  11,  12.) 

"  But  if  they  will  repent,  and  hearken  unto 
my  words,  and  harden  not  their  hearts,  I  will 
establish  my  Church  among"  them,  and  they 
shall  come  in  unto  the  covenant,  and  be 
numbered  among  this  the  remnant  of  Jacob, 
unto  whom  I  have  given  this  land  for  their 
inheritance;  and  they  shall  assist  my  people, 
the  remnant  of  Jacob;  and  also  as  many  of  the 
house  of  Israel  as  shall  come,  that  they  may 
build  a  city,  which  shall  be  called  the  new 
Jerusalem:  and  then  shall  they  assist  my  people 
that  they  may  be  gathered  in,  who  are  scattered 
upon  all  the  face  of  the  land,  into  the  New 
Jerusalem.  And  then  shall  the  power  o±  heaven 
come  down  among  them;  and  I  also  will  be  in 
the  midst ;  and  then  shall  the  work  of  the  Father 
commence  at  that  day,  even  when  this  Gospel 
shall  be  preached  among  the  remnant  of  this 
people.  Verily,  I  say  unto  you,  at  that  day 
shall  the  work  of  the  Father  commence  amons:  all 
the  dispersed  of  my  people;  yea,  even  the  tribes 
which  have  been  lost,  which  the  Father  hath  led 
away  out  of  Jerusalem.  Yea,  the  work  shall 
commence  among  all  the  dispersed  of  my  people, 


AND   RESTORATION.  .193 

with  the  Father  to  prepare  the  way  whereby 
they  may  come  unto  me,  that  they  may  call  on 
the  Father  in  my  name ;  yea,  and  then  shall  the 
work  commence  with  the  Father,  among  all 
nations,  in  preparing  the  way  whereby  his  peo- 
ple may  be  gathered  home  to  the  land  of  their 
inheritance.  And  they  shall  go  out  from  all 
nations ;  and  they  shall  not  go  out  in  haste,  nor 
go  by  flight,  for  I  will  go  before  them,  saith  the 
Father,  and  I  will  be  their  rereward."  (Chap, 
x.  1.) 

O  ye  remnant  of  Joseph,  your  secret  is  revealed, 
ye  who  are  despised,  smitten,  scattered,  and 
driven  by  the  Gentiles  from  place  to  place,  until 
you  are  left  few  in  number!  "  O  thou  afflicted, 
tossed  with  tempest  and  not  comforted;"  lift 
up  your  heads  and  rejoice,  for  your  redemption 
draweth  nigh :  yea,  we  have  found  your  record, 
the  oracles  of  God  once  committed  to  your  fore- 
fathers, which  have  been  hidden  from  you  for  a 
long  time,  because  of  unbelief.  Behold!  they 
are  about  to  be  restored  to  you  again,  then 
shall  you  rejoice:  for  you  shall  know  that  it  is 
a  blessing  from  the  hand  of  God;  and  the  scales 
of  darkness  shall  begin  to  fall  from  your  eyes; 
and  the  Gentiles  shall  not  again  have  power 
over  you ;  but  you  shall  be  gathered  by  them, 
and  be  built  up,  and  again  become  a  delight- 
some people.  And  the  time  has  come;  yea,  the 
work  has  already  commenced ;  for  we  have  seen 

N 


194  THE   RESURRECTION. 

you  gathering  together,  from  all  parts  of  the 
land,  unto  the  place  "which  God  ha-«  appointed 
for  the  Gentiles  to  gather  you;  therefore,  lay 
down  your  weapons  of  war,  cease  to  oppose 
theGeniiles  in  the  gathering  of  your  various 
tribes,  for  the  hand  of  your  great  God  is  in  all 
this,  and  it  was  all  foretold  by  your  forefathers 
ten  thousand  moons  ago.  Therefore,  suffer 
them  peaceably  to  fulfil  this  last  act  of  kind- 
ness, as  a  kind  reward  for  the  injuries  you  have 
received  from  them. 

It  is  with  mingled  feelings  of  joy  and  sorrow 
that  I  reflect  upon  these  things.  Sorrow,  when 
I  think  how  you  have  been  smitten;  joy,  when 
I  reflect  upon  the  happy  change  that  now  awaits 
you ;  and  sorrow  again,  when  I  turn  my  thoughts 
to  the  awful  destruction  that  awaits  the  Gentiles, 
except  they  repent.  But  the  eternal  purposes 
of  Jehovah  must  roll  on,  until  all  his  promises 
are  fulfilled,  and  none  can  hinder;  therefore,  O 
God,  thy  will  be  done.  But  while  I  still  linger 
upon  this  subject,  with  feelings  that  are  easier 
felt  than  described,  methinks  I  can  almost  hear 
the  Indian's  mournful  chant  resounding  through 
his  native  woods.     It  whispers  thus  — 

Great  Spirit  of  our  fathers,  lend  an  ear; 

Pity  the  red  man,  to  his  cries  give  ear; 

Long  hast  thou   scourged  him,  with  thy  chastening 

sore ; 
When  will  thy  vengeance  ceaae,  thy  wrath  be  o'er? 


THE   DEALINGS    OF   GOD  195 

When  will  the  white  man's  dire  ambition  cease, 
And  let  our  scatterd  remnants  dwell  in  peace? 
Or  shall  we,  driven  to  the  western  shore, 
Become  extinct,  and  fall  to  rise  no  more? 

Forbid,  great  Spirit!  make  thy  mercy  known; 
Reveal  thy  truth;  thy  wand'ring  captives  own; 
Make  bare  thine  arm  of  power  for  our  release, 
And  o'er  the  earth  extend  the  reign  of  peace. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  DEALINGS  OF  GOD  WITH  ALL  NATIONS,  IN 

REGARD  TO  REVELATION. 

"  And  hath  made  of  one  blood  all  nations  of  men  for 
to  dwell  on  all  the  face  of  the  earth,  and  hath  deter- 
mined the  times  before  appointed,  and  the  boumls  of 
their  habitation;  that  they  should  seek  the  Lord,  if 
haply  they  might  feel  after  him,  and  find  him,  though 
he  be  not  far  from  every  one  of  us ;  for  in  him  we  live, 
and  move,  and  have  our  being. "  —  Acts  xvii.  26-28 

In  this  text  we  learn,  first,  that  all  nations  are 
made  of  one  blood ;  secondly,  they  are  designed 
to  dwell  on  all  the  face  of  the  earth  (America 
not  excepted) ;  thirdly,  that  the  Lord  hath  de- 
termined the  bounds  of  their  habitation,  that 
is,  He  has  divided  the  earth  among  His  chil- 
dren, giving  each  nation  that  portion  which 
seemed  Him  good  —  for  instance,  the  land  of 
Canaan  to  Israel;  Mouut  SeirtoEsau;  Arabia 
to  Ishmael ;  America  to  the  remnant  of  Joseph, 


196  THE   DEALINGS    OF    GOD 

&c,  as  a  father  parcels  off  a  large  tract  of  land 
to  his  several  children ;  and  fourthly,  He  has 
granted  unto  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  the 
privilege  of  feeling  after  Him  and  finding  Him: 
since  he  is  not  so  very  far  from  every  one  of 
them,  whether  they  be  in  Asia,  Africa,  Europe, 
or  America,  or  even  upon  the  islands  of 
the  sea.  Now,  if  any  nation,  in  any  age  of 
the  world,  or  in  any  part  of  the  earth,  should 
happen  to  live  up  to  their  privilege,  what  would 
they  obtain?  I  answer,  revelation,  for  the 
best  of  reasons,  because  no  people  ever  found 
God  in  any  other  way,  nor  ever  will.  There- 
fore, if  they  found  God,  they  found  Him  by 
revelation,  direct  from  Himself,  He  revealing 
His  will  to  them;  and  if  they  did  not  find  Him 
in  this  way,  they  never  knew  Him.  And  if  they 
did  obtain  revelation,  it  was  their  privilege  to 
write  it,  and  make  a  record  of  the  same,  and 
teach  it  to  their  children;  and  this  record 
would  be  sacred,  because  it  would  contain  the 
word  of  God;  and  thus  it  would  be  a  Holy 
Bible,  no  matter  whether  it  was  written  by 
the  Jews,  the  Ten  Tribes,  the  Nephites,  or  the 
Gentiles.  I  would  just  as  soon  have  the  Gospel 
written  by  Nephi,  Mormon,  Moroni,  or  Alma 
as  the  Gospel  written  by  Matthew,  Mark,  Luke, 
or  John.  Again,  I  would  just  as  soon  believe  a 
revelation  given  in  America,  as  believe  a  rev- 
elation   given    in   Asia;  for  if    ever  a  nation 


WITH  ALL   NATIONS,  ETC.  197 

failed  to  get  a  revelation,  it  was  because  they 
did  not  attain  unto  that  which  was  their  privi- 
lege. But  why,  then,  was  any  nation  ever  lef$ 
in  darkness,  from  age  to  age,  without  the  light 
of  revelation  to  guide  them?  I  answer,  because 
their  forefathers,  in  some  age  of  the  world,  re- 
jectedrevelation,  cast  out  and  killed  the  Prophets, 
and  turned  a  deaf  ear  to  the  things  of  God,  un- 
til God  took  away  that  which  they  enjoyed,  and 
committed  it  to  some  other  people,  and  left 
them  from  generation  to  generation  to  grow  up 
in  ignorance,  until  he  should  see  fit  again  to 
send  His  light  and  truth  to  that  nation;  but 
those  who  reject  no  light  are  under  no  condem- 
nation, and  the  mercy  of  God  hath  claim  upon 
them,  through  the  blood  of  Christ;  which 
atoneth  for  the  sins  of  the  world.  The  heathen 
who  never  had  the  light  of  revelation  will  be 
saved  by  the  blood  of  Christ:  while  their  fore- 
fathers who  rejected  the  light  are  condemned, 
for  this  is  their  condemnation,  that  when  light 
came  they  rejected  it. 

Now,  on  this  subject  let  us  examine  the  his- 
tory of  various  ages.  In  the  morn  of  creation 
men  had  light  by  direct  revelation,  for  Adam, 
Cain,  and  Abel  talked  with  the  Lord.  In  the 
next  age  men  had  light  by  revelation,  for  Enoch 
walked  with  the  Lord,  and  not  only  saw  the 
first  coming  of  Christ,  but  his  second  coming 
also,    and    he   exclaimed,  "Behold,   the  Lord 


198  THE  DEALINGS   OF   GOD 

comelh  with  ten  thousand  of  his  saints,  to  take 
vengeance  on  the  ungodly,"  &c.,  as  it  is  written 
in  Jude.  From  which  it  appears  that  Enoch 
knew  and  prophesied  concerning  the  Messiah 
with  all  the  plainness  of  an  Apostle.  Again,  in 
Noah's  day,  there  was  positive  revelation.  And 
all  these  were  Gentiles,  or  rather  the  word  Israel 
had  not  yet  been  named  upon  Jacob  by  the 
angel.  Now,  if  it  was  the  privilege  of  so  many 
Gentiles  to  get  the  word  of  the  Lord,  and  to 
have  the  knowledge  of  the  true  God  by  revela- 
tion, it  was  the  privilege  of  all  the  rest;  and  if 
any  ran  into  darkness  and  worshipped  idols, 
until  God  gave  them  over  to  work  all  unclean- 
ness  with  greediness,  and  finally  took  the 
oracles  of  God  from  them,  and  confined  them 
more  particularly  to  Abraham,  it  was  because 
they  had  for  a  long  time  rejected  them,  and 
rendered  themselves  unworthy  of  them ;  so  that 
from  the  days  of  Israel  the  oracles  of  God 
seemed  to  pertain  more  particularly  to  the 
chosen  seed,  chosen  for  that  very  purpose, 
namely,  that  to  them  might  be  committed  the 
oracles  of  God,  the  Pritsthood,  the  service  of 
God,  and  the  promises  which  had  been  in  ex- 
istence from  the  beginning  among  the  Gentiles, 
who  had  long  rendered  themselves  unworthy  of 
such  blessings. 

But  in  process  of  time  Israel  had  rendered 
themselves  unworthy  of  a  continuance  of  such 


WITH  ALL   NATIONS,  ETC.  199 

blessings,  by  stoning  and  killing  the  Prophets, 
and  rejecting  the  Messiah,  and  all  those  that 
God  sent  unto  them,  until  at  length  the  Lord 
took  the  kingdom  from  them  as  a  nation,  and 
gave  it  again  to  the  Geutiles;  in  the  meantime 
winking  at  all  the  ignorance  through  which  the 
Gentiles  had  passed,  from  the  time  the  kingdom 
had  been  taken  from  them  until  restored  again. 
But  as  soon  as  the  kingdom  of  God  was  re- 
stored again  to  the  Gentiles,  He  commanded 
them  all  everywhere  to  repent,  and  then  if  they 
did  not  do  itthey  were  under  condemnation,  but 
not  before.  But  no  sooner  was  the  kingdom 
taken  from  the  Jews,  than  the  fruits  of  it  dis- 
appeared from  among  them,  and  they  were  dis- 
persed into  all  the  nations  of  the  earth,  where 
they  have  never  again  heard  the  voice  of  inspira- 
tion commanding  them  to  repent.  And  if  any 
Gentile  has  commanded  them  to  repent  and  be 
baptized  (in  the  name  of  the  Lord) ,  without  being 
inspired  and  commanded  to  do  it,  it  was  an 
imposition  practised  upon  them.  Not  that  re- 
pentance was  any  harm,  but  the  imposition 
considered  in  professing  to  be  sent  with  a  mes- 
sage when  they  were  not;  for  when  God 
commands  men  to  repent,  He  sends  somebody 
with  the  command,  in  order  that  they  may  teach 
it  to  those  for  whom  He  designs  it;  and  when 
He  does  not  command  them  to  do  a  thing,  He 
does  not  require  it  at  their  hand.     Any  man 


200  THE  DEALINGS  OF  GOD 

who  says  that  the  Jews,  as  a  nation,  have  been 
commanded  to  repent  and  be  baptized,  for  the 
last  seventeen  hundred  years,  say  that  which  he 
cannot  prove,  unless  he  can  prove  that  there 
has  been  a  new  revelation  within  that  time,  com- 
missioning some  man  to  go  to  them  with  such 
an  errand ;  neither  will  any  generation  of  Jews, 
which  have  existed  since  inspiration  ceased,  be 
condemned  for  rejecting  any  message  from 
God,  for  he  has  sent  no  message  to  them,  con- 
sequently they  have  rejected  none;  but  their 
forefathers,  who  did  reject  the  things  of  God, 
are  under  condemnation. 

Again,  when  men  were  sent  with  the  Gospel 
to  the  Gentiles,  they  were  commanded  to  repent; 
and  this  command  was  in  force,  whenever  men 
came  preaching,  who  were  sent  by  proper  author- 
ity, and  -inspired  by  the  Holy  Ghost;  but  when 
they  had  kiiled  the  Apostles  and  inspired  men, 
and  abused  their  privileges,  until  God  took  them 
away,  and  left  them  without  inspiration,  then  the 
sin  was  answered  upon  that  generation;  and 
those  who  have  since  came  upon  the  stage  of 
action  have  never  been  commanded  to  repent  and 
be  baptized  (except  by  some  new  revelation) ,  and 
any  man  who  says  that  God  has  commanded  a 
Gentile  to  repent  and  obey  the  Gospel  since  the 
days  that  inspiration  ceased,  or  since  the  days 
that  Apostles  and  Prophets  ceased  from  among 
men,  says  that  which  he  will  not  be  able  to  prove 


WITH  ALL  NATIONS,  ETC.  201 

unless  he  proves  that  some  revelation  has  been 
given  since  that  time,  again  commissioning  men 
to  go  to  the  Gentiles  with  such  an  errand. 

The  fact  is,  God  requires  nothing  more  of  a 
generation  than  to  do  those  things  which  He 
commands  them ;  a  generation  to  whom  He  re- 
veals nothing,  or  to  whom  He  does  not  send 
men  with  a  message  from  Him,  have  no  mes- 
sage to  obey,  and  none  to  reject,  and  conse- 
quently nothing  is  binding  on  'them,  except  the 
moral  principles  of  right  and  wrong,  which  are 
equally  binding  on  all  ages  of  the  world, 
according  to  the  knowledge  people  have  of 
moral  rectitude. 

Bui;  in  these  last  days  God  has  again  spoken 
from  the  heavens,  and  commissioned  men  to  go 
first  to  the  Gentiles,  commanding  them  every- 
where to  repent  and  obey  the  Gospel;  and  then 
he  has  commanded  them  to  go  to  the  Jews  also? 
and  command  them  to  repent  and  obey  the  Gos- 
pel; thus  restoring  again  that  which  has  been 
so  long  lost  from  the  earth.  And  whenever 
their  voices  shall  be  heard  issuing  this  proc- 
lamation, in  the  name  of  Jesus,  according  as 
he  has  commanded  them,  then  and  there  the 
people  are  under  obligation  to  repent  and  be 
baptized.  And  he  that  repents  and  is  baptized 
shall  be  saved;  and  he  that  does  not  believe 
their  testimony,  and  repent  and  be  baptized, 
shall  be  damned,  for  this  plain  reason,  because 


202  THE  DEALINGS    OF    GOD 

God  has  sent  them,  by  revelation,  with  this 
very  errand,  to  this  very  generation,  and  he  that 
rejects  the  least  of  God's  ambassadors  rejects 
Him  that  sent  him,  and  therefore  they  are  uuder 
condemnation  from  that  time  forth.  But  the 
message  which  God  has  sent  these  men  with, 
is  binding  only  on  the  generation  to  whom  it  is 
sent,  and  is  not  binding  at  all  upon  those  who 
are  dead  and  gone  before  it  came;  neither  will 
it  be  binding  on  any  generation  which  shall 
come  after,  unless  God  should  raise  up  men 
and  send  unto  them  with  the  same  Gospel,  and 
then  that  generation  to  whom  he  sends  them 
will  be  saved  or  damned,  according  as  they 
receive  or  reject  their  testimony. 

People  frequently  ask  the  question  —  "If 
God  has  sent  men  with  certain  truths  which 
are  binding  on  the  people,  and  without  which 
they  cannot  be  saved,  what  will  become  of  the 
good  people  who  have  died  before  the  message 
came?  "  I  answer,  If  they  obeyed  the  message 
which  G^d  sent  to  their  own  generation,  they 
will  be  saved;  but  if  not,  they  will  be  damned; 
but  if  God  sent  no  message  to  that  generation, 
then  they  rejected  none,  and  consequently  are 
under  no  condemnation;  and  they  will  rise  up 
in  judgment  against  this  generation,  and  con- 
demn it;  for  if  they  had  received  the  same 
blessings  which  are  now  offered  to  us,  they 
would  no  doubt  have  received  them  gladly.    The 


WITH  ALL  NATIONS,   ETC.  203 

principle  of  condemnation,  in  all  ages  of  the 
world,  is  no  other  than  rejecting  the  very  mes- 
sage which  God  sends  to  them,  while  they  pre- 
tend to  cleave  closely  to  that  which  He  has  sent 
in  former  ages. 

Woe  unto  you,  Scribes  and  Pharisees,  hypo- 
crites, ye  garnish  the  sepulchres  of  the  Proph- 
ets, and  say,  "  If  we  had  lived  in  the  days  of 
our  fathers,  we  would  not  have  stoned  and 
killed  the  Prophets  as  they  did."  But  ye  your- 
selves are  witnesses,  that  you  allow  the  deeds 
of  your  fathers;  for  they  killed  the  Prophets, 
and  you  build  their  sepulchres.  This  was  the 
testimony  of  the  Saviour  to  the  Jews,  who  were 
pretending  to  stand  stiffly  to  their  former 
Prophets,  and  at  the  same  time  rejecting  Jesus 
and  his  Apostles.  And  so  it  is  now  in  the 
nineteenth  century.  You  Christians  (so 
called)  garnish  the  tombs  of  the  Messiah  and 
his  former  Apostles,  and  even  build  fine  chap- 
els to  their  memory,  entitling  them  Saint  Peter's 
Church,  Saint  Paul's  Church,  Saint  John's 
Church,  &c. ;  and  you  say,  "If  we  had  lived  in 
the  days  of  the  Apostles,  we  would  not  'have 
stoned  and  killed  them."  But  ye  yourselves 
are  witnesses  that  ye  allow  the  deeds  of  your 
fathers;  for  they  killed  the  Apostles,  and  you 
build  chapels  in  honour  of  them;  while  at  the 
same  time,  if  a  Prophet  or  an  Apostle  comes 
among  you,  you  will  forthwith  shut  your  houses 


204  THE  DEALINGS  OF  GOD 

against  him,  as  soon  as  he  testified  of  what  God 
has  sent  him  to  testify;  for  you  say  there  are 
to  be  no  more  Prophets  or  Apostles  on  the 
earth,  and  you  forthwith  pronounce  him  a  false 
Prophet;  and  if  a  mob  rise  and  kill  him,  or 
burn  his  house,  or  destroy  his  goods,  you  will 
either  rejoice,  or  sit  in  silence  and  give  coun- 
tenance to  the  deed,  and  perhaps  cry,  "  False 
Prophets!  "  while  your  presses  and  pulpits 
teem  with  all  manner  of  lies  concerning  him. 
Woe  unto  you,  priests,  pharisees,  hypocrites; 
but  fill  ye  up  the  measure  of  your  fathers,  for  as 
they  did,  so  do  ye.  Vengeance  belongs  to  God. 
He  will  speedily  avenge  His  elect,  who  cry  unto 
Him  day  and  night. 

But  to  return  to  the  subject  of  Revelation. 
"  There  is  nothing  secret  that  shall  not  be  re- 
vealed: neither  hid  that  shall  not  be  known;  " 
this  was  a  maxim  of  the  Saviour.  And  again, 
"  The  knowledge  of  the  Lord  is  to  cover  the 
earth,  as  the  waters  do  the  sea."  Now,  I  ask 
how  this  great  overturn  is  to  be  brought  about? 
and  I  know  no  better  way  to  answer  this  ques- 
tion than  to  quote  the  prophecy  of  Nephi,  Book 
of  Mormon,  2  Nephi  xii.  8-10,  "For  I  command 
all  men,  both  in  the  east,  and  in  the  west,  and 
in  the  north,  and  in  the  south,  and  in  the  is- 
lands of  the  sea,  that  they  shall  write  the  words 
which  I  speak  unto  them;  for  out  of  the  books 
which  shall  be  written  I  will  judge  the  world, 


WITH  ALL  NATIONS,  ETC.  205 

every  man  according  to  their  works,  according 
to  that  which  is  written.  For  behold,  I  shall 
speak  unto  the  Jews,  and  they  shall  write  it. 
And  I  shall  also  speak  unto  #  the  Nephites,  and 
they  shall  write  it.  And  I  shall  also  speak  unto 
the  other  tribes  of  the  house  of  Israel  which  I 
have  led  away,  and  they  shall  write  it.  And  I 
shall  also  speak  unto  all  the  nations  of  the  earth, 
and  they  shall  write  it.  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  the  Jews  shall  have  the  words  of  the 
Nephites,  and  the  Nepites  shall  have  the  words 
of  the  Jews;  and  the  Nephites  and  the  Jews 
shall  have  the  words  of  the  lost  tribes  of  Israel; 
and  the  lost  tribes  of  Israel  shall  have  the  words 
of  the  Nephites  and  the  Jews.  And  it  shall 
come  to  pass,  that  my  people,  which  are  of  the 
house  of  Israel,  shall  be  gathered  home  unto 
the  lands  of  their  possessions ;  and  my  word 
also  shall  be  gathered  in  one.  And  I  will  show 
unto  them  that  fight  against  my  word,  and 
against  my  people  who  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel,  that  I  am  God,  and  that  I  covenanted 
with  Abraham,  that  I  would  remember  his  seed 
for  ever." 


20G 


A  CONTRAST. 


CHAPTER   VII. 


A  CONTRAST  BETWEEN  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST 
AND  THE  FALSE  DOCTRINES  OF  THE  NINE- 
TEENTH  CENTURY. 


"  Whosoever  transgresseth  and  abideth  not  in  the 
doctrine  of  Christ,  hath  not  God.  He  that  abideth  in 
the  doctrine  of  Christ,  he  hath  both  the  Father  and 
the  Son.  —  2  John,  verse  9. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

And  these  signs  shall 
follow  them  that  be- 
lieve. 


In  my  name  shall  they 
cast  out  devils. 

They  shall  speak  with 
new  tongues. 

They  shall  take  up 
serpents,  and  if  they 
drink  any  deadly  thing, 
it  shall  not  hurt  them; 
they  shall  lay  hands  on 
the  sick,  and  they  shall 
recover. 


He  that  believeth  on 
me,  the  works  that  I  do 
shall  he  do  also;  and 
greater  works  than 
these  shall  he  do;  be- 
cause I  go  to  the  Father. 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF  MEN. 

And  these  signs  shall 
not  follow  them  that 
believe,  for  they  are 
done  away  and  no 
longer  needed. 

In  his  name  they  shall 
not  cast  out  devils. 

The  gift  of  tongues 
is  no  longer  needed. 

If  they  take  up  ser- 
pents, they  will  bite 
them;  if  they  drink  any 
deadly  thing  it  will  kill 
them.  They  shall  not 
lay  hands  on  the  sick, 
and  if  they  do  they  shall 
not  recover;  for  such 
things  are  done  away. 

He  that  believeth  on 
Christ  shall  not  do  any 
of  the  miracles  and 
mighty  work3  that  he 
did,  for  such  things 
have  ceased. 


A   CONTRAST. 


207 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

There  is  nothing  se- 
cret that  shall  not  be  re- 
veal d,  neitln  rhid  that 
shall  not  be  known. 

And  He  shall  {-end 
His  angels,  and  they 
shall  gather  His  elect 
from  the  four  winds, 
&c. 

And  I  saw  an  angel 
flying  in  the  midst  of 
heaven,  having  the 
everlasting  Gospel  to 
preach  to  them  that 
dwell  on  the  earth,  &c. 

And  when  He,  the 
Spirit  of  truth,  is  come, 
he  will  guide  you  into 
all  truth;  again,  "  He 
shall  show  you  things  to 
come." 


If  ye  abide  in  me, 
and  my  words  abide  in 
you,  you  shall  ask 
what  you  will  in  my 
name,  and  I  will  give  it 
you. 

Father,  neilher  pray 
I  for  the- e  alone,  but  for 
all  them  that  shall  be- 
lieve on  me  through 
their  words,  that  they 


THE  DOCTRINES    OP    MEN. 

There  is  to  be  n> 
more  revelation,  for  all 
things  necessary  are  al- 
ready  revealed. 

And  there  is  to  be  no 
m^re  ministering  of  an- 
gels, for  such  things  are 
done  away. 

Angels  do  not  ap- 
pear in  this  enlight- 
ened age,  because 
they  are  no  longer  need- 
ed. 

Inspiration  is  no  lon- 
ger n.  eded  in  this  age 
of  learning  and  refine- 
ment. Again,  it  shal> 
not  show  you  things  to 
come;  for  then  you 
would  be  a  Prophet, 
and  there  are  to  be 
no  Prophets  in  these 
days. 

It  is  not  so  in  these 
days,  we  must  not  ex- 
pect to  heal  the  sick  and 
work  miracles,  conse- 
quently we  must  not  ex- 
pect to  receive  what  we 
ask  for. 

And  we  are  all  good 
Christians,  and  we  all 
believe  on  him  through 
the  Apostle's  words,  al- 
though divided  intolsev- 


208 


A  CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

may  all  be  one,  eveu  as 
we  are  one. 

One  Lord,  one  faith, 
and  one  baptism. 

And  by  one  Spirit  are 
ye  all  baptized  into  one 
body. 

And  God  gave  some 
Apostles;  and  some, 
Prophets;  and  some, 
Evangelists;  and  some, 
Pastors  and  Teach- 
ers; for  the  perfecting 
of  the  Saints,  for  the 
work  of  the  ministry, 
for  the  edifying  of  the 
body  of  Christ. 


These  gifts  and  of- 
fices were  to  continue 
until  we  all  came  into 
the  unity  of  the  faith, 
and  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  Son  of  God,  unto 
a  perfect  man,  unto 
the  measure  of  the  stat- 
ure of  the  fulness  of 
Christ. 

These  gifts  and  of- 
fices were  given  that 
we  henceforth  be  no 
more  children  tossed  to 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF  MEN. 

eral  hundred  different 
sects. 

Many  Lords,  many 
faiths,  and  three  or  four 
kinds  of  baptism. 

And  by  many  spirits 
are  we  all  torn  asunder 
into  different  bodies. 

And  there  are  to  be 
no  more  Apostles,  and 
no  more  Prophets.  But 
the  work  of  the  min- 
istry, the  perfecting  of 
the  Saints,  and  the 
edify' ng  of  the  differ- 
ent bodies  of  Christ, 
can  all  be  done  very 
well  without  these 
gifts  of  God,  only  give 
us  money  enough  to 
educate  and  employ  the 
wisdom  of  men. 

Apostles,  miracles, 
and  gifts  were  to  con- 
tinue during  the  first 
age  of  Christianity, 
and  then  were  to 
cease,  because  no  lon- 
ger needed,  having  ac- 
complished their  pur- 
pose. 

Tracts,  creeds,  ser- 
mons, and  commen- 
taries of  uninspired 
men,  together  with  a 
hireling  priesthood,  are 


A  CONTRAST. 


209 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

about  with  every  wind 
of  doctrine,  by  the 
sleight  of  men,  and 
cunning  craftiness, 
whereby  they  lie  in  wait 
to  deceive. 

For  no  man  taketh 
this  honour  upon  him- 
self, but  he  that  is 
called  of  God,  as  was 
Aaron. 

But  how  shall  they 
preach,  except  they  be 
sent  (of  God?) 


Is  any  sick  among 
you?  let  him  call  for  the 
Elders  of  the  Church; 
and  let  them  pray  over 
him,  anointing  him  with 
oil  in  the  name  of  the 
Lord :  and  the  prayer  of 
faith  shall  save  the  sick, 
and  the  Lord  shall  raise 
him  up ;  and  if  he  have 
committed  sins  they 
shall  be  forgiven  him. 

Eepent  and  be  bap- 
tized every  one  of  you, 
in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ,  for  the  remis- 
sion of  sins,  and  ye 
shall  receive  the  gift  of 
the  Holy  Ghost;  for  the 


THE   DOCTRINES  OP   MEN. 

now  necessary  in  or- 
der to  keep  men  from 
being  carried  about 
with  every  wind  of  doc- 
trine, &c. 

For  no  man  taketh 
this  honour  upon  him- 
self, but  one  who  has 
been  educated  for  the 
purpose,  and  commis- 
sioned by  men. 

But  how  shall  they 
preach  except  they  be 
well  educated  for  the 
purpose,  and  sent  (by 
the  board  of  officers?) 

If  auy  are  sick  among 
you,  do  not  send  for  the 
Elders  of  the  Church; 
or  if  the  Elders  come, 
do  not  let  them  lay 
hands  on  them,  neither 
let  them  anoint  them  in 
the  name  of  the  Lord, 
for  this  is  all  Mormon 
delusion ;  but  send  for 
a  good  physician,  and 
perhaps  they  may  get 
well. 

Repent  and  come  to 
the  anxious  seat  (peni- 
tent form),  every  one 
of  you,  and  cry,  "  Lord, 
Lord,"  and  may  be  you 
will  get  forgiveness  of 
sins;  and  you  may  be 


210 


A   CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OPCHRI8T. 

promise  is  unto  you, 
and  to  your  children, 
and  to  all  that  are  afar 
off,  even  as  many  as  the 
Lord  our  God  shall  call. 
It  shall  come  to  pass 
in  the  last  days,  saith 
God,  that  ItviU  pourout 
my  spirit  upon  all  flesh : 
and  your  sons  and  your 
daughters  shall  proph- 
esy, and  your  young 
men  shall  see  visions, 
and  your  old  men  shall 
dream  dreams,  &c. 


Covet  earnestly  the 
best  gifts,  but  rather 
that  ye  prophesy. 


Covet  to  prophesy, 
and  forbid  not  to  speak 
with  tongues. 

But  in  vain  do  they 
■worship  me,  teaching 
for  doctrines  the  com- 
mandments of  men. 


I  thank  thee,  O 
Father,  Lord  of  heaven 
and  earth,  because  thou 
hast  hid   these    things 


THE  DOCTRINES  OP  MEN. 

baptized  or  not;  but  if 
you  do  you  will  not  get 
the  Holy  Ghost  as  they 
did  anciently,  for  such 
things  are  done  away. 

And  in  these  last  days 
the  Lord  will  not  pour 
out  his  Spirit  so  as  to 
cause  our  sons  and 
daughters  to  prophesy, 
our  old  men  to  dream 
dreams,  and  our  young 
men  to  see  visions;  for 
such  things  are  no  lon- 
ger needed,  and  it 
is  all  delusion,  and 
none  but  the  ignorant 
believe  such  things. 

Do  not  covet  any  of 
the  supernatural  gifts, 
put  especially  beware 
of  prophesying,  for 
such  things  are  done 
away. 

Do  not  prophesy,  and 
it  is  all  a  delusion  to 
speak  in  tongues. 

It  matters  not  what 
kind  of  doctrine,  or 
what  system  a  man  em- 
bracer, if  he  is  only 
sincere  and  worships 
Jesus  Christ. 

We  thank  God  that 
He  has  revealed  noth- 
ing to  any  person,  wise 
or    simple    for    many, 


A   CONTRAST. 


211 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

from  the  wise  and  pru- 
dent, and  hast  revealed 
them  unto  babes ;  even 
so,  Father,  for  so  it 
seemed  good  in  thy 
sight. 

No  man  knowelh  the 
Son  but  the  Father, 
neither  knoweth  any 
man  the  Father  save  the 
Son,  and  he  to  whom- 
soever the  Son  will  re- 
veal Him. 

And  this  is  life  eter- 
nal, that  they  might 
know  thee,  the  only  true 
God,  and  Jesus  Christ, 
whom  thou  hast  sent. 

I  thank  my  God  al- 
ways on  your  behalf, 
for  the  grace  of  God 
which  is  given  you  by 
Jesus  Christ,  that  in 
every  thing  ye  are  en- 
riched by  Him  in  all  ut- 
terance, and  in  all 
knowledge,  even  as  the 
testimony  of  Christ 
(the  spirit  of  prophecy) 
was  confirmed  in  you, 
so  that  ye  come  behind 
in  no  good  gift,  waiting 
for  the  coming  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ. 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF  MEN. 

hundred  years,  but  that 
our  wise  and  learned 
men  have  been  able  to 
know  God  without  a 
revelation,  and  that  we 
shall  never  be  favoured 
with  any  more. 

We  all  know  God  in 
this  enlightened  age, 
and  yet  neither  the 
Father  nor  the  Son  has 
revealed  any  thing  to 
any  of  us,  for  we  do 
not  believe  revelations 
are  necessary  now. 

And  we  cannot  know 
for  ourselves,  by  any 
positive  manifestation 
in  these  days,  but  must 
depend  on  the  wisdom 
and  learning  of  men. 

We  thank  the  Lord 
always  in  behalf  of  the 
Church  in  these  days, 
that  she  has  no  super- 
natural gifts  given  unto 
her,  and  that  she  is  not 
enriched  by  Christ, 
neither  in  the  gift  of 
utterance,  nor  in  the 
gift  of  knowledge; 
neither  has  she  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  (the 
spirit  of  prophecy)  con- 
firmed in'  her,  and  she 
comes  behind  in  all 
the    gifts;    nor    is  she 


212 


A    CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 


The  foolishness  of 
God  is  wiser  than  men ; 
and  the  weakness  of 
God  is  stronger  than 
men.  For  you  see  your 
calling;  brethren,  how 
that  not  many  wise  men 
after  the  flesh,  not 
many  mighty,  not  many 
noble  are  called;  but 
God  hath  chosen  the 
foolish  things  of  the 
world  to  confound  the 
wise;  and  God  hath 
chosen  the  weak  things 
of  the  world  to  con- 
found the  things  which 
are  mighty,  and 
base  things  of  the 
world,  and  things 
which  are  despised, 
hath  God  chosen;  yea, 
and  things  which  are 
not  to  bring  to  nought 
things  that  are ;  that  no 
flesh  should  glory  in 
His  presence. 

And  I,  brethren, 
when  I  came  to  you, 
came    not    with  excel- 


THE  DOCTRINES    OF   MEN. 

waiting  for,  or  expect- 
ing the  coming  of  the 
Lord;  for  he  has  come 
once,  and  never  will 
come  again  till  the 
great  and  last  day,  the 
end  of  the  earth. 

The  wisdom  of  men, 
and  the  learning  of  men, 
are  better  than  the 
inspiration  of  the  Al- 
mighty, for  that  is  not 
needed  any  longer ;  for 
you  see  your  calling, 
brethren,  how  that  the 
wise,  and  learned,  and 
noi»le,  and  mighty  are 
called  in  these  days ;  for 
we  have  chosen  such  to 
confound  the  foolish; 
the  unlearned,  and  the 


yea, 


to 


ignorant; 

confound  the  base 
things  of  the  world 
which  are  despised, 
that  flesh  might  glory 
in  His  presence. 


And  we,  brethren, 
when  we  came  unto 
you,  came  excellency  of 


A    CONTRAST. 


213 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

leucy  of  speech  or  of 
wisdom,  declaring  unto 
you  the  testimony  of 
God,  for  I  determined 
not  to  know  anything 
among  you,  save  Jesus 
Christ,  and  him  cruci- 
fied. And  I  was  with 
you  in  weakness,  and 
in  fear,  and  in  much 
trembling.  And  my 
speech  and  my  preach- 
ing was  not  with  entic- 
ing words  of  man's 
wisdom,  but  in  de- 
monstration of  the 
Spirit  and  of  power; 
that  your  faith  should 
not  stand  in  thewisdom 
of  men,  but  in  the 
power  of  God. 

But  we  speak  the 
wisdom  of  God  in  a 
mystery,  even  the 
hidden  wisdom,  which 
God  ordained  before 
the  world  unto  our 
glory;  which  none  of 
the  princes  of  this 
world  knew  for  had  they 
known  it,  they  would 
not  have  crucified  the 
Lord  of  glory. 

But  God  hath  re- 
vealed them  unto  us,  by 
His  Spirit;  for  the 
Spirit     searcheth     all 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF   MEN. 

speech,  and  with  the 
wisdom  and  learning  of 
man;  and  our  speech 
and  our  preaching  were 
with  enticing  words  of 
man's  wisdom;  not  in 
demonstration  of  the 
spirit  and  power,  for 
that  is  done  away ;  that 
your  faith  should  not 
stand  in  the  power  of 
God,  but  in  the  wisdom 
of  man. 


But  we  speak  the 
wisdom  of  man  in  a 
mystery,  even  the 
hidden  wisdom,  which 
none  but  the  learned 
knew;  for  had  others 
known  it,  they  would 
never  have  been  under 
the  necessity  of  employ- 
ing us  to  tell  it  to 
them. 

But  God  hath  re- 
vealed nothing  unto  us 
by  His  Spirit;  for  the 
wisdom  and  learning  of 


214 


A     CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

things,    yea,   the   deep 
things  of  God. 


For  what  man  know- 
eth  the  things  of  a  man, 
save  the  spirit  of  man 
which  is  in  him?  Even 
so  the  things  of  God 
knoweth  no  man,  but 
the  Spirit  of  God. 


Now,  we  have  re- 
ceived not  the  spirit  of 
the  world,  but  the  Spirit 
which  is  of  God;  that 
we  might  know  the 
things  that  are  freely 
given  to  us  of  God. 


Which  things  also  we 
speak  not  in  the  words 
which  man's  wisdom 
teacheth,  but  which  the 
Holy  Ghost  teacheth: 
comparing  spiritual 
things  with  spiritual. 

But  the  natural  man 
receiveth  not  the  things 
of  the  spirit  of  God :  for 
they  are  foolishness 
unto  him;  neither  can 
he  know  them,  because 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF  MEN. 

man  search  all  things; 
yea,  all  the  deep  things 
which  are  necessary  for 
us  to  know. 

For  what  man  know- 
eth  the  things  of  man, 
save  the  spirit  of  man, 
which  is  in  him?  Even 
so  the  things  of  God 
knoweth  no  man  by  the 
Spirit  of  God  in  these 
days,  for  it  is  done 
away,  or  it  reveals 
nothing. 

Now,  we  have  not  re- 
ceived the  Spirit  of 
God,  but  the  spirit  of 
the  world,  that  we 
might  not  know  for  a 
certainty,  but  that  we 
might  guess  at,  or  give 
our  opinion  of,  the 
things  of  God. 

Which  things  also  we 
spe^ak,  not  in  the  words 
which  the  Holy  Ghost 
teacheth,  but  which 
man's  wisdom  teach- 
eth; for  the  inspiration 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  is 
done  away. 

But  the  learned  man 
may  receive  and  under- 
stand the  things  of  God 
by  his  own  wisdom, 
without  the  inspiration 
of  the  Spirit;  for  who 


A    CONTRAST. 


215 


THE  DOCTRINE  OP  CHRIST. 

they  are  spiritually  dis- 
cerned. 


Let  no  man  deceive 
himself.  If  any  man 
among  you  seemeth  to 
be  wise  in  this  world, 
let  him  become  a  fool, 
that  he  may  be  wise. 

For  the  wisdom  of 
this  world  is  foolish- 
ness with  God :  for  it  is 
written,  He  taketh  the 
wise  in  their  own  craft- 
iness. And  again,  the 
Lord  knoweth  the 
wise,  that  they  are 
vain.  Therefore  let  no 
man  glory  in  men. 


Now  concerning  spir- 
itual gifts,  brethren,  I 
would  not  have  you  ig- 
norant. 


But  the  manifesta- 
tion of  the  Spirit  is 
given  to  every  man  to 
profit  withal. 

For  to  one  is  given 
by  the  Spirit  the  word 
of  wisdom ;  to  another, 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF   MEN. 

will  be  so  foolish  as  to 
believe  in  visions  and 
revelations  in  this  re- 
ligious age? 

Let  no  man  deceive 
himself.  If  any  man 
among  you  seemeth  to 
be  wise  in  the  things 
of  God,  let  him  get  the 
wisdom  of  m< 
may  be  wise. 

For  the  wisdom  of 
God  is  foolishness  with 
the  world,  for  it  is 
written.  Let  us  edu- 
cate young  men  for  the 
ministry;  and  again, 
Let  no  man  preach  who 
has  not  been  educated 
for  the  purpose;  and 
especially,  receive  no 
man  who  professes  to 
be  inspired. 

Now,  con  cerning 
spiritual  gifts,  breth- 
ren, we  would  have  you 
entirely  ignorant,  for 
they  are  not  needed  at 
all  in  this  generation. 

But  the  manifestation 
of  the  Spirit  is  given  to 
no  man  to  profit  at  all. 

But  to  one  is  given, 
by  the  learning  of  men, 
the  word  of  wisdom; 


216 


A    CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

the  word  of  knowledge 
by  the  same  Spirit. 

To  another,  faith  by 
the  same  Spirit;  to  an- 
other the  gift  of  heal- 
ing by  the  same  Spirit. 

To  another  the  work- 
ing of  miracles;  to 
another,  prophesy;  to 
another,  discerning  of 
spirits:  to  another, 
divers  kinds  of  tongues ; 
to  another,  the  interpre- 
tation of  tongues. 

For  as  the  body  is 
one,  and  hath  many 
members,  and  all  the 
members  of  that  one 
body,  being  many,  are 
one  body,  so  also  is 
Christ. 

For  by  one  Spirit  are 
we  all  baptized  into  one 
body,  whether  we  be 
Jews  or  Gentiles, 
whether  we  be  bond  or 
free;  and  have  been  all 
made  to  drink  into  one 
Spirit. 

For  the  body  is  not 
one  member,  but  many. 

But  now  hath  God  set 
the  members  every  one 


THE    DOCTRINES  OP  MEN. 

and  to  another  the  word 
of  knowledge  by  human 
learning. 

And  to  another  faith, 
by  the  same  Spirit;  but 
to  none  the  gift  of  heal- 
ing by  the  same  Spirit. 

And  to  none  the  work- 
ing of  miracles,  and  to 
none  to  prophesy,  and 
to  none  discerning  of 
spirits,  and  to  none  to 
speak  with  divers  kinds 
of  tongues,  and  to  none 
to  interpret  tongues. 

For  as  the  body  is 
composed  of  many  sects 
and  parties  who  are  op- 
posed to  each  other,  and 
have  no  gifts,  and,  be- 
ing many  sects,  are  but 
one  body,  so  also  is 
Antichrist. 

For  by  many  spirits 
are  we  all  baptized  into 
many  bodies,  whether 
we  be  Catholics  or 
Protestants,  Presbyte- 
rians or  Methodists,  but 
have  all  drank  into  one 
spirit,  even  the  spirit  of 
the  world. 

For  the  body  is  not 
one  sect,  but  many. 

But  now  hath  the  god 
(of  this  world)  set  the 


A    CONTRAST. 


217 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

of  them  in  the  body,  as 
it  hath  pleased  Him. 

And  if  they  were  all 
one  member,  where 
were  the  body? 

But  now  they  are 
many  members,  but  one 
body. 

Now  ye  are  the  body 
of  Christ,  and  members 
in  particular. 

And  God  hath  set 
some  in  the  Church, 
first  Apostles ;  second- 
ly, Prophets ;  thirdly, 
Teachers;  after  that, 
miracles;  then,  gifts  of 
healings,  helps,  govern- 
ments, diversities  of 
tongues. 

Blessed  are  ye,  when 
men  shall  revile  you, 
and  persecute  you,  and 
shall  say  all  manner  of 
evil  against  you  falsely, 
for  my  sake:  rejoice, 
and  be  exceedingly 
glad ;  for  great  is  your 
reward  in  heaven;  for 
so  persecuted  they  the 
Prophets  which  were 
before  you. 

Give  to  him  that  ask- 
eth  thee ;  and  from  him 


THE  DOCTRINES   OP  MEN. 

sects  and  parties  in  the 
body  (of  Antichrist)  as 
it  hath  pleased  him. 

And  if  they  were  all 
one  sect,  where  were 
the  body. 

But  now  are  they 
many  sects,  yet  but  one 
body  (even  Babylon) . 

Now  ye  are  the  body 
of  Antichrist,  and  mem- 
bers in  particular. 

And  man  hath  set 
some  in  the  Church; 
first  a  hireling  Priest; 
secondly,  a  board  of 
officers ;  thirdly,  tracts ; 
then  commentaries, 
creeds,  and  diversities 
of  opinions;  hence 
societies,  and  wondrous 
helps. 

Woe  unto  you,  when 
men  revile  you,  and  per- 
secute you,  and  say  all 
manner  of  evil  against 
you  falsely  for  Christ's 
sake.  Lament  ye,  and 
be  exceedingly  sorrow- 
ful in  that  hour,  for 
little  is  your  reward 
among  men,  for  so  per- 
secute they  the  Latter- 
day  Saints. 

Give  to  him  that  ask- 
eth  of  thee,  if  he  be  able 


218 


A    CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

that  would  borrow  of 
thee  turn  thou  not  away. 


Be  ye  therefore  per- 
fect, even  as  your 
Father  who  is  in  heaven 
is  perfect. 

Take  heed  that  you  do 
not  your  alms  before 
men,  to  be  seen  of  them ; 
otherwise  ye  have  no 
reward  of  your  Father 
who  is  in  heaven. 

Therefore,  when  thou 
doest  thine  alms,  donot 
sound  a  trumpet  before 
thee,  as  the  hypocrites 
do  in  the  synagogues 
and  in  the  streets,  that 
they  may  have  glory  of 
men.  Verily,  I  say  unto 
you,  They  have  their  re- 
ward. 

And  when  thou  pray- 
est,  thou  shalt  not  be  as 
the  hypocrites  are:  for 
they  love  to  pray  stand- 
ing in  the  synagogues 
and  in  the  corners  of 
the  streets,  that  they 
may  be  seen  of  men. 

Moreover,    when    ye 


THE    DOCTRINES  OF   MEN, 

to  make  thee  a  similar 
present:  and  from  him 
that  would  borrow  of 
thee  turn  not  thou 
away,  if  he  be  able  to 
pay  thee  again  with 
good  interest. 

Do  not  think  to  be 
perfect,  for  it  is  impos- 
sible to  live  without 
sin. 

Take  heed  thatyou  do 
your  alms  before  men, 
to  be  seen  of  them: 
otherwise  you  have  no 
reward  nor  praise  from 
the  children  of  men 

Therefore,  when  thou 
doest  thine  alms,  pub- 
lish it  in  the  Missionary 
Herald,  or  some  other 
paper,  thatyou  may  get 
praise  of  the  world. 
Verily,  I  say  unto  you, 
You  shall  have  your  re- 
ward. 

And  when  thou  pray- 
est,  be  like  the  hypo- 
crites in  days  of  old ;  go 
before  the  public  and 
cry  mightily,  notexpect- 
ing  to  be  heard  and  an- 
swered, for  that  would 
be  miraculous,  and 
miracles    have  ceased. 

Moreover,    when    ye 


A   CONTRAST. 


219 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

fast,  be  not,  as  the  hy- 
pocrites, of  a  sad  coun- 
tenance; for  they  dis- 
figure their  faces,  that 
they  may  appear  unto 
men  to  fast.  Verily,  I 
say  uuto  you,  They  have 
their  reward. 

Lay  not  up  for  your- 
selves treasures  upon 
earth,  where  moth  and 
rust  doth  corrupt,  and 
where  thieves  break 
through  and  steal;  but 
lay  up  for  yourselves 
treasures  in  heaven; 
where  neither  moth  nor 
rust  doth  corrupt,  and 
where  thieves  do  not 
break  through  nor 
steal;  for  where  your 
treasure  is,  there  will 
your  heart  be  also. 

Therefore,  all  things 
whatsoever  ye  would 
that  men  should  do  to 
you,  do  ye  even  so  to 
them;  for  this  is  the 
law  and  the  Prophets. 

Enter  ye  in  at  the 
strait  gate,  for  wide  is 
the  gate  and  broad  is 
the  way  that  leadeth 
to  destruction,  and 
many  there  be  which  go 
in  thereat. 


THE  DOCTRINES  OF   MEN. 

fast,  be  like  the  hypo- 
crites, of  a  sad  counte- 
nance, that  ye  may  ap- 
pear unto  men  to  fast: 
so  that  you  may  get 
your  reward. 


Lay  up  for  yourselves 
abundance  of  treasures 
on  the  earth,  where 
moth  and  rust  doth  cor- 
rupt, and  where  thieves 
break  through  and 
steal :  for  if  your  heart 
is  only  in  heaven,  it  is 
no  matter  how  rich  you 
are  in  this  world;  for 
now  it  is  come  to  pass 
that  ye  can  serve  God 
and  mammon. 


Therefore,  all  things 
whatsoever  men  do  to 
you,  do  ye  even  so  to 
them;  for  this  is  the 
law  and  the  practice. 

Enter  ye  in  at  the 
wide  gate,  where  the 
multitude  go;  for  it 
cannot  be  that  all  our 
great  and  learned  men 
are  wrong,  and  nobody 
right  but  a  few  obscure 
individuals. 


220 


A   CONTRAST. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHRIST. 

Because  straight  is 
the  gate,  and  narrow  is 
the  way,  that  leadeth 
unto  life,  and  few  there 
be  that  find  it. 

Beware  of  false 
Prophets,  which  come 
to  you  in  sheep's  cloth- 
ing, but  inwardly  they 
are  ravening  wolves. 
Ye  shall  know  them  by 
their  fruits.  Do  men 
gather  grapes  of  thorns, 
or  figs  of  thistles? 


Wherefore,  by  their 
fruits  ye  shall  know 
them.  Not  ,every  one 
that  saith  unto  me, 
Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter 
into  the  kingdom  of 
heaven;  but  he  that 
doeth  the  will  of  my 
Father  who  is  in  heav- 


And  it  came  to  pass, 
when  Jesus  had  ended 
these  sayings,  the  peo- 
ple were  astonished  at 
his  doctrine:  for  he 
taught  them  as  one 
having  authority,  and 
not  as  the  scribes. 


THE    DOCTRINES  OF   MEN. 

For  the  narrow  way 
is  not  altogether  too 
strait,  but  only  a  very 
few  travel  in  it. 

Beware  of  Prophets 
who  come  to  you  with 
the  Word  of  God;  you 
may  know  at  once  they 
are  false,  without  hear- 
ing them  or  examining 
their  fruits;  popular 
opinion  is  against  them ; 
whereas,  if  they  were 
men  of  God,  the  people 
would  speak  well  of 
them. 

If  we  were  only  sure 
that  we  have  experi- 
enced religion,  and  we 
pray  often,  we  shall  be 
saved,  whether  we  do 
the  word's  will  or  not; 
for  it  mattereth  not 
what  system  we  em- 
brace, whether  it  be 
right  or  wroDg,  if  we 
are  only  sincere. 

And  it  came  to  pass, 
when  men  had  ended 
these  sayings,  the  peo- 
ple were  pleased  with 
their  doctrines,  for 
they  taught  them  not  as 
men  having  authority, 
but  as  the  scribes. 


/ 


DATE  DUE 

JAN1 

6  1990 

•   0   ;v 

ip 

Mnw  n 

i  ?nnR 

NUV  11 

i  ZUUu 

230? 

DEMCO  38-297 


3  1197  00091    3969 


^